Title: The Moon Pool
Subject:
Author: A. Merritt
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
The Moon Pool
A. Merritt
Page No 2
Table of Contents
The Moon Pool....................................................................................................................................................1
A. Merritt................................................................................................................................................1
The Moon Pool
i
Page No 3
The Moon Pool
A. Merritt
Forward
Chapter I The Thing on the Moon Path
Chapter II "Dead! All Dead!"
Chapter III The Moon Rock
Chapter IV The First Vanishings
Chapter V Into the Moon Pool
Chapter VI "The Shining Devil Took Them!"
Chapter VII Larry O'Keefe
Chapter VIII Olaf's Story
Chapter IX A Lost Page of Earth
Chapter X The Moon Pool
Chapter XI The FlameTipped Shadows
Chapter XII The End of the Journey
Chapter XIII Yolara, Priestess of the Shining One
Chapter XIV The Justice of Lora
Chapter XV The Angry, Whispering Globe
Chapter XVI Yolara of Muria vs. the O'Keefe
Chapter XVII The Leprechaun
Chapter XVIII The Amphitheatre of Jet
Chapter XIX The Madness of Olaf
Chapter XX The Tempting of Larry
Chapter XXI Larry's Defiance
Chapter XXII The Casting of the Shadow
Chapter XXIII Dragon Worm and Moss Death
Chapter XXIV The Crimson Sea
Chapter XXV The Three Silent Ones
Chapter XXVI The Wooing of Lakla
Chapter XXVII The Coming of Yolara
Chapter XXVIII In the Lair of the Dweller
Chapter XXVIX The Shaping of the Shining One
Chapter XXX The Building of the Moon Pool
Chapter XXXI Larry and the FrogMen
Chapter XXXII "Your Love; Your Lives; Your Souls!"
Chapter XXXIII The Meeting of Titans
Chapter XXXIV The Coming of the Shining One
Chapter XXXV "LarryFarewell!"
Foreword
The publication of the following narrative of Dr. Walter T. Goodwin has been authorized by the Executive
Council of the International Association of Science.
First:
To end officially what is beginning to be called the Throckmartin Mystery and to kill the innuendo and
scandalous suspicions which have threatened to stain the reputations of Dr. David Throckmartin, his youthful
wife, and equally youthful associate Dr. Charles Stanton ever since a tardy despatch from Melbourne,
Australia, reported the disappearance of the first from a ship sailing to that port, and the subsequent reports of
the disappearance of his wife and associate from the camp of their expedition in the Caroline Islands.
Second:
Because the Executive Council have concluded that Dr. Goodwin's experiences in his wholly heroic effort to
save the three, and the lessons and warnings within those experiences, are too important to humanity as a
The Moon Pool 1
Page No 4
whole to be hidden away in scientific papers understandable only to the technically educated; or to be
presented through the newspaper press in the abridged and fragmentary form which the space limitations of
that vehicle make necessary.
For these reasons the Executive Council commissioned Mr. A. Merritt to transcribe into form to be readily
understood by the layman the stenographic notes of Dr. Goodwin' s own report to the Council, supplemented
by further oral reminiscences and comments by Dr. Goodwin; this transcription, edited and censored by the
Executive Council of the Association, forms the contents of this book.
Himself a member of the Council, Dr. Walter T. Goodwin, Ph.D., F.R.G.S. etc., is without cavil the foremost
of American botanists, an observer of international reputation and the author of several epochal treaties upon
his chosen branch of science. His story, amazing in the best sense of that word as it may be, is fully supported
by proofs brought forward by him and accepted by the organization of which I have the honor to be president.
What matter has been elided from this popular presentation because of the excessively menacing
potentialities it contains, which unrestricted dissemination might developwill be dealt with in purely
scientific pamphlets of carefully guarded circulation.
THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SCIENCE Per J. B. K., President
CHAPTER I The Thing on the Moon Path
FOR two months I had been on the d'Entrecasteaux Islands gathering data for the concluding chapters of my
book upon the flora of the volcanic islands of the South Pacific. The day before I had reached Port Moresby
and had seen my specimens safely stored on board the Southern Queen. As I sat on the upper deck I thought,
with homesick mind, of the long leagues between me and Melbourne, and the longer ones between
Melbourne and New York.
It was one of Papua's yellow mornings when she shows herself in her sombrest, most baleful mood. The sky
was smouldering ochre. Over the island brooded a spirit sullen, alien, implacable, filled with the threat of
latent, malefic forces waiting to be unleashed. It seemed an emanation out of the untamed, sinister heart of
Papua herselfsinister even when she smiles. And now and then, on the wind, came a breath from virgin
jungles, laden with unfamiliar odours, mysterious and menacing.
It is on such mornings that Papua whispers to you of her immemorial ancientness and of her power. And, as
every white man must, I fought against her spell. While I struggled I saw a tall figure striding down the pier;
a KapaKapa boy followed swinging a new valise. There was something familiar about the tall man. As he
reached the gangplank he looked up straight into my eyes, stared for a moment, then waved his hand.
And now I knew him. It was Dr. David Throckmartin "Throck" he was to me always, one of my oldest
friends and, as well, a mind of the first water whose power and achievements were for me a constant
inspiration as they were, I know, for scores other.
Coincidentally with my recognition came a shock of surprise, definitelyunpleasant. It was
Throckmartinbut about him was something disturbingly unlike the man I had known long so well and to
whom and to whose little party I had bidden farewell less than a month before I myself had sailed for these
seas. He had married only a few weeks before, Edith, the daughter of Professor William Frazier, younger by
at least a decade than he but at one with him in his ideals and as much in love, if it were possible, as
Throckmartin. By virtue of her father's training a wonderful assistant, by virtue of her own sweet, sound heart
aI use the word in its olden senselover. With his equally youthful associate Dr. Charles Stanton and a
Swedish woman, Thora Halversen, who had been Edith Throckmartin' s nurse from babyhood, they had set
forth for the NanMatal, that extraordinary group of island ruins clustered along the eastern shore of Ponape
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 2
Page No 5
in the Carolines.
I knew that he had planned to spend at least a year among these ruins, not only of Ponape but of Leletwin
centres of a colossal riddle of humanity, a weird flower of civilization that blossomed ages before the seeds of
Egypt were sown; of whose arts we know little enough and of whose science nothing. He had carried with
him unusually complete equipment for the work he had expected to do and which, he hoped, would be his
monument.
What then had brought Throckmartin to Port Moresby, and what was that change I had sensed in him?
Hurrying down to the lower deck I found him with the purser. As I spoke he turned, thrust out to me an eager
handand then I saw what was that difference that had so moved me. He knew, of course by my silence and
involuntary shrinking the shock my closer look had given me. His eyes filled; he turned brusquely from the
purser, hesitated then hurried off to his stateroom.
"'E looks rather queereh?" said the purser. "Know 'im well, sir? Seems to 'ave given you quite a start."
I made some reply and went slowly up to my chair. There I sat, composed my mind and tried to define what it
was that had shaken me so. Now it came to me. The old Throckmartin was on the eve of his venture just
turned forty, lithe, erect, muscular; his controlling expression one of enthusiasm, of intellectual keenness,
ofwhat shall I say expectant search. His always questioning brain had stamped its vigor upon his face.
But the Throckmartin I had seen below was one who had borne some scaring shock of mingled rapture and
horror; some soul cataclysm that in its climax had remoulded, deep from within, his face, setting on it seal of
wedded ecstasy and despair; as though indeed these two had come to him hand in hand, taken possession of
him and departing left behind, ineradicably, their linked shadows!
Yesit was that which appalled. For how could rapture and horror, Heaven and Hell mix, clasp
handskiss?
Yet these were what in closest embrace lay on Throckmartin' s face!
Deep in thought, subconsciously with relief, I watched the shore line sink behind; welcomed the touch of the
wind of the free seas. I had hoped, and within the hope was an inexplicable shrinking that I would meet
Throckmartin at lunch. He did not come down, and I was sensible of deliverance within my disappointment.
All that afternoon I lounged about uneasily but still he kept to his cabinand within me was no strength to
summon him. Nor did he appear at dinner.
Dusk and night fell swiftly. I was warm and went back to my deckchair. The Southern Queen was rolling to
a disquieting swell and I had the place to myself.
Over the heavens was a canopy of cloud, glowing faintly and testifying to the moon riding behind it. There
was much phosphorescence. Fitfully before the ship and at her sides arose those stranger little swirls of mist
that swirl up from the Southern Ocean like breath of sea monsters, whirl for an instant and disappear.
Suddenly the deck door opened and through it came Throckmartin. He paused uncertainly, looked up at the
sky with a curiously eager, intent gaze, hesitated, then closed the door behind him.
"Throck," I called. "Come! It's Goodwin."
He made his way to me.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 3
Page No 6
"Throck," I said, wasting no time in preliminaries. "What's wrong? Can I help you?"
I felt his body grow tense.
"I'm going to Melbourne, Goodwin," he answered. "I need a few thingsneed them urgently. And more
men white men"
He stopped abruptly; rose from his chair, gazed intently toward the north. I followed his gaze. Far, far away
the moon had broken through the clouds. Almost on the horizon, you could see the faint luminescence of it
upon the smooth sea. The distant patch of light quivered and shook. The clouds thickened again and it was
gone. The ship raced on southward, swiftly.
Throckmartin dropped into his chair. He lighted a cigarette with a hand that trembled; then turned to me with
abrupt resolution.
"Goodwin," he said. "I do need help. If ever man needed it, I do. Goodwincan you imagine yourself in
another world, alien, unfamiliar, a world of terror, whose unknown joy is its greatest terror of all; you all
alone there, a stranger! As such a man would need help, so I need"
He paused abruptly and arose; the cigarette dropped from his fingers. The moon had again broken through the
clouds, and this time much nearer. Not a mile away was the patch of light that it threw upon the waves. Back
of it, to the rim of the sea was a lane of moonlight; a gigantic gleaming serpent racing over the edge of the
world straight and surely toward the ship.
Throckmartin stiffened to it as a pointer does to a hidden covey. To me from him pulsed a thrill of
horrorbut horror tinged with an unfamiliar, an infernal joy. It came to me and passed awayleaving me
trembling with its shock of bitter sweet.
He bent forward, all his soul in his eyes. The moon path swept closer, closer still. It was now less than half a
mile away. From it the ship fledalmost as though pursued. Down upon it, swift and straight, a radiant
torrent cleaving the waves, raced the moon stream.
"Good God!" breathed Throckmartin, and if ever the words were a prayer and an invocation they were.
And then, for the first timeI sawIT!
The moon path stretched to the horizon and was bordered by darkness. It was as though the clouds above had
been parted to form a lanedrawn aside like curtains or as the waters of the Red Sea were held back to let the
hosts of Israel through. On each side of the stream was the black shadow cast by the folds of the high
canopies And straight as a road between the opaque walls gleamed, shimmered, and danced the shining,
racing, rapids of the moonlight
Far, it seemed immeasurably far, along this stream of silver fire I sensed, rather than saw, something coming.
It drew first into sight as a deeper glow within the light. On and on it swept toward usan opalescent
mistiness that sped with the suggestion of some winged creature in arrowed flight. Dimly there crept into my
mind memory of the Dyak legend of the winged messenger of Buddha the Akla bird whose feathers are
woven of the moon rays, whose heart is a living opal, whose wings in flight echo the crystal clear music of
the white starsbut whose beak is of frozen flame and shreds the souls of unbelievers.
Closer it drew and now there came to me sweet, insistent tinklingslike pizzicati on violins of glass; crystal
clear; diamonds melting into sounds!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 4
Page No 7
Now the Thing was close to the end of the white path; close up to the barrier of darkness still between the
ship and the sparkling head of the moon stream. Now it beat up against that barrier as a bird against the bars
of its cage. It whirled with shimmering plumes, with swirls of lacy light, with spirals of living vapour. It held
within it odd, unfamiliar gleams as of shifting motherofpearl. Coruscations and glittering atoms drifted
through it as though it drew them from the rays that bathed it.
Nearer and nearer it came, borne on the sparkling waves, and ever thinner shrank the protecting wall of
shadow between it and us. Within the mistiness was a core, a nucleus of intenser lightveined, opaline,
effulgent, intensely alive. And above it, tangled in the plumes and spirals that throbbed and whirled were
seven glowing lights.
Through all the incessant but strangely ordered movement of theTHINGthese lights held firm and
steady. They were sevenlike seven little moons. One was of a pearly pink, one of a delicate nacreous blue,
one of lambent saffron, one of the emerald you see in the shallow waters of tropic isles; a deathly white; a
ghostly amethyst; and one of the silver that is seen only when the flying fish leap beneath the moon.
The tinkling music was louder still. It pierced the ears with a shower of tiny lances; it made the heart beat
jubilantly and checked it dolorously. It closed the throat with a throb of rapture and gripped it tight with
the hand of infinite sorrow!
Came to me now a murmuring cry, stilling the crystal notes. It was articulatebut as though from something
utterly foreign to this world. The ear took the cry and translated with conscious labour into the sounds of
earth. And even as it compassed, the brain shrank from it irresistibly, and simultaneously it seemed reached
toward it with irresistible eagerness.
Throckmartin strode toward the front of the deck, straight toward the vision, now but a few yards away from
the stern. His face had lost all human semblance. Utter agony and utter ecstasythere they were side by side,
not resisting each other; unholy inhuman companions blending into a look that none of God's creatures
should wear and deep, deep as his soul! A devil and a God dwelling harmoniously side by side! So must
Satan, newly fallen, still divine, seeing heaven and contemplating hell, have appeared.
And thenswiftly the moon path faded! The clouds swept over the sky as though a hand had drawn them
together. Up from the south came a roaring squall. As the moon vanished what I had seen vanished with
itblotted out as an image on a magic lantern; the tinkling ceased abruptlyleaving a silence like that
which follows an abrupt thunder clap. There was nothing about us but silence and blackness!
Through me passed a trembling as one who has stood on the very verge of the gulf wherein the men of the
Louisades says lurks the fisher of the souls of men, and has been plucked back by sheerest chance.
Throckmartin passed an arm around me.
"It is as I thought," he said. In his voice was a new note; the calm certainty that has swept aside a waiting
terror of the unknown. "Now I know! Come with me to my cabin, old friend. For now that you too have seen
I can tell you" he hesitated"what it was you saw," he ended.
As we passed through the door we met the ship's first officer. Throckmartin composed his face into at least a
semblance of normality.
"Going to have much of a storm?" he asked.
"Yes," said the mate. "Probably all the way to Melbourne."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 5
Page No 8
Throckmartin straightened as though with a new thought. He gripped the officer's sleeve eagerly.
"You mean at least cloudy weatherfor"he hesitated "for the next three nights, say?"
"And for three more," replied the mate.
"Thank God!" cried Throckmartin, and I think I never heard such relief and hope as was in his voice.
The sailor stood amazed. "Thank God?" he repeated. "Thankwhat d'ye mean?"
But Throckmartin was moving onward to his cabin. I started to follow. The first officer stopped me.
"Your friend," he said, "is he ill?"
"The sea!" I answered hurriedly. "He's not used to it. I am going to look after him."
Doubt and disbelief were plain in the seaman's eyes but I hurried on. For I knew now that Throckmartin was
ill indeedbut with a sickness the ship's doctor nor any other could heal.
CHAPTER II "Dead! All Dead!"
HE WAS SITTING, face in hands, on the side of his berth as I entered. He had taken off his coat.
"Throck," I cried. "What was it? What are you flying from, man? Where is your wifeand Stanton?"
"Dead!" he replied monotonously. "Dead! All dead!" Then as I recoiled from him"All dead. Edith,
Stanton, Thoradeador worse. And Edith in the Moon Pool with themdrawn by what you saw on
the moon path that has put its brand upon meand follows me!"
He ripped open his shirt.
"Look at this," he said. Around his chest, above his heart, the skin was white as pearl. This whiteness was
sharply defined against the healthy tint of the body. It circled him with an even cincture about two inches
wide.
"Burn it!" he said, and offered me his cigarette. I drew back. He gesturedperemptorily. I pressed the
glowing end of the cigarette into the ribbon of white flesh. He did not flinch nor was there odour of burning
nor, as I drew the little cylinder away, any mark upon the whiteness.
"Feel it!" he commanded again. I placed my fingers upon the band. It was coldlike frozen marble.
He drew his shirt around him.
"Two things you have seen," he said. "ITand its mark. Seeing, you must believe my story. Goodwin, I tell
you again that my wife is deador worseI do not know; the prey ofwhat you saw; so, too, is Stanton;
so Thora. How"
Tears rolled down the seared face.
"Why did God let it conquer us? Why did He let it take my Edith?" he cried in utter bitterness. "Are there
things stronger than God, do you think, Walter?"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 6
Page No 9
I hesitated.
"Are there? Are there?" His wild eyes searched me.
"I do not know just how you define God," I managed at last through my astonishment to make answer. "If
you mean the will to know, working through science"
He waved me aside impatiently.
"Science," he said. "What is our science againstthat? Or against the science of whatever devils that made
itor made the way for it to enter this world of ours?"
With an effort he regained control.
"Goodwin," he said, "do you know at all of the ruins on the Carolines; the cyclopean, megalithic cities and
harbours of Ponape and Lele, of Kusaie, of Ruk and Hogolu, and a score of other islets there? Particularly, do
you know of the NanMatal and the Metalanim?"
"Of the Metalanim I have heard and seen photographs," I said. "They call it, don't they, the Lost Venice of the
Pacific?"
"Look at this map," said Throckmartin. "That," he went on, "is Christian's chart of Metalanim harbour and the
NanMatal. Do you see the rectangles marked NanTauach?"
"Yes," I said.
"There," he said, "under those walls is the Moon Pool and the seven gleaming lights that raise the Dweller in
the Pool, and the altar and shrine of the Dweller. And there in the Moon Pool with it lie Edith and Stanton
and Thora."
"The Dweller in the Moon Pool?" I repeated halfincredulously.
"The Thing you saw," said Throckmartin solemnly.
A solid sheet of rain swept the ports, and the Southern Queen began to roll on the rising swells. Throckmartin
drew another deep breath of relief, and drawing aside a curtain peered out into the night. Its blackness seemed
to reassure him. At any rate, when he sat again he was entirely calm.
"There are no more wonderful ruins in the world," he began almost casually. "They take in some fifty islets
and cover with their intersecting canals and lagoons about twelve square miles. Who built them? None
knows. When were they built? Ages before the memory of present man, that is sure. Ten thousand, twenty
thousand, a hundred thousand years agothe last more likely.
"All these islets, Walter, are squared, and their shores are frowning seawalls of gigantic basalt blocks hewn
and put in place by the hands of ancient man. Each inner waterfront is faced with a terrace of those basalt
blocks which stand out six feet above the shallow canals that meander between them. On the islets behind
these walls are timeshattered fortresses, palaces, terraces, pyramids; immense courtyards strewn with
ruinsand all so old that they seem to wither the eyes of those who look on them.
"There has been a great subsidence. You can stand out of Metalanim harbour for three miles and look down
upon the tops of similar monolithic structures and walls twenty feet below you in the water.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 7
Page No 10
"And all about, strung on their canals, are the bulwarked islets with their enigmatic walls peering through the
dense growths of mangrovesdead, deserted for incalculable ages; shunned by those who live near.
"You as a botanist are familiar with the evidence that a vast shadowy continent existed in the Pacifica
continent that was not rent asunder by volcanic forces as was that legendary one of Atlantis in the Eastern
Ocean.*1 My work in Java, in Papua, and in the Ladrones had set my mind upon this Pacific lost land. Just as
the Azores are believed to be the last high peaks of Atlantis, so hints came to me steadily that Ponape and
Lele and their basalt bulwarked islets were the last points of the slowly sunken western land clinging still to
the sunlight, and had been the last refuge and sacred places of the rulers of that race which had lost their
immemorial home under the rising waters of the Pacific.
*1 For more detailed observations on these points refer to G. Volkens, Uber die Karolinen Insel Yap, in
Verhandlungen Gesellschaft Erdkunde Berlin, xxvii (1901); J. S. Kubary, Ethnographische Beitrage zur
Kentniss des Karolinen Archipel (Leiden, 18891892); De Abrade Historia del Conflicto de las Carolinas,
etc. (Madrid, 1886).W. T. G.
"I believed that under these ruins I might find the evidence that I sought.
"Mymy wife and I had talked before we were married of making this our great work. After the honeymoon
we prepared for the expedition. Stanton was as enthusiastic as ourselves. We sailed, as you know, last May
for fulfilment of my dreams.
"At Ponape we selected, not without difficulty, workmen to help usdiggers. I had to make extraordinary
inducements before I could get together my force. Their beliefs are gloomy, these Ponapeans. They people
their swamps, their forests, their mountains, and shores, with malignant spirits ani they call them. And they
are afraidbitterly afraid of the isles of ruins and what they think the ruins hide. I do not wondernow!
"When they were told where they were to go, and how long we expected to stay, they murmured. Those who,
at last, were tempted made what I thought then merely a superstitious proviso that they were to be allowed to
go away on the three nights of the full moon. Would to God we had heeded them and gone too!"
"We passed into Metalanim harbour. Off to our lefta mile away arose a massive quadrangle. Its walls were
all of forty feet high and hundreds of feet on each side. As we drew by, our natives grew very silent; watched
it furtively, fearfully. I knew it for the ruins that are called NanTauach, the 'place of frowning walls.' And at
the silence of my men I recalled what Christian had written of this place; of how he had come upon its
'ancient platforms and tetragonal enclosures of stonework; its wonder of tortuous alleyways and labyrinth of
shallow canals; grim masses of stonework peering out from behind verdant screens; cyclopean barricades,'
and of how, when he had turned 'into its ghostly shadows, straightway the merriment of guides was hushed
and conversation died down to whispers.'
He was silent for a little time.
"Of course I wanted to pitch our camp there," he went on again quietly, "but I soon gave up that idea. The
natives were panicstrickenthreatened to turn back. 'No,' they said, 'too great ani there. We go to any other
placebut not there.'
"We finally picked for our base the islet called UschenTau. It was close to the isle of desire, but far enough
away from it to satisfy our men. There was an excellent campingplace and a spring of fresh water. We
pitched our tents, and in a couple of days the work was in full swing."
CHAPTER III The Moon Rock
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 8
Page No 11
"I DO not intend to tell you now," Throckmartin continued, "the results of the next two weeks, nor of what
we found. Laterif I am allowed, I will lay all that before you. It is sufficient to say that at the end of those
two weeks I had found confirmation for many of my theories.
"The place, for all its decay and desolation, had not infected us with any touch of morbiditythat is not
Edith, Stanton, or myself. But Thora was very unhappy. She was a Swede, as you know, and in her blood ran
the beliefs and superstitions of the Northlandsome of them so strangely akin to those of this far southern
land; beliefs of spirits of mountain and forest and water werewolves and beings malign. From the first she
showed a curious sensitivity to what, I suppose, may be called the 'influences' of the place. She said it
'smelled' of ghosts and warlocks.
"I laughed at her then
"Two weeks slipped by, and at their end the spokesman for our natives came to us. The next night was the
full of the moon, he said. He reminded me of my promise. They would go back to their village in the
morning; they would return after the third night, when the moon had begun to wane. They left us sundry
charms for our 'protection,' and solemnly cautioned us to keep as far away as possible from NanTauach
during their absence. Halfexasperated, halfamused I watched them go.
"No work could be done without them, of course, so we decided to spend the days of their absence junketing
about the southern islets of the group. We marked down several spots for subsequent exploration, and on the
morning of the third day set forth along the east face of the breakwater for our camp on UschenTau,
planning to have everything in readiness for the return of our men the next day.
"We landed just before dusk, tired and ready for our cots. It was only a little after ten o'clock that Edith
awakened me.
"'Listen!' she said. 'Lean over with your ear close to the ground!'
"I did so, and seemed to hear, far, far below, as though coming up from great distances, a faint chanting. It
gathered strength, died down, ended; began, gathered volume, faded away into silence.
"'It's the waves rolling on rocks somewhere,' I said. 'We're probably over some ledge of rock that carries the
sound.'
"'It's the first time I've heard it,' replied my wife doubtfully. We listened again. Then through the dim
rhythms, deep beneath us, another sound came. It drifted across the lagoon that lay between us and
NanTauach in little tinkling waves. It was musicof a sort; I won't describe the strange effect it had upon
me. You've felt it"
"You mean on the deck?" I asked. Throckmartin nodded.
"I went to the flap of the tent," he continued, "and peered out. As I did so Stanton lifted his flap and walked
out into the moonlight, looking over to the other islet and listening. I called to him.
"'That's the queerest sound!' he said. He listened again. 'Crystalline! Like little notes of translucent glass. Like
the bells of crystal on the sistrums of Isis at Dendarah Temple,' he added halfdreamily. We gazed intently at
the island. Suddenly, on the seawall, moving slowly, rhythmically, we saw a little group of lights. Stanton
laughed.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 9
Page No 12
"'The beggars!' he exclaimed. 'That's why they wanted to get away, is it? Don't you see, Dave, it's some sort
of a festival rites of some kind that they hold during the full moon! That's why they were so eager to have
us KEEP away, too.'
"The explanation seemed good. I felt a curious sense of relief, although I had not been sensible of any
oppression.
"'Let's slip over,' suggested Stantonbut I would not.
"'They're a difficult lot as it is,' I said. 'If we break into one of their religious ceremonies they'll probably
never forgive us. Let's keep out of any family party where we haven't been invited.'
"'That's so,' agreed Stanton.
"The strange tinkling rose and fell, rose and fell
"'There's somethingsomething very unsettling about it,' said Edith at last soberly. 'I wonder what they
make those sounds with. They frighten me half to death, and, at the same time. they make me feel as though
some enormous rapture were just around the corner.'
"'It's devilish uncanny!' broke in Stanton.
"And as he spoke the flap of Thora's tent was raised and out into the moonlight strode the old Swede. She
was the great Norse typetall, deepbreasted, moulded on the old Viking lines. Her sixty years had slipped
from her. She looked like some ancient priestess of Odin.
"She stood there, her eyes wide, brilliant, staring. She thrust her head forward toward NanTauach, regarding
the moving lights; she listened. Suddenly she raised her arms and made a curious gesture to the moon. It
wasan archaic movement; she seemed to drag it from remote antiquity yet in it was a strange
suggestion of power, Twice she repeated this gesture andthe tinklings died away! She turned to us.
"'Go!' she said, and her voice seemed to come from far distances. 'Go from hereand quickly! Go while you
may. It has called' She pointed to the islet. 'It knows you are here. It waits!' she wailed. 'It
beckonsthethe"
"She fell at Edith's feet, and over the lagoon came again the tinklings, now with a quicker note of
jubilancealmost of triumph.
"We watched beside her throughout the night. The sounds from NanTauach continued until about an hour
before moonset. In the morning Thora awoke, none the worse, apparently. She had had bad dreams, she
said. She could not remember what they wereexcept that they had warned her of danger. She was oddly
sullen, and throughout the morning her gaze returned again and again halffascinatedly, halfwonderingly to
the neighbouring isle.
"That afternoon the natives returned. And that night on NanTauach the silence was unbroken nor were there
lights nor sign of life.
"You will understand, Goodwin, how the occurrences I have related would excite the scientific curiosity. We
rejected immediately, of course, any explanation admitting the supernatural.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 10
Page No 13
"Oursymptoms let me call themcould all very easily be accounted for. It is unquestionable that the
vibrations created by certain musical instruments have definite and sometimes extraordinary effect upon the
nervous system. We accepted this as the explanation of the reactions we had experienced, hearing the
unfamiliar sounds. Thora's nervousness, her superstitious apprehensions, had wrought her up to a condition of
semisomnambulistic hysteria. Science could readily explain her part in the night's scene.
"We came to the conclusion that there must be a passageway between Ponape and NanTauach known to the
natives and used by them during their rites. We decided that on the next departure of our labourers we
would set forth immediately to NanTauach. We would investigate during the day, and at evening my wife
and Thora would go back to camp, leaving Stanton and me to spend the night on the island, observing from
some safe hidingplace what might occur.
"The moon waned; appeared crescent in the west; waxed slowly toward the full. Before the men left us they
literally prayed us to accompany them. Their importunities only made us more eager to see what it was that,
we were now convinced, they wanted to conceal from us. At least that was true of Stanton and myself. It was
not true of Edith. She was thoughtful, abstractedreluctant.
"When the men were out of sight around the turn of the harbour, we took our boat and made straight for
NanTauach. Soon its mighty seawall towered above us. We passed through the watergate with its gigantic
hewn prisms of basalt and landed beside a halfsubmerged pier. In front of us stretched a series of giant steps
leading into a vast court strewn with fragments of fallen pillars. In the centre of the court, beyond the
shattered pillars, rose another terrace of basalt blocks, concealing, I knew, still another enclosure.
"And now, Walter, for the better understanding of what followsandand" he hesitated. "Should you
decide later to return with me or, if I am taken, totofollow us listen carefully to my description of this
place: NanTauach is literally three rectangles. The first rectangle is the seawall, built up of
monolithshewn and squared, twenty feet wide at the top. To get to the gateway in the seawall you pass
along the canal marked on the map between NanTauach and the islet named Tau. The entrance to the canal
is bidden by dense thickets of mangroves; once through these the way is clear. The steps lead up from the
landing of the seagate through the entrance to the courtyard.
"This courtyard is surrounded by another basalt wall, rectangular, following with mathematical exactness the
march of the outer barricades. The seawall is from thirty to forty feet highoriginally it must have been
much higher, but there has been subsidence in parts. The wall of the first enclosure is fifteen feet across the
top and its height varies from twenty to fifty feethere, too, the gradual sinking of the land has caused
portions of it to fall.
"Within this courtyard is the second enclosure. Its terrace, of the same basalt as the outer walls, is about
twenty feet high. Entrance is gained to it by many breaches which time has made in its stonework. This is the
inner court, the heart of NanTauach! There lies the great central vault with which is associated the one name
of living being that has come to us out of the mists of the past. The natives say it was the treasure house of
Chauteleur, a mighty king who reigned long 'before their fathers.' As Chan is the ancient Ponapean word
both for sun and king, the name means, without doubt, 'place of the sun king.' It is a memory of a dynastic
name of the race that ruled the Pacific continent, now vanishedjust as the rulers of ancient Crete took the
name of Minos and the rulers of Egypt the name of Pharaoh.
"And opposite this place of the sun king is the moon rock that hides the Moon Pool.
"It was Stanton who discovered the moon rock. We had been inspecting the inner courtyard; Edith and Thora
were getting together our lunch. I came out of the vault of Chaute leur to find Stanton before a part of the
terrace studying it wonderingly.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 11
Page No 14
"'What do you make of this?' he asked me as I came up. He pointed to the wall. I followed his finger and saw
a slab of stone about fifteen feet high and ten wide. At first all I noticed was the exquisite nicety with which
its edges joined the blocks about it. Then I realized that its colour was subtly different tinged with grey and
of a smooth, peculiardeadness.
"'Looks more like calcite than basalt,' I said. I touched it and withdrew my hand quickly for at the contact
every nerve in my arm tingled as though a shock of frozen electricity had passed through it. It was not cold as
we know cold. It was a chill forcethe phrase I have usedfrozen electricitydescribes it better than
anything else. Stanton looked at me oddly.
"'So you felt it too,' he said. 'I was wondering whether I was developing hallucinations like Thora. Notice, by
the way, that the blocks beside it are quite warm beneath the sun.'
"We examined the slab eagerly. Its edges were cut as though by an engraver of jewels. They fitted against the
neighbouring blocks in almost a hairline. Its base was slightly curved, and fitted as closely as top and sides
upon the huge stones on which it rested. And then we noted that these stones had been hollowed to follow the
line of the grey stone's foot. There was a semicircular depression running from one side of the slab to the
other. It was as though the grey rock stood in the centre of a shallow cuprevealing half, covering half.
Something about this hollow attracted me. I reached down and felt it. Goodwin, although the balance of the
stones that formed it, like all the stones of the courtyard, were rough and agewornthis was as smooth, as
even surfaced as though it had just left the hands of the polisher.
"'It's a door!' exclaimed Stanton. 'It swings around in that little cup. That's what makes the hollow so smooth.'
"'Maybe you're right,' I replied. 'But how the devil can we open it?'
"We went over the slab againpressing upon its edges, thrusting against its sides. During one of those
efforts I happened to look upand cried out. A foot above and on each side of the corner of the grey rock's
lintel was a slight convexity, visible only from the angle at which my gaze struck it.
"We carried with us a small scalingladder and up this I went. The bosses were apparently nothing more than
chiseled curvatures in the stone. I laid my hand on the one I was examining, and drew it back sharply. In my
palm, at the base of my thumb, I had felt the same shock that I had in touching the slab below. I put my hand
back. The impression came from a spot not more than an inch wide. I went carefully over the entire
convexity, and six times more the chill ran through my arm. There were seven circles an inch wide in the
curved place, each of which communicated the precise sensation I have described. The convexity on the
opposite side of the slab gave exactly the same results. But no amount of touching or of pressing these spots
singly or in any combination gave the slightest promise of motion to the slab itself.
"'And yetthey're what open it,' said Stanton positively.
"'Why do you say that?' I asked.
"'Idon't know,' he answered hesitatingly. 'But something tells me so. Throck,' he went on half earnestly,
half laughingly, 'the purely scientific part of me is fighting the purely human part of me. The scientific part is
urging me to find some way to get that slab either down or open. The human part is just as strongly urging
me to do nothing of the sort and get away while I can!'
"He laughed againshamefacedly.
"'Which shall it be?' he askedand I thought that in his tone the human side of him was ascendant.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 12
Page No 15
"'It will probably stay as it isunless we blow it to bits,' I said.
"'I thought of that,' he answered, 'and I wouldn't dare,' he added soberly enough. And even as I had spoken
there came to me the same feeling that he had expressed. It was as though something passed out of the grey
rock that struck my heart as a hand strikes an impious lip. We turned awayuneasily, and faced Thora
coming through a breach on the terrace.
'Miss Edith wants you quick,' she beganand stopped. Her eyes went past me to the grey rock. Her body
grew rigid; she took a few stiff steps forward and then ran straight to it. She cast herself upon its breast, hands
and face pressed against it; we heard her scream as though her very soul were being drawn from herand
watched her fall at its foot. As we picked her up I saw steal from her face the look I had observed when first
we heard the crystal music of NanTauach that unhuman mingling of opposites!"
CHAPTER IV The First Vanishings
"WE CARRIED Thora back, down to where Edith was waiting. We told her what had happened and what we
had found. She listened gravely, and as we finished Thora sighed and opened her eyes.
"'I would like to see the stone,' she said. 'Charles, you stay here with Thora.' We passed through the outer
court silently and stood before the rock. She touched it, drew back her hand as I had; thrust it forward
again resolutely and held it there. She seemed to be listening. Then she turned to me.
"'David,' said my wife, and the wistfulness in her voice hurt me'David, would you be very, very
disappointed if we went from herewithout trying to find out any more about itwould you?'
"Walter, I never wanted anything so much in my life as I wanted to learn what that rock concealed.
Nevertheless, I tried to master my desire, and I answered'Edith, not a bit if you want us to do it.'
"She read my struggle in my eyes. She turned back toward the grey rock. I saw a shiver pass through her. I
felt a tinge of remorse and pity!
"'Edith,' I exclaimed, 'we'll go!'
"She looked at me again. 'Science is a jealous mistress,' she quoted. 'No, after all it may be just fancy. At any
rate, you can't run away. No! But, Dave, I'm going to stay too!'
"And there was no changing her decision. As we neared the others she laid a hand on my arm.
"'Dave,' she said, 'if there should be somethingwell inexplicable tonightsomething that seemstoo
dangerous will you promise to go back to our own islet tomorrow, if we canand wait until the natives
return?'
"I promised eagerlythe desire to stay and see what came with the night was like a fire within me.
"We picked a place about five hundred feet away from the steps leading into the outer court.
"The spot we had selected was well hidden. We could not be seen, and yet we had a clear view of the stairs
and the gateway. We settled down just before dusk to wait for whatever might come. I was nearest the giant
steps; next me Edith; then Thora, and last Stanton.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 13
Page No 16
"Night fell. After a time the eastern sky began to lighten, and we knew that the moon was rising; grew lighter
still, and the orb peeped over the sea; swam into full sight. I glanced at Edith and then at Thora. My wife was
intently listening. Thora sat, as she had since we had placed ourselves, elbows on knees, her hands covering
her face.
"And then from the moonlight flooding us there dripped down on me a great drowsiness. Sleep seemed to
seep from the rays and fall upon my eyes, closing themclosing them inexorably. Edith's hand in mine
relaxed. Stanton's head fell upon his breast and his body swayed drunkenly. I tried to riseto fight against
the profound desire for slumber that pressed on me.
"And as I fought, Thora raised her head as though listening; and turned toward the gateway. There was
infinite despair in her faceand expectancy. I tried again to riseand a surge of sleep rushed over me.
Dimly, as I sank within it, I heard a crystalline chiming; raised my lids once more with a supreme effort.
"Thora, bathed in light, was standing at the top of the stairs.
"Sleep took me for its very ownswept me into the heart of oblivion!
"Dawn was breaking when I wakened. Recollection rushed back; I thrust a panicstricken hand out toward
Edith; touched her and my heart gave a great leap of thankfulness. She stirred, sat up, rubbing dazed eyes.
Stanton lay on his side, back toward us, head in arms.
"Edith looked at me laughingly. 'Heavens! What sleep!' she said. Memory came to her.
"'What happened?' she whispered. 'What made us sleep like that?'
"Stanton awoke.
"'What's the matter!' he exclaimed. 'You look as though you've been seeing ghosts.'
"Edith caught my hands.
"'Where's Thora?' she cried. Before I could answer she had run out into the open, calling.
"'Thora was taken,' was all I could say to Stanton, 'together we went to my wife, now standing beside the
great stone steps, looking up fearfully at the gateway into the terraces. There I told them what I had seen
before sleep had drowned me. And together then we ran up the stairs, through the court and to the grey rock.
"The slab was closed as it had been the day before, nor was there trace of its having opened. No trace? Even
as I thought this Edith dropped to her knees before it and reached toward something lying at its foot. It was a
little piece of gay silk. I knew it for part of the kerchief Thora wore about her hair. She lifted the fragment. It
had been cut from the kerchief as though by a razoredge; a few threads ran from itdown toward the base
of the slab; ran on to the base of the grey rock andunder it!
"The grey rock was a door! And it had opened and Thora had passed through it!
"I think that for the next few minutes we all were a little insane. We beat upon that portal with our hands,
with stones and sticks. At last reason came back to us.
"Goodwin, during the next two hours we tried every way in our power to force entrance through the slab. The
rock resisted our drills. We tried explosions at the base with charges covered by rock. They made not the
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 14
Page No 17
slightest impression on the surface, expending their force, of course, upon the slighter resistance of their
coverings.
"Afternoon found us hopeless. Night was coming on and we would have to decide our course of action. I
wanted to go to Ponape for help. But Edith objected that this would take hours and after we had reached there
it would be impossible to persuade our men to return with us that night, if at all. What then was left? Clearly
only one of two choices: to go back to our camp, wait for our men, and on their return try to persuade them to
go with us to NanTauach. But this would mean the abandonment of Thora for at least two days. We could
not do it; it would have been too cowardly.
"The other choice was to wait where we were for night to come; to wait for the rock to open as it had the
night before, and to make a sortie through it for Thora before it could close again.
"Our path lay clear before us. We had to spend that night on NanTauach!
"We had, of course, discussed the sleep phenomena very fully. If our theory that lights, sounds, and Thora's
disappearance were linked with secret religious rites of the natives, the logical inference was that the slumber
had been produced by them, perhaps by vapoursyou know as well as I, what extraordinary knowledge
these Pacific peoples have of such things. Or the sleep might have been simply a coincidence and produced
by emanations either gaseous or from plants, natural causes which had happened to coincide in their effects
with the other manifestations. We made some rough and ready but effective respirators.
"As dusk fell we looked over our weapons. Edith was an excellent shot with both rifle and pistol. We had
decided that my wife was to remain in the hidingplace. Stanton would take up a station on the far side of the
stairway and I would place myself opposite him on the side near Edith. The place I picked out was less than
two hundred feet from her, and I could reassure myself now and then as to her safety as it looked down upon
the hollow wherein she crouched. From our respective stations Stanton and I could command the gateway
entrance. His position gave him also a glimpse of the outer courtyard.
"A faint glow in the sky heralded the moon. Stanton and I took our places. The moon dawn increased rapidly;
the disk swam up, and in a moment it was shining in full radiance upon ruins and sea.
"As it rose there came a curious little sighing sound from the inner terrace. Stanton straightened up and stared
intently through the gateway, rifle ready.
"'Stanton, what do you see?' I called cautiously. He waved a silencing hand. I turned my head to look at
Edith. A shock ran through me. She lay upon her side. Her face, grotesque with its nose and mouth covered
by the respirator, was turned full toward the moon. She was again in deepest sleep!
"As I turned again to call to Stanton, my eyes swept the head of the steps and stopped, fascinated. For the
moonlight had thickened. It seemed to becurdledthere; and through it ran little gleams and veins of
shimmering white fire. A languor passed through me. It was not the ineffable drowsiness of the preceding
night. It was a sapping of all will to move. I tried to cry out to Stanton. I had not even the will to move my
lips. GoodwinI could not even move my eyes!
"Stanton was in the range of my fixed vision. I watched him leap up the steps and move toward the gateway.
The curdled radiance seemed to await him. He stepped into it and was lost to my sight.
"For a dozen heart beats there was silence. Then a rain of tinklings that set the pulses racing with joy and at
once checked them with tiny fingers of iceand ringing through them Stanton's voice from the courtyarda
great crya screamfilled with ecstasy insupportable and horror unimaginable ! And once more there was
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 15
Page No 18
silence. I strove to burst the bonds that held me. I could not. Even my eyelids were fixed. Within them my
eyes, dry and aching, burned.
"Then GoodwinI first saw theinexplicable! The crystalline music swelled. Where I sat I could take in
the gateway and its basalt portals, rough and broken, rising to the top of the wall forty feet above, shattered,
ruined portals unclimbable. From this gateway an intenser light began to flow. It grew, it gushed, and out
of it walked Stanton.
"Stanton! ButGod! What a vision!"
A deep tremor shook him. I waitedwaited.
CHAPTER V Into the Moon Pool
"GOODWIN," Throckmartin went on at last, "I can describe him only as a thing of living light. He radiated
light; was filled with light; overflowed with it. A shining cloud whirled through and around him in radiant
swirls, shimmering tentacles, luminescent, coruscating spirals.
"His face shone with a rapture too great to be borne by living man, and was shadowed with insuperable
misery. It was as though it had been remoulded by the hand of God and the hand of Satan, working together
and in harmony. You have seen that seal upon my own. But you have never seen it in the degree that Stanton
bore it. The eyes were wide open and fixed, as though upon some inward vision of hell and heaven!
"The light that filled and surrounded him had a nucleus, a coresomething shiftingly human shapedthat
dissolved and changed, gathered itself, whirled through and beyond him and back again. And as its shining
nucleus passed through him Stanton's whole body pulsed radiance. As the luminescence moved, there moved
above it, still and serene always, seven tiny globes of seven colors, like seven little moons.
"Then swiftly Stanton was liftedlevitatedup the unscalable wall and to its top. The glow faded from the
moonlight, the tinkling music grew fainter. I tried again to move. The tears were running down now from my
rigid lids and they brought relief to my tortured eyes.
"I have said my gaze was fixed. It was. But from the side, peripherally, it took in a part of the far wall of the
outer enclosure. Ages seemed to pass and a radiance stole along it. Soon drifted into sight the figure that was
Stanton. Far away he wason the gigantic wall. But still I could see the shining spirals whirling jubilantly
around and through him; felt rather than saw his tranced face beneath the seven moons. A swirl of crystal
notes, and he had passed. And all the time, as though from some opened well of light, the courtyard gleamed
and sent out silver fires that dimmed the moonrays, yet seemed strangely to be a part of them.
"At last the moon neared the horizon. There came a louder burst of sound; the second, and last, cry of
Stanton, like an echo of his first! Again the soft sighing from the inner terrace. Thenutter silence!
"The light faded; the moon was setting and with a rush life and power to move returned to me. I made a leap
for the steps, rushed up them, through the gateway and straight to the grey rock. It was closedas I knew it
would be. But did I dream it or did I bear, echoing through it as though from vast distances a triumphant
shouting?
"I ran back to Edith. At my touch she wakened; looked at me wanderingly; raised herself on a hand.
"'Dave!' she said, 'I sleptafter all.' She saw the despair on my face and leaped to her feet. 'Dave!' she cried.
'What is it? Where's Charles?'
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 16
Page No 19
"I lighted a fire before I spoke. Then I told her. And for the balance of that night we sat before the flames,
arms around each otherlike two frightened children."
Abruptly Throckmartin held his hands out to me appealingly.
Walter, old friend!" he cried. "Don't look at me as though I were mad. It's truth, absolute truth. Wait" I
comforted him as well as I could. After a little time he took up his story.
"Never," he said, "did man welcome the sun as we did that morning. A soon as it had risen we went back to
the courtyard. The walls whereon I had seen Stanton were black and silent. The terraces were as they had
been. The grey slab was in its place. In the shallow hollow at its base was nothing. Nothingnothing was
there anywhere on the islet of Stantonnot a trace.
"What were we to do? Precisely the same arguments that had kept us there the night before held good
nowand doubly good. We could not abandon these two; could not go as long as there was the faintest hope
of finding themand yet for love of each other how could we remain? I loved my wife,how much I never
knew until that day; and she loved me as deeply.
'It takes only one each night,' she pleaded. 'Beloved, let it take me.'
"I wept, Walter. We both wept.
"'We will meet it together,' she said. And it was thus at last that we arranged it."
"That took great courage indeed, Throckmartin," I interrupted. He looked at me eagerly.
"You do believe then?" he exclaimed.
"I believe," I said. He pressed my hand with a grip that nearly crushed it.
"Now," he told me. "I do not fear. If Ifail, you will follow with help?"
I promised.
"We talked it over carefully," he went on, "bringing to bear all our power of analysis and habit of calm,
scientific thought. We considered minutely the time element in the phenomena. Although the deep chanting
began at the very moment of moonrise, fully five minutes had passed between its full lifting and the strange
sighing sound from the inner terrace. I went back in memory over the happenings of the night before. At least
ten minutes had intervened between the first heralding sigh and the intensification of the moonlight in the
courtyard. And this glow grew for at least ten minutes more before the first burst of the crystal notes. Indeed,
more than half an hour must have elapsed, I calculated, between the moment the moon showed above the
horizon and the first delicate onslaught of the tinklings.
"'Edith!' I cried. 'I think I have it! The grey rock opens five minutes after upon the moonrise. But whoever or
whatever it is that comes through it must wait until the moon has risen higher, or else it must come from a
distance. The thing to do is not to wait for it, but to surprise it before it passes out the door. We will go into
the inner court early. You will take your rifle and pistol and hide yourself where you can command the
openingif the slab does open. The instant it opens I will enter. It's our best chance, Edith. I think it's our
only one.'
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 17
Page No 20
"My wife demurred strongly. She wanted to go with me. But I convinced her that it was better for her to stand
guard without, prepared to help me if I were forced again into the open by what lay behind the rock.
"At the halfhour before moonrise we went into the inner court. I took my place at the side of the grey rock.
Edith crouched behind a broken pillar twenty feet away; slipped her riflebarrel over it so that it would cover
the opening.
"The minutes crept by. The darkness lessened and through the breaches of the terrace I watched the far sky
softly lighten. With the first pale flush the silence of the place intensified. It deepened; became
unbearablyexpectant. The moon rose, showed the quarter, the half, then swam up into full sight like a great
bubble.
"Its rays fell upon the wall before me and suddenly upon the convexities I have described seven little circles
of light sprang out. They gleamed, glimmered, grew brightershone. The gigantic slab before me glowed
with them, silver wavelets of phosphorescence pulsed over its surface and then it turned as though on a
pivot, sighing softly as it moved!
"With a word to Edith I flung myself through the opening. A tunnel stretched before me. It glowed with the
same faint silvery radiance. Down it I raced. The passage turned abruptly, passed parallel to the walls of the
outer courtyard and then once more led downward.
"The passage ended. Before me was a high vaulted arch. It seemed to open into space; a space filled with
lambent, coruscating, manycoloured mist whose brightness grew even as I watched. I passed through the
arch and stopped in sheer awe!
"In front of me was a pool. It was circular, perhaps twenty feet wide. Around it ran a low, softly curved lip of
glimmering silvery stone. Its water was palest blue. The pool with its silvery rim was like a great blue eye
staring upward.
"Upon it streamed seven shafts of radiance. They poured down upon the blue eye like cylindrical torrents;
they were like shining pillars of light rising from a sapphire floor.
"One was the tender pink of the pearl; one of the aurora's green; a third a deathly white; the fourth the blue in
motherof pearl; a shimmering column of pale amber; a beam of amethyst; a shaft of molten silver. Such are
the colours of the seven lights that stream upon the Moon Pool. I drew closer, awestricken. The shafts did not
illumine the depths. They played upon the surface and seemed there to diffuse, to melt into it. The Pool drank
them?
"Through the water tiny gleams of phosphorescence began to dart, sparkles and coruscations of pale
incandescence. And far, far below I sensed a movement, a shifting glow as of a radiant body slowly rising.
"I looked upward, following the radiant pillars to their source. Far above were seven shining globes, and it
was from these that the rays poured. Even as I watched their brightness grew. They were like seven moons set
high in some caverned heaven. Slowly their splendour increased, and with it the splendour of the seven
beams streaming from them.
"I tore my gaze away and stared at the Pool. It had grown milky, opalescent. The rays gushing into it seemed
to be filling it; it was alive with sparklings, scintillations, glimmerings. And the luminescence I had seen
rising from its depths was larger, nearer!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 18
Page No 21
"A swirl of mist floated up from its surface. It drifted within the embrace of the rosy beam and hung there for
a moment. The beam seemed to embrace it, sending through it little shining corpuscles, tiny rosy spiralings.
The mist absorbed the rays, was strengthened by them, gained substance. Another swirl sprang into the amber
shaft, clung and fed there, moved swiftly toward the first and mingled with it. And now other swirls arose,
here and there, too fast to be counted; hung poised in the embrace of the light streams; flashed and pulsed into
each other.
"Thicker and thicker still they arose until over the surface of the Pool was a pulsating pillar of opalescent mist
steadily growing stronger; drawing within it life from the seven beams falling upon it; drawing to it from
below the darting, incandescent atoms of the Pool. Into its centre was passing the luminescence rising from
the far depths. And the pillar glowed, throbbedbegan to send out questing swirls and tendrils
"There forming before me was That which had walked with Stanton, which had taken Thorathe thing I had
come to find!
"My brain sprang into action. My hand threw up the pistol and I fired shot after shot into the shining core.
"As I fired, it swayed and shook; gathered again. I slipped a second clip into the automatic and another idea
coming to me took careful aim at one of the globes in the roof. From thence I knew came the force that
shaped this Dweller in the Poolfrom the pouring rays came its strength. If I could destroy them I could
check its forming. I fired again and again. If I hit the globes I did no damage. The little motes in their beams
danced with the motes in the mist, troubled. That was all.
"But up from the Pool like little bells, like tiny bursting bubbles of glass, swarmed the tinkling soundstheir
pitch higher, all their sweetness lost, angry.
"And out from the Inexplicable swept a shining spiral.
"It caught me above the heart; wrapped itself around me. There rushed through me a mingled ecstasy and
horror. Every atom of me quivered with delight and shrank with despair. There was nothing loathsome in it.
But it was as though the icy soul of evil and the fiery soul of good had stepped together within me. The pistol
dropped from my hand.
"So I stood while the Pool gleamed and sparkled; the streams of light grew more intense and the radiant
Thing that held me gleamed and strengthened. Its shining core had shapebut a shape that my eyes and
brain could not define. It was as though a being of another sphere should assume what it might of human
semblance, but was not able to conceal that what human eyes saw was but a part of it. It was neither man nor
woman; it was unearthly and androgynous. Even as I found its human semblance it changed. And still the
mingled rapture and terror held me. Only in a little corner of my brain dwelt something untouched; something
that held itself apart and watched. Was it the soul? I have never believed and yet
"Over the head of the misty body there sprang suddenly out seven little lights. Each was the colour of the
beam beneath which it rested. I knew now that the Dweller was complete!
"I heard a scream. It was Edith's voice. It came to me that she had heard the shots and followed me. I felt
every faculty concentrate into a mighty effort. I wrenched myself free from the gripping tentacle and it swept
back. I turned to catch Edith, and as I did so slippedfell.
"The radiant shape above the Pool leaped swiftlyand straight into it raced Edith, arms outstretched to
shield me from it! God!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 19
Page No 22
"She threw herself squarely within its splendour," he whispered. "It wrapped its shining self around her. The
crystal tinklings burst forth jubilantly. The light filled her, ran through and around her as it had with Stanton;
and dropped down upon her facethe look!
"But her rush had taken her to the very verge of the Moon Pool. She tottered; she fellwith the radiance still
holding her, still swirling and winding around and through herinto the Moon Pool! She sank, and with her
wentthe Dweller!
"I dragged myself to the brink. Far down was a shining, manycoloured nebulous cloud descending; out of it
peered Edith's face, disappearing; her eyes stared up at meand she vanished!
"'Edith!' I cried again. 'Edith, come back to me!'
"And then a darkness fell upon me. I remember running back through the shimmering corridors and out into
the courtyard. Reason had left me. When it returned I was far out at sea in our boat wholly estranged from
civilization. A day later I was picked up by the schooner in which I came to Port Moresby.
"I have formed a plan; you must bear it, Goodwin" He fell upon his berth. I bent over him. Exhaustion and
the relief of telling his story had been too much for him. He slept like the dead.
All that night I watched over him. When dawn broke I went to my room to get a little sleep myself. But my
slumber was haunted.
The next day the storm was unabated. Throckmartin came to me at lunch. He had regained much of his old
alertness.
"Come to my cabin," he said. There, he stripped his shirt from him. "Something is happening," he said. "The
mark is smaller." It was as he said.
"I'm escaping," he whispered jubilantly, "Just let me get to Melbourne safely, and then we'll see who'll win!
For, Walter, I'm not at all sure that Edith is deadas we know deathnor that the others are. There is
something outside experience theresome great mystery."
And all that day he talked to me of his plans.
"There's a natural explanation, of course," he said. "My theory is that the moon rock is of some composition
sensitive to the action of moon rays; somewhat as the metal selenium is to sun rays. The little circles over the
top are, without doubt, its operating agency. When the light strikes them they release the mechanism that
opens the slab, just as you can open doors with sun or electric light by an ingenious arrangement of
seleniumcells. Apparently it takes the strength of the full moon both to do this and to summon the Dweller
in the Pool. We will first try a concentration of the rays of the waning moon upon these circles to see whether
that will open the rock. If it does we will be able to investigate the Pool without interruption
fromfromwhat emanates.
"Look, here on the chart are their locations. I have made this in duplicate for you in the eventof something
happening to me. And if I loseyou'll come after us, Goodwin, with helpwon't you?"
And again I promised.
A little later he complained of increasing sleepiness.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 20
Page No 23
"But it's just weariness," he said. "Not at all like that other drowsiness. It's an hour till moonrise still," he
yawned at last. "Wake me up a good fifteen minutes before."
He lay upon the berth. I sat thinking. I came to myself with a guilty start. I had completely lost myself in my
deep preoccupation. What time was it? I looked at my watch and jumped to the porthole. It was full
moonlight; the orb had been up for fully half an hour. I strode over to Throckmartin and shook him by the
shoulder.
"Up, quick, man!" I cried. He rose sleepily. His shirt fell open at the neck and I looked, in amazement, at the
white band around his chest. Even under the electric light it shone softly, as though little flecks of light were
in it.
Throckmartin seemed only halfawake. He looked down at his breast, saw the glowing cincture, and smiled.
"Yes," he said drowsily, "it's comingto take me back to Edith! Well, I'm glad."
"Throckmartin!" I cried. "Wake up! Fight!"
"Fight!" he said. "No use; come after us!"
He went to the port and sleepily drew aside the curtain. The moon traced a broad path of light straight to the
ship. Under its rays the band around his chest gleamed brighter and brighter; shot forth little rays; seemed to
writhe.
The lights went out in the cabin; evidently also throughout the ship, for I heard shoutings above.
Throckmartin still stood at the open port. Over his shoulder I saw a gleaming pillar racing along the moon
path toward us. Through the window cascaded a blinding radiance. It gathered Throckmartin to it, clothed
him in a robe of living opalescence. Light pulsed through and from him. The cabin filled with murmurings
A wave of weakness swept over me, buried me in blackness. When consciousness came back, the lights were
again burning brightly.
But of Throckmartin there was no trace!
CHAPTER VI "The Shining Devil Took Them!"
MY COLLEAGUES of the Association, and you others who may read this my narrative, for what I did and
did not when full realization returned I must offer here, briefly as I can, an explanation; a defenseif you
will.
My first act was to spring to the open port. The coma had lasted hours, for the moon was now low in the
west! I ran to the door to sound the alarm. It resisted under my frantic hands; would not open. Something fell
tinkling to the floor. It was the key and I remembered then that Throckmartin had turned it before we began
our vigil. With memory a hope died that I had not known was in me, the hope that he had escaped from the
cabin, found refuge elsewhere on the ship.
And as I stooped, fumbling with shaking fingers for the key, a thought came to me that drove again the blood
from my heart, held me rigid. I could sound no alarm on the Southern Queen for Throckmartin!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 21
Page No 24
Conviction of my appalling helplessness was complete. The ensemble of the vessel from captain to cabin boy
was, to put it conservatively, average. None, I knew, save Throckmartin and myself had seen the first
apparition of the Dweller. Had they witnessed the second? I did not know, nor could I risk speaking, not
knowing. And not seeing, how could they believe? They would have thought me insane or worse; even, it
might be, his murderer.
I snapped off the electrics; waited and listened; opened the door with infinite caution and slipped, unseen,
into my own stateroom. The hours until the dawn were eternities of waking nightmare. Reason, resuming
sway at last, steadied me. Even had I spoken and been believed where in these wastes after all the hours could
we search for Throckmartin? Certainly the captain would not turn back to Port Moresby. And even if he did,
of what use for me to set forth for the NanMatal without the equipment which Throckmartin himself had
decided was necessary if one hoped to cope with the mystery that lurked there?
There was but one thing to dofollow his instructions; get the paraphernalia in Melbourne or Sydney if it
were possible; if not sail to America as swiftly as might be, secure it there and as swiftly return to Ponape.
And this I determined to do.
Calmness came back to me after I had made this decision. And when I went up on deck I knew that I had
been right. They had not seen the Dweller. They were still discussing the darkening of the ship, talking of
dynamos burned out, wires short circuited, a half dozen explanations of the extinguishment. Not until noon
was Throckmartin's absence discovered. I told the captain that I had left him early in the evening; that,
indeed, I knew him but slightly, after all. It occurred to none to doubt me, or to question me minutely. Why
should it have? His strangeness had been noted, commented upon; all who had met him had thought him half
mad. I did little to discourage the impression. And so it came naturally that on the log it was entered that he
had fallen or leaped from the vessel some time during the night.
A report to this effect was made when we entered Melbourne. I slipped quietly ashore and in the press of the
war news Throckmartin's supposed fate won only a few lines in the newspapers; my own presence on the ship
and in the city passed unnoticed.
I was fortunate in securing at Melbourne everything I needed except a set of Becquerel ray condensersbut
these were the very keystone of my equipment. Pursuing my search to Sydney I was doubly fortunate in
finding a firm who were expecting these very articles in a consignment due them from the States within a
fortnight. I settled down in strictest seclusion to await their arrival.
And now it will occur to you to ask why I did not cable, during this period of waiting, to the Association;
demand aid from it. Or why I did not call upon members of the University staffs of either Melbourne or
Sydney for assistance. At the least, why I did not gather, as Throckmartin had hoped to do, a little force of
strong men to go with me to the NanMatal.
To the first two questions I answer franklyI did not dare. And this reluctance, this inhibition, every man
jealous of his scientific reputation will understand. The story of Throckmartin, the happenings I had myself
witnessed, were incredible, abnormal, outside the facts of all known science. I shrank from the inevitable
disbelief, perhaps ridiculenay, perhaps even the graver suspicion that had caused me to seal my lips while
on the ship. Why I myself could only half believe! How then could I hope to convince others?
And as for the third questionI could not take men into the range of such a peril without first warning them
of what they might encounter; and if I did warn them
It was checkmate! If it also was cowardicewell, I have atoned for it. But I do not hold it so; my conscience
is clear.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 22
Page No 25
That fortnight and the greater part of another passed before the ship I awaited steamed into port. By that time,
between my straining anxiety to be after Throckmartin, the despairing thought that every moment of delay
might be vital to him and his, and my intensely eager desire to know whether that shining, glorious horror on
the moon path did exist or had been hallucination, I was worn almost to the edge of madness.
At last the condensers were in my hands. It was more than a week later, however, before I could secure
passage back to Port Moresby and it was another week still before I started north on the Suwarna, a swift
little sloop with a fiftyhorsepower auxiliary, heading straight for Ponape and the NanMatal.
We sighted the Brunhilda some five hundred miles south of the Carolines. The wind had fallen soon after
Papua had dropped astern. The Suwarna's ability to make her twelve knots an hour without it had made me
very fully forgive her for not being as fragrant as the Javan flower for which she was named. Da Costa, her
captain, was a garrulous Portuguese; his mate was a Canton man with all the marks of long and able service
on some pirate junk; his engineer was a halfbreed ChinaMalay who had picked up his knowledge of power
plants, Heaven alone knew where, and, I had reason to believe, had transferred all his religious impulses to
the American built deity of mechanism he so faithfully served. The crew was made up of six huge, chattering
Tonga boys.
The Suwarna had cut through Finschafen Huon Gulf to the protection of the Bismarcks. She had threaded the
maze of the archipelago tranquilly, and we were then rolling over the thousandmile stretch of open ocean
with New Hanover far behind us and our boat's bow pointed straight toward Nukuor of the Monte Verdes.
After we had rounded Nukuor we should, barring accident, reach Ponape in not more than sixty hours.
It was late afternoon, and on the demure little breeze that marched behind us came farflung sighs of
spicetrees and nutmeg flowers. The slow prodigious swells of the Pacific lifted us in gentle, giant hands and
sent us as gently down the long, blue wave slopes to the next broad, upward slope. There was a spell of peace
over the ocean, stilling even the Portuguese captain who stood dreamily at the wheel, slowly swaying to the
rhythmic lift and fall of the sloop.
There came a whining hail from the Tonga boy lookout draped lazily over the bow.
"Sail he b'long port side!"
Da Costa straightened and gazed while I raised my glass. The vessel was a scant mile away, and must have
been visible long before the sleepy watcher had seen her. She was a sloop about the size of the Suwarna,
without power. All sails set, even to a spinnaker she carried, she was making the best of the little breeze. I
tried to read her name, but the vessel jibed sharply as though the hands of the man at the wheel had suddenly
dropped the helmand then with equal abruptness swung back to her course. The stern came in sight, and on
it I read Brunhilda.
I shifted my glasses to the man at wheel. He was crouching down over the spokes in a helpless, huddled sort
of way, and even as I looked the vessel veered again, abruptly as before. I saw the helmsman straighten up
and bring the wheel about with a vicious jerk.
He stood so for a moment, looking straight ahead, entirely oblivious of us, and then seemed again to sink
down within himself. It came to me that his was the action of a man striving vainly against a weariness
unutterable. I swept the deck with my glasses. There was no other sign of life. I turned to find the Portuguese
staring intently and with puzzled air at the sloop, now separated from us by a scant half mile.
"Something veree wrong I think there, sair," he said in his curious English. "The man on deck I know. He is
captain and owner of the Brrwun'ild. His name Olaf Huldricksson, what you sayNorwegian. He is eithair
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 23
Page No 26
veree sick or veree tiredbut I do not undweerstand where is the crew and the starb'd boat is gone"
He shouted an order to the engineer and as he did so the faint breeze failed and the sails of the Brunhilda
flapped down inert. We were now nearly abreast and a scant hundred yards away. The engine of the Suwarna
died and the Tonga boys leaped to one of the boats.
"You Olaf Huldricksson!" shouted Da Costa. "What's a matter wit' you?"
The man at the wheel turned toward us. He was a giant; his shoulders enormous, thick chested, strength in
every line of him, he towered like a viking of old at the rudder bar of his shark ship.
I raised the glass again; his face sprang into the lens and never have I seen a visage lined and marked as
though by ages of unsleeping misery as was that of Olaf Huldricksson!
The Tonga boys had the boat alongside and were waiting at the oars. The little captain was dropping into it.
"Wait!" I cried. I ran into my cabin, grasped my emergency medical kit and climbed down the rope ladder.
The Tonga boys bent to the oars. We reached the side and Da Costa and I each seized a lanyard dangling
from the stays and swung ourselves on board. Da Costa approached Huldricksson softly.
"What's the matter, Olaf?" he beganand then was silent, looking down at the wheel. The hands of
Huldricksson were lashed fast to the spokes by thongs of thin, strong cord; they were swollen and black and
the thongs had bitten into the sinewy wrists till they were hidden in the outraged flesh, cutting so deeply that
blood fell, slow drop by drop, at his feet! We sprang toward him, reaching out hands to his fetters to loose
them. Even as we touched them, Huldricksson aimed a vicious kick at me and then another at Da Costa which
sent the Portuguese tumbling into the scuppers.
"Let be!" croaked Huldricksson; his voice was thick and lifeless as though forced from a dead throat; his lips
were cracked and dry and his parched tongue was black. "Let be! Go! Let be!"
The Portuguese had picked himself up, whimpering with rage and knife in hand, but as Huldricksson's voice
reached him he stopped. Amazement crept into his eyes and as he thrust the blade back into his belt they
softened with pity.
"Something veree wrong wit' Olaf," he murmured to me. "I think he crazee!" And then Olaf Huldricksson
began to curse us. He did not speakhe howled from that hideously dry mouth his imprecations. And all the
time his red eyes roamed the seas and his hands, clenched and rigid on the wheel, dropped blood.
"I go below," said Da Costa nervously. "His wife, his daughter" he darted down the companionway and
was gone.
Huldricksson, silent once more, had slumped down over the wheel.
Da Costa's head appeared at the top of the companion steps.
"There is nobody, nobody," he pausedthen"nobody nowhere!" His hands flew out in a gesture of
hopeless incomprehension. "I do not understan'."
Then Olaf Huldricksson opened his dry lips and as he spoke a chill ran through me, checking my heart.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 24
Page No 27
"The sparkling devil took them!" croaked Olaf Huldricksson, "the sparkling devil took them! Took my Helma
and my little Freda! The sparkling devil came down from the moon and took them!"
He swayed; tears dripped down his cheeks. Da Costa moved toward him again and again Huldricksson
watched him, alertly, wickedly, from his bloodshot eyes.
I took a hypodermic from my case and filled it with morphine. I drew Da Costa to me.
"Get to the side of him," I whispered, "talk to him." He moved over toward the wheel.
"Where is your Helma and Freda, Olaf?" he said.
Huldricksson turned his head toward him. "The shining devil took them," he croaked. "The moon devil that
spark"
A yell broke from him. I had thrust the needle into his arm just above one swollen wrist and had quickly shot
the drug through. He struggled to release himself and then began to rock drunkenly. The morphine, taking
him in his weakness, worked quickly. Soon over his face a peace dropped. The pupils of the staring eyes
contracted. Once, twice, he swayed and then, his bleeding, prisoned hands held high and still gripping the
wheel, he crumpled to the deck.
With utmost difficulty we loosed the thongs, but at last it was done. We rigged a little swing and the Tonga
boys slung the great inert body over the side into the dory. Soon we had Huldricksson in my bunk. Da Costa
sent half his crew over to the sloop in charge of the Cantonese. They took in all sail, stripping Huldricksson's
boat to the masts and then with the Brunhilda nosing quietly along after us at the end of a long hawser, one of
the Tonga boys at her wheel, we resumed the way so enigmatically interrupted.
I cleansed and bandaged the Norseman's lacerated wrists and sponged the blackened, parched mouth with
warm water and a mild antiseptic.
Suddenly I was aware of Da Costa's presence and turned. His unease was manifest and held, it seemed to me,
a queer, furtive anxiety.
"What you think of Olaf, sair?" he asked. I shrugged my shoulders. "You think he killed his woman and his
babee?" He went on. "You think he crazee and killed all?"
"Nonsense, Da Costa," I answered. "You saw the boat was gone. Most probably his crew mutinied and to
torture him tied him up the way you saw. They did the same thing with Hilton of the Coral Lady; you'll
remember."
"No," he said. "No. The crew did not. Nobody there on board when Olaf was tied."
"What!" I cried, startled. "What do you mean?"
"I mean," he said slowly, "that Olaf tie himself!"
"Wait!" he went on at my incredulous gesture of dissent. "Wait, I show you." He had been standing with
hands behind his back and now I saw that he held in them the cut thongs that had bound Huldricksson. They
were bloodstained and each ended in a broad leather tip skilfully spliced into the cord. "Look," he said,
pointing to these leather ends. I looked and saw in them deep indentations of teeth. I snatched one of the
thongs and opened the mouth of the unconscious man on the bunk. Carefully I placed the leather within it and
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 25
Page No 28
gently forced the jaws shut on it. It was true. Those marks were where Olaf Huldricksson's jaws had gripped.
"Wait!" Da Costa repeated, "I show you." He took other cords and rested his hands on the supports of a chair
back. Rapidly he twisted one of the thongs around his left hand, drew a loose knot, shifted the cord up toward
his elbow. This left wrist and hand still free and with them he twisted the other cord around the right wrist;
drew a similar knot. His hands were now in the exact position that Huldricksson' s had been on the Brunhilda
but with cords and knots hanging loose. Then Da Costa reached down his head, took a leather end in his teeth
and with a jerk drew the thong that noosed his left hand tight; similarly he drew tight the second.
He strained at his fetters. There before my eyes he had pinioned himself so that without aid he could not
release himself. And he was exactly as Huldricksson had been!
"You will have to cut me loose, sair," he said. "I cannot move them. It is an old trick on these seas.
Sometimes it is necessary that a man stand at the wheel many hours without help, and he does this so that if
he sleep the wheel wake him, yes, sair."
I looked from him to the man on the bed.
"But why, sair," said Da Costa slowly, "did Olaf have to tie his hands?"
I looked at him, uneasily.
"I don't know," I answered. "Do you?"
He fidgeted, avoided my eyes, and then rapidly, almost surreptitiously crossed himself.
"No," he replied. "I know nothing. Some things I have heardbut they tell many tales on these seas."
He started for the door. Before he reached it he turned. "But this I do know," he half whispered, "I am
damned glad there is no full moon tonight." And passed out, leaving me staring after him in amazement.
What did the Portuguese know?
I bent over the sleeper. On his face was no trace of that unholy mingling of opposites the Dweller stamped
upon its victims.
And yetwhat was it the Norseman had said?
"The sparkling devil took them!" Nay, he had been even more explicit"The sparkling devil that came down
from the moon!"
Could it be that the Dweller had swept upon the Brunhilda, drawing down the moon path Olaf Huldricksson's
wife and babe even as it had drawn Throckmartin?
As I sat thinking the cabin grew suddenly dark and from above came a shouting and patter of feet. Down
upon us swept one of the abrupt, violent squalls that are met with in those latitudes. I lashed Huldricksson
fast in the berth and ran up on deck.
The long, peaceful swells had changed into angry, choppy waves from the tops of which the spindrift
streamed in long stinging lashes.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 26
Page No 29
A halfhour passed; the squall died as quickly as it had arisen. The sea quieted. Over in the west, from
beneath the tattered, flying edge of the storm, dropped the red globe of the setting sun; dropped slowly until it
touched the sea rim.
I watched itand rubbed my eyes and stared again. For over its flaming portal something huge and black
moved, like a gigantic beckoning finger!
Da Costa had seen it, too, and he turned the Suwarna straight toward the descending orb and its strange
shadow. As we approached we saw it was a little mass of wreckage and that the beckoning finger was a wing
of canvas, sticking up and swaying with the motion of the waves. On the highest point of the wreckage sat a
tall figure calmly smoking a cigarette.
We brought the Suwarna to, dropped a boat, and with myself as coxswain pulled toward a wrecked
hydroairplane. Its occupant took a long puff at his cigarette, waved a cheerful hand, shouted a greeting. And
just as he did so a great wave raised itself up behind him, took the wreckage, tossed it high in a swelter of
foam, and passed on. When we had steadied our boat, where wreck and man had been wasnothing.
There came a tug at the side, two muscular brown hands gripped it close to my left, and a sleek, black, wet
head showed its top between them. Two bright, blue eyes that held deep within them a laughing deviltry
looked into mine, and a long, lithe body drew itself gently over the thwart and seated its dripping self at my
feet.
"Much obliged," said this man from the sea. "I knew somebody was sure to come along when the O'Keefe
banshee didn't show up."
"The what?" I asked in amazement.
"The O'Keefe bansheeI'm Larry O'Keefe. It's a far way from Ireland, but not too far for the O'Keefe
banshee to travel if the O'Keefe was going to click in."
I looked again at my astonishing rescue. He seemed perfectly serious.
"Have you a cigarette? Mine went out," he said with a grin, as he reached a moist hand out for the little
cylinder, took it, lighted it.
I saw a lean, intelligent face whose fighting jaw was softened by the wistfulness of the cleancut lips and the
honesty that lay side by side with the deviltry in the laughing blue eyes; nose of a thoroughbred with the
suspicion of a tilt; long, wellknit, slender figure that I knew must have all the strength of fine steel; the
uniform of a lieutenant in the Royal Flying Corps of Britain's navy.
He laughed, stretched out a firm hand, and gripped mine.
"Thank you really ever so much, old man," he said.
I liked Larry O'Keefe from the beginningbut I did not dream as the Tonga boys pulled us back to the
Suwarna bow that liking was to be forged into man's strong love for man by fires which souls such as his and
mineand yours who read thiscould never dream.
Larry! Larry O'Keefe, where are you now with your leprechauns and banshee, your heart of a child, your
laughing blue eyes, and your fearless soul? Shall I ever see you again, Larry O'Keefe, dear to me as some
best beloved younger brother? Larry!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 27
Page No 30
CHAPTER VII Larry O'Keefe
PRESSING BACK the questions I longed to ask, I introduced myself. Oddly enough, I found that he knew
me, or rather my work. He had bought, it appeared, my volume upon the peculiar vegetation whose habitat is
disintegrating lava rock and volcanic ash, that I had entitled, somewhat loosely, I could now perceive, Flora
of the Craters. For he explained naively that he had picked it up, thinking it an entirely different sort of a
book, a novel in factsomething like Meredith's Diana of the Crossways, which he liked greatly.
He had hardly finished this explanation when we touched the side of the Suwarna, and I was forced to curb
my curiosity until we reached the deck.
"That thing you saw me sitting on," he said, after he had thanked the bowing little skipper for his rescue,
"was all that was left of one of his Majesty's best little hydroairplanes after that cyclone threw it off as excess
baggage. And by the way, about where are we?"
Da Costa gave him our approximate position from the noon reckoning.
O'Keefe whistled. "A good three hundred miles from where I left the H.M.S. Dolphin about four hours ago,"
he said. "That squall I rode in on was some whizzer!
"The Dolphin," he went on, calmly divesting himself of his soaked uniform, "was on her way to Melbourne.
I'd been yearning for a joy ride and went up for an alleged scouting trip. Then that blow shot out of nowhere,
picked me up, and insisted that I go with it.
"About an hour ago I thought I saw a chance to zoom up and out of it, I turned, and BLICK went my right
wing, and down I dropped."
"I don't know how we can notify your ship, Lieutenant O'Keefe," I said. "We have no wireless."
"Doctair Goodwin," said Da Costa, "we could change our course, sairperhaps"
"Thanksbut not a bit of it," broke in O'Keefe. "Lord alone knows where the Dolphin is now. Fancy she'll
be nosing around looking for me. Anyway, she's just as apt to run into you as you into her. Maybe we'll strike
something with a wireless, and I'll trouble you to put me aboard." He hesitated. "Where are you bound, by the
way?" he asked.
"For Ponape," I answered.
"No wireless there," mused O'Keefe. "Beastly hole. Stopped a week ago for fruit. Natives seemed scared to
death at usor something. What are you going there for?"
Da Costa darted a furtive glance at me. It troubled me.
O'Keefe noted my hesitation.
"Oh, I beg your pardon," he said. "Maybe I oughn't to have asked that?"
"It's no secret, Lieutenant," I replied. "I'm about to undertake some exploration worka little digging among
the ruins on the NanMatal."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 28
Page No 31
I looked at the Portuguese sharply as I named the place. A pallor crept beneath his skin and again he made
swiftly the sign of the cross, glancing as he did so fearfully to the north. I made up my mind then to question
him when opportunity came. He turned from his quick scrutiny of the sea and addressed O'Keefe.
"There's nothing on board to fit you, Lieutenant."
"Oh, just give me a sheet to throw around me, Captain," said O'Keefe and followed him. Darkness had fallen,
and as the two disappeared into Da Costa's cabin I softly opened the door of my own and listened.
Huldricksson was breathing deeply and regularly.
I drew my electricflash, and shielding its rays from my face, looked at him. His sleep was changing from the
heavy stupor of the drug into one that was at least on the borderland of the normal. The tongue had lost its
arid blackness and the mouth secretions had resumed action. Satisfied as to his condition I returned to deck.
O'Keefe was there, looking like a spectre in the cotton sheet he had wrapped about him. A deck table had
been cleated down and one of the Tonga boys was setting it for our dinner. Soon the very creditable larder of
the Suwarna dressed the board, and O'Keefe, Da Costa, and I attacked it. The night had grown close and
oppressive. Behind us the forward light of the Brunhilda glided and the binnacle lamp threw up a faint glow
in which her black helmsman's face stood out mistily. O'Keefe had looked curiously a number of times at our
tow, but had asked no questions.
"You're not the only passenger we picked up today," I told him. "We found the captain of that sloop, lashed
to his wheel, nearly dead with exhaustion, and his boat deserted by everyone except himself."
"What was the matter?" asked O'Keefe in astonishment.
"We don't know," I answered. "He fought us, and I had to drug him before we could get him loose from his
lashings. He's sleeping down in my berth now. His wife and little girl ought to have been on board, the
captain here says, but they weren't."
"Wife and child gone!" exclaimed O'Keefe.
"From the condition of his mouth he must have been alone at the wheel and without water at least two days
and nights before we found him," I replied. "And as for looking for anyone on these waters after such a
timeit's hopeless."
"That's true," said O'Keefe. "But his wife and baby! Poor, poor devil!"
He was silent for a time, and then, at my solicitation, began to tell us more of himself. He had been little more
than twenty when he had won his wings and entered the war. He had been seriously wounded at Ypres during
the third year of the struggle, and when he recovered the war was over. Shortly after that his mother had died.
Lonely and restless, he had reentered the Air Service, and had remained in it ever since.
"And though the war's long over, I get homesick for the lark's land with the German planes playing tunes on
their machine guns and their Archies tickling the soles of my feet," he sighed. "If you're in love, love to the
limit; and if you hate, why hate like the devil and if it's a fight you're in, get where it's hottest and fight like
hellif you don't life's not worth the living," sighed he.
I watched him as he talked, feeling my liking for him steadily increasing. If I could but have a man like this
beside me on the path of unknown peril upon which I had set my feet I thought, wistfully. We sat and smoked
a bit, sipping the strong coffee the Portuguese made so well.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 29
Page No 32
Da Costa at last relieved the Cantonese at the wheel. O'Keefe and I drew chairs up to the rail. The brighter
stars shone out dimly through a hazy sky; gleams of phosphorescence tipped the crests of the waves and
sparkled with an almost angry brilliance as the bow of the Suwarna tossed them aside. O'Keefe pulled
contentedly at a cigarette. The glowing spark lighted the keen, boyish face and the blue eyes, now black and
brooding under the spell of the tropic night.
"Are you American or Irish, O'Keefe?" I asked suddenly.
"Why?" he laughed.
"Because," I answered, "from your name and your service I would suppose you Irishbut your command of
pure Americanese makes me doubtful."
He grinned amiably.
"I'll tell you how that is," he said. "My mother was an Americana Grace, of Virginia. My father was the
O'Keefe, of Coleraine. And these two loved each other so well that the heart they gave me is half Irish and
half American. My father died when I was sixteen. I used to go to the States with my mother every other year
for a month or two. But after my father died we used to go to Ireland every other year. And there you
areI'm as much American as I am Irish.
"When I'm in love, or excited, or dreaming, or mad I have the brogue. But for the everyday purpose of life I
like the United States talk, and I know Broadway as well as I do Binevenagh Lane, and the Sound as well as
St. Patrick's Channel; educated a bit at Eton, a bit at Harvard; always too much money to have to make any;
in love lots of times, and never a heartache after that wasn't a pleasant one, and never a real purpose in life
until I took the king's shilling and earned my wings; something over thirtyand that's me Larry O'Keefe."
"But it was the Irish O'Keefe who sat out there waiting for the banshee," I laughed.
"It was that," he said somberly, and I heard the brogue creep over his voice like velvet and his eyes grew
brooding again. "There's never an O'Keefe for these thousand years that has passed without his warning. An'
twice have I heard the banshee callingonce it was when my younger brother died an' once when my father
lay waiting to be carried out on the ebb tide."
He mused a moment, then went on: "An' once I saw an Annir Choille, a girl of the green people, flit like a
shade of green fire through Carntogher woods, an' once at Dunchraig I slept where the ashes of the Dun of
Cormac MacConcobar are mixed with those of Cormac an' Eilidh the Fair, all burned in the nine flames that
sprang from the harping of Cravetheen, an' I heard the echo of his dead harpings "
He paused again and then, softly, with that curiously sweet, high voice that only the Irish seem to have, he
sang:
Woman of the white breasts, Eilidh; Woman of the goldbrown hair, and lips of the red, red rowan, Where is
the swan that is whiter, with breast more soft, Or the wave on the sea that moves as thou movest, Eilidh.
CHAPTER VIII Olaf's Story
THERE was a little silence. I looked upon him with wonder. Clearly he was in deepest earnest. I know the
psychology of the Gael is a curious one and that deep in all their hearts their ancient traditions and beliefs
have strong and living roots. And I was both amused and touched.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 30
Page No 33
Here was this soldier, who had faced war and its ugly realities openeyed and fearless, picking, indeed, the
most dangerous branch of service for his own, a modern if ever there was one, appreciative of most
unmystical Broadway, and yet soberly and earnestly attesting to his belief in banshee, in shadowy people of
the woods, and phantom harpers! I wondered what he would think if he could see the Dweller and then, with
a pang, that perhaps his superstitions might make him an easy prey.
He shook his head half impatiently and ran a hand over his eyes; turned to me and grinned:
"Don't think I'm cracked, Professor," he said. "I'm not. But it takes me that way now and then. It's the Irish in
me. And, believe it or not, I'm telling you the truth."
I looked eastward where the moon, now nearly a week past the full, was mounting.
"You can't make me see what you've seen, Lieutenant," I laughed. "But you can make me hear. I've always
wondered what kind of a noise a disembodied spirit could make without any vocal cords or breath or any
other earthly soundproducing mechanism. How does the banshee sound?"
O'Keefe looked at me seriously.
"All right," he said. "I'll show you." From deep down in his throat came first a low, weird sobbing that
mounted steadily into a keening whose mournfulness made my skin creep. And then his hand shot out and
gripped my shoulder, and I stiffened like stone in my chairfor from behind us, like an echo, and then
taking up the cry, swelled a wail that seemed to hold within it a sublimation of the sorrows of centuries! It
gathered itself into one heartbroken, sobbing note and died away! O'Keefe's grip loosened, and he rose
swiftly to his feet.
"It's all right, Professor," he said. "It's for me. It found meall this way from Ireland."
Again the silence was rent by the cry. But now I had located it. It came from my room, and it could mean
only one thingHuldricksson had wakened.
"Forget your banshee!" I gasped, and made a jump for the cabin.
Out of the corner of my eye I noted a look of halfsheepish relief flit over O'Keefe's face, and then he was
beside me. Da Costa shouted an order from the wheel, the Cantonese ran up and took it from his hands and
the little Portuguese pattered down toward us. My hand on the door, ready to throw it open, I stopped. What
if the Dweller were within what if we had been wrong and it was not dependent for its power upon that full
flood of moon ray which Throckmartin had thought essential to draw it from the blue pool!
From within, the sobbing wail began once more to rise. O'Keefe pushed me aside, threw open the door and
crouched low within it. I saw an automatic flash dully in his hand; saw it cover the cabin from side to side,
following the swift sweep of his eyes around it. Then he straightened and his face, turned toward the berth,
was filled with wondering pity.
Through the window streamed a shaft of the moonlight. It fell upon Huldricksson's staring eyes; in them great
tears slowly gathered and rolled down his cheeks; from his opened mouth came the woeladen wailing. I ran
to the port and drew the curtains. Da Costa snapped the lights.
The Norseman's dolorous crying stopped as abruptly as though cut. His gaze rolled toward us. And at one
bound he broke through the leashes I had buckled round him and faced us, his eyes glaring, his yellow hair
almost erect with the force of the rage visibly surging through him. Da Costa shrunk behind me. O'Keefe,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 31
Page No 34
coolly watchful, took a quick step that brought him in front of me.
"Where do you take me?" said Huldricksson, and his voice was like the growl of a beast. "Where is my
boat?"
I touched O'Keefe gently and stood before the giant.
"Listen, Olaf Huldricksson," I said. "We take you to where the sparkling devil took your Helma and your
Freda. We follow the sparkling devil that came down from the moon. Do you hear me?" I spoke slowly,
distinctly, striving to pierce the mists that I knew swirled around the strained brain. And the words did pierce.
He thrust out a shaking hand.
"You say you follow?" he asked falteringly. "You know where to follow? Where it took my Helma and my
little Freda?"
"Just that, Olaf Huldricksson," I answered. "Just that! I pledge you my life that I know."
Da Costa stepped forward. "He speaks true, Olaf. You go faster on the Suwarna than on the Brrwun'ilda,
Olaf, yes."
The giant Norseman, still gripping my hand, looked at him. "I know you, Da Costa," he muttered. "You are
all right. Ja! You are a fair man. Where is the Brunhilda?"
"She follow be'ind on a big rope, Olaf," soothed the Portuguese. "Soon you see her. But now lie down an' tell
us, if you can, why you tie yourself to your wheel an' what it is that happen, Olaf."
"If you'll tell us how the sparkling devil came it will help us all when we get to where it is, Huldricksson," I
said.
On O'Keefe's face there was an expression of wellnigh ludicrous doubt and amazement. He glanced from
one to the other. The giant shifted his own tense look from me to the Irishman. A gleam of approval lighted
in his eyes. He loosed me, and gripped O'Keefe's arm. "Staerk!" he said. "Ja strong, and with a strong
heart. A manja! He comes too we shall need himja!"
"I tell," he muttered, and seated himself on the side of the bunk. "It was four nights ago. My Freda"his
voice shook "Mine Yndling! She loved the moonlight. I was at the wheel and my Freda and my Helma
they were behind me. The moon was behind us and the Brunhilda was like a swanboat sailing down with the
moonlight sending her, ja.
"I heard my Freda say: 'I see a nisse coming down the track of the moon.' And I hear her mother laugh, low,
like a mother does when her Yndling dreams. I was happythat nightwith my Helma and my Freda, and
the Brunhilda sailing like a swanboat, ja. I heard the child say, 'The nisse comes fast!' And then I heard a
scream from my Helma, a great screamlike a mare when her foal is torn from her. I spun around fast, ja! I
dropped the wheel and spun fast! I saw" He covered his eyes with his hands.
The Portuguese had crept close to me, and I heard him panting like a frightened dog.
"I saw a white fire spring over the rail," whispered Olaf Huldricksson. "It whirled round and round, and it
shone like like stars in a whirlwind mist. There was a noise in my ears. It sounded like bellslittle bells,
ja! Like the music you make when you run your finger round goblets. It made me sick and dizzythe hell
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 32
Page No 35
noise.
"My Helma wasindeholdewhat you sayin the middle of the white fire. She turned her face to me and
she turned it on the child, and my Helma's face burned into my heart. Because it was full of fear, and it was
full of happiness of glaede. I tell you that the fear in my Helma's face made me ice here"he beat his
breast with clenched hand "but the happiness in it burned on me like fire. And I could not moveI could
not move.
"I said in here"he touched his head"I said, 'It is Loki come out of Helvede. But he cannot take my
Helma, for Christ lives and Loki has no power to hurt my Helma or my Freda! Christ lives! Christ lives!' I
said. But the sparkling devil did not let my Helma go. It drew her to the rail; half over it. I saw her eyes upon
the child and a little she broke away and reached to it. And my Freda jumped into her arms. And the fire
wrapped them both and they were gone! A little I saw them whirling on the moon track behind the
Brunhildaand they were gone!
"The sparkling devil took them! Loki was loosed, and he had power. I turned the Brunhilda, and I followed
where my Helma and mine Yndling had gone. My boys crept up and asked me to turn again. But I would not.
They dropped a boat and left me. I steered straight on the path. I lashed my hands to the wheel that sleep
might not loose them. I steered on and on and on
"Where was the God I prayed when my wife and child were taken?" cried Olaf Huldrickssonand it was as
though I heard Throckmartin asking that same bitter question. "I have left Him as He left me, ja! I pray now
to Thor and to Odin, who can fetter Loki." He sank back, covering again his eyes.
"Olaf," I said, "what you have called the sparkling devil has taken ones dear to me. I, too, was following it
when we found you. You shall go with me to its home, and there we will try to take from it your wife and
your child and my friends as well. But now that you may be strong for what is before us, you must sleep
again."
Olaf Huldricksson looked upon me and in his eyes was that something which souls must see in the eyes of
Him the old Egyptians called the Searcher of Hearts in the Judgment Hall of Osiris.
"You speak truth!" he said at last slowly. "I will do what you say!"
He stretched out an arm at my bidding. I gave him a second injection. He lay back and soon he was sleeping.
I turned toward Da Costa. His face was livid and sweating, and he was trembling pitiably. O'Keefe stirred.
"You did that mighty well, Dr. Goodwin," he said. "So well that I almost believed you myself."
"What did you think of his story, Mr. O'Keefe?" I asked.
His answer was almost painfully brief and colloquial.
"Nuts!" he said. I was a little shocked, I admit. "I think he's crazy, Dr. Goodwin," he corrected himself,
quickly. "What else could I think?"
I turned to the little Portuguese without answering.
"There's no need for any anxiety tonight, Captain," I said. "Take my word for it. You need some rest yourself.
Shall I give you a sleeping draft?"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 33
Page No 36
"I do wish you would, Dr. Goodwin, sair," he answered gratefully. "Tomorrow, when I feel bettairI would
have a talk with you."
I nodded. He did know something then! I mixed him an opiate of considerable strength. He took it and went
to his own cabin.
I locked the door behind him and then, sitting beside the sleeping Norseman, I told O'Keefe my story from
end to end. He asked few questions as I spoke. But after I had finished he crossexamined me rather minutely
upon my recollections of the radiant phases upon each appearance, checking these with Throckmartin's
observations of the same phenomena in the Chamber of the Moon Pool.
"And now what do you think of it all?" I asked.
He sat silent for a while, looking at Huldricksson.
"Not what you seem to think, Dr. Goodwin," he answered at last, gravely. "Let me sleep over it. One thing of
course is certainyou and your friend Throckmartin and this man here sawsomething. But" he was
silent again and then continued with a kindness that I found vaguely irritating "but I've noticed that when a
scientist gets superstitious it ertakes very hard!
"Here's a few things I can tell you now though," he went on while I struggled to speak"I pray in my heart
that we'll meet neither the Dolphin nor anything with wireless on board going up. Because, Dr. Goodwin, I'd
dearly love to take a crack at your Dweller.
"And another thing," said O'Keefe. "After thiscut out the trimmings, Doc, and call me plain Larry, for
whether I think you're crazy or whether I don't, you're there with the nerve, Professor, and I'm for YOU.
"Good night!" said Larry and took himself out to the deck hammock he had insisted upon having slung for
him, refusing the captain's importunities to use his own cabin.
And it was with extremely mixed emotions as to his compliment that I watched him go. Superstitious. I,
whose pride was my scientific devotion to fact and fact alone! Superstitious and this from a man who
believed in banshees and ghostly harpers and Irish wood nymphs and no doubt in leprechauns and all their
tribe!
Half laughing, half irritated, and wholly happy in even the part promise of Larry O'Keefe's comradeship on
my venture, I arranged a couple of pillows, stretched myself out on two chairs and took up my vigil beside
Olaf Huldricksson.
CHAPTER IX A Lost Page of Earth
WHEN I awakened the sun was streaming through the cabin porthole. Outside a fresh voice lilted. I lay on
my two chairs and listened. The song was one with the wholesome sunshine and the breeze blowing stiffly
and whipping the curtains. It was Larry O'Keefe at his matins:
The little red lark is shaking his wings, Straight from the breast of his love he springs
Larry's voice soared.
His wings and his feathers are sunrise red, He hails the sun and his golden head, Good morning, Doc, you are
long abed.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 34
Page No 37
This last was a most irreverent interpolation, I well knew. I opened my door. O'Keefe stood outside laughing.
The Suwarna, her engines silent, was making fine headway under all sail, the Brunhilda skipping in her wake
cheerfully with half her canvas up.
The sea was crisping and dimpling under the wind. Blue and white was the world as far as the eye could
reach. Schools of little silvery green flying fish broke through the water rushing on each side of us; flashed
for an instant and were gone. Behind us gulls hovered and dipped. The shadow of mystery had retreated far
over the rim of this wide awake and beautiful world and if, subconsciously, I knew that somewhere it was
brooding and waiting, for a little while at least I was consciously free of its oppression.
"How's the patient?" asked O'Keefe.
He was answered by Huldricksson himself, who must have risen just as I left the cabin. The Norseman had
slipped on a pair of pajamas and, giant torso naked under the sun, he strode out upon us. We all of us looked
at him a trifle anxiously. But Olaf's madness had left him. In his eyes was much sorrow, but the berserk rage
was gone.
He spoke straight to me: "You said last night we follow?"
I nodded.
"It is where?" he asked again.
"We go first to Ponape and from there to Metalanim Harbour to the NanMatal. You know the place?"
Huldricksson boweda white gleam as of ice showing in his blue eyes.
"It is there?" he asked.
"It is there that we must first search," I answered.
"Good!" said Olaf Huldricksson. "It is good!"
He looked at Da Costa inquiringly and the little Portuguese, following his thought, answered his unspoken
question.
"We should be at Ponape tomorrow morning early, Olaf."
"Good!" repeated the Norseman. He looked away, his eyes tearfilled.
A restraint fell upon us; the embarrassment all men experience when they feel a great sympathy and a great
pity, to neither of which they quite know how to give expression. By silent consent we discussed at breakfast
only the most casual topics.
When the meal was over Huldricksson expressed a desire to go aboard the Brunhilda.
The Suwarna hove to and Da Costa and he dropped into the small boat. When they reached the Brunhilda's
deck I saw Olaf take the wheel and the two fall into earnest talk. I beckoned to O'Keefe and we stretched
ourselves out on the bow hatch under cover of the foresail. He lighted a cigarette, took a couple of leisurely
puffs, and looked at me expectantly.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 35
Page No 38
"Well?" I asked.
"Well," said O'Keefe, "suppose you tell me what you thinkand then I'll proceed to point out your scientific
errors." His eyes twinkled mischievously.
"Larry," I replied, somewhat severely, "you may not know that I have a scientific reputation which, putting
aside all modesty, I may say is an enviable one. You used a word last night to which I must interpose serious
objection. You more than hinted that I hidsuperstitions. Let me inform you, Larry O'Keefe, that I am solely
a seeker, observer, analyst, and synthesist of facts. I am not"and I tried to make my tone as pointed as my
words"I am not a believer in phantoms or spooks, leprechauns, banshees, or ghostly harpers."
O'Keefe leaned back and shouted with laughter.
"Forgive me, Goodwin," he gasped. "But if you could have seen yourself solemnly disclaiming the
banshee" another twinkle showed in his eyes"and then with all this sunshine and this wideopen
world"he shrugged his shoulders"it's hard to visualize anything such as you and Huldricksson have
described."
"I know how hard it is, Larry," I answered. "And don't think I have any idea that the phenomenon is
supernatural in the sense spiritualists and table turners have given that word. I do think it is supernormal;
energized by a force unknown to modern sciencebut that doesn't mean I think it outside the radius of
science."
"Tell me your theory, Goodwin," he said. I hesitated for not yet had I been able to put into form to satisfy
myself any explanation of the Dweller.
"I think," I hazarded finally, "it is possible that some members of that race peopling the ancient continent
which we know existed here in the Pacific, have survived. We know that many of these islands are
honeycombed with caverns and vast subterranean spaces, literally underground lands running in some cases
far out beneath the ocean floor. It is possible that for some reason survivors of this race sought refuge in the
abysmal spaces, one of whose entrances is on the islet where Throckmartin's party met its end.
"As for their persistence in these cavernswe know they possessed a high science. They may have gone far
in the mastery of certain universal forms of energyespecially that we call light. They may have developed
a civilization and a science far more advanced than ours. What I call the Dweller may be one of the results of
this science. Larryit may well be that this lost race is planning to emerge again upon earth's surface!"
"And is sending out your Dweller as a messenger, a scientific dove from their Ark?" I chose to overlook the
banter in his question.
"Did you ever hear of the Chamats?" I asked him. He shook his head.
"In Papua," I explained, "there is a widespread and immeasurably old tradition that 'imprisoned under the
hills' is a race of giants who once ruled this region 'when it stretched from sun to sun before the moon god
drew the waters over it'I quote from the legend. Not only in Papua but throughout Malaysia you find this
story. And, so the tradition runs, these peoplethe Chamatswill one day break through the hills and rule
the world; 'make over the world' is the literal translation of the constant phrase in the tale. It was Herbert
Spencer who pointed out that there is a basis of fact in every myth and legend of man. It is possible that these
survivors I am discussing form Spencer's fact basis for the Malaysian legend.1
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 36
Page No 39
*1William Beebe, the famous American naturalist and ornithologist, recently fighting in France with
America's air force, called attention to this remarkable belief in an article printed not long ago in the Atlantic
Monthly. Still more significant was it that he noted a persistent rumour that the breaking out of the buried
race was close. W.J. B., Pres. I. A. of S.
"This much is surethe moon door, which is clearly operated by the action of moon rays upon some
unknown element or combination and the crystals through which the moon rays pour down upon the pool
their prismatic columns, are humanly made mechanisms. So long as they are humanly made, and so long as it
IS this flood of moonlight from which the Dweller draws its power of materialization, the Dweller itself, if
not the product of the human mind, is at least dependent upon the product of the human mind for its
appearance."
"Wait a minute, Goodwin," interrupted O'Keefe. "Do you mean to say you think that this thing is made
ofwell of moonshine?"
"Moonlight," I replied, "is, of course, reflected sunlight. But the rays which pass back to earth after their
impact on the moon's surface are profoundly changed. The spectroscope shows that they lose practically all
the slower vibrations we call red and infrared, while the extremely rapid vibrations we call the violet and
ultraviolet are accelerated and altered. Many scientists hold that there is an unknown element in the
moonperhaps that which makes the gigantic luminous trails that radiate in all directions from the lunar
crater Tychowhose energies are absorbed by and carried on the moon rays.
"At any rate, whether by the loss of the vibrations of the red or by the addition of this mysterious force, the
light of the moon becomes something entirely different from mere modified sunlightjust as the addition or
subtraction of one other chemical in a compound of several makes the product a substance with entirely
different energies and potentialities.
"Now these rays, Larry, are given perhaps still another mysterious activity by the globes through which
Throckmartin said they passed in the Chamber of the Moon Pool. The result is the necessary factor in the
formation of the Dweller. There would be nothing scientifically improbable in such a process. Kubalski, the
great Russian physicist, produced crystalline forms exhibiting every faculty that we call vital by subjecting
certain combinations of chemicals to the action of highly concentrated rays of various colours. Something in
light and nothing else produced their pseudovitality. We do not begin to know how to harness the
potentialities of that magnetic vibration of the ether we call light."
"Listen, Doc," said Larry earnestly, "I'll take everything you say about this lost continent, the people who
used to live on it, and their caverns, for granted. But by the sword of Brian Boru, you'll never get me to fall
for the idea that a bunch of moonshine can handle a big woman such as you say Throckmartin's Thora was,
nor a twofisted man such as you say Throckmartin was, nor Huldricksson's wifeand I'll bet she was one
of those strapping big northern women tooyou'll never get me to believe that any bunch of concentrated
moonshine could handle them and take them waltzing off along a moonbeam back to wherever it goes. No,
Doc, not on your life, even Tennessee moonshine couldn't do thatnix!"
"All right, O'Keefe," I answered, now very much irritated indeed. "What's your theory?" And I could not
resist adding: "Fairies?"
"Professor," he grinned, "if that Thing's a fairy it's Irish and when it sees me it'll be so glad there'll be nothing
to it. 'I was lost, strayed, or stolen, Larry avick,' it'll say, 'an' I was so homesick for the old sod I was desp'rit,'
it'll say, an' 'take me back quick before I do any more harrm!' it'll tell mean' that's the truth.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 37
Page No 40
"Now don't get me wrong. I believe you all saw something all right. But what I think you saw was some kind
of gas. All this region is volcanic and islands and things are constantly poking up from the sea. It's probably
gas; a volcanic emanation; something new to us and that drives you crazy lots of kinds of gas do that. It hit
the Throckmartin party on that island and they probably were all more or less delirious all the time; thought
they saw things; talked it over andcollective hallucinationjust like the Angels of Mons and other
miracles of the war. Somebody sees something that looks like something else. He points it out to the man
next him. 'Do you see it?' asks he. 'Sure I see it,' says the other. And there you arecollective hallucination.
"When your friends got it bad they most likely jumped overboard one by one. Huldricksson sails into a place
where it is and it hits his wife. She grabs the child and jumps over. Maybe the moon rays make it luminous!
I've seen gas on the front under the moon that looked like a thousand whirling dervish devils. Yes, and you
could see the devil's faces in it. And if it got into your lungs nothing could ever make you think you hadn't
seen real devils."
For a time I was silent.
"Larry," I said at last, "whether you are right or I am right, I must go to the NanMatal. Will you go with me,
Larry?"
"Goodwin," he replied, "I surely will. I'm as interested as you are. If we don't run across the Dolphin I'll stick.
I'll leave word at Ponape, to tell them where I am should they come along. If they report me dead for a while
there's nobody to care. So that's all right. Only old man, be reasonable. You've thought over this so long,
you're going bug, honestly you are."
And again, the gladness that I might have Larry O'Keefe with me, was so great that I forgot to be angry.
CHAPTER X The Moon Pool
DA COSTA, who had come aboard unnoticed by either of us, now tapped me on the arm.
"Doctair Goodwin," he said, "can I see you in my cabin, sair?"
At last, then, he was going to speak. I followed him.
"Doctair," he said, when we had entered, "this is a veree strange thing that has happened to Olaf. Veree
strange. An' the natives of Ponape, they have been very much excite' lately.
"Of what they fear I know nothing, nothing!" Again that quick, furtive crossing of himself. "But this I have to
tell you. There came to me from Ranaloa last month a man, a Russian, a doctair, like you. His name it was
Marakinoff. I take him to Ponape an' the natives there they will not take him to the NanMatal where he wish
to gono! So I take him. We leave in a boat, wit' much instrument carefully tied up. I leave him there wit'
the boat an' the food. He tell me to tell no one an' pay me not to. But you are a friend an' Olaf he depend
much upon you an' so I tell you, sair."
"You know nothing more than this, Da Costa?" I asked. "Nothing of another expedition?"
"No," he shook his head vehemently. "Nothing more."
"Hear the name Throckmartin while you were there?" I persisted.
"No," his eyes were steady as he answered but the pallor had crept again into his face.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 38
Page No 41
I was not so sure. But if he knew more than he had told me why was he afraid to speak? My anxiety deepened
and later I sought relief from it by repeating the conversation to O'Keefe.
"A Russian, eh," he said. "Well, they can be damned nice, or damnedotherwise. Considering what you did
for me, I hope I can look him over before the Dolphin shows up."
Next morning we raised Ponape, without further incident, and before noon the Suwarna and the Brunhilda
had dropped anchor in the harbour. Upon the excitement and manifest dread of the natives, when we sought
among them for carriers and workmen to accompany us, I will not dwell. It is enough to say that no payment
we offered could induce a single one of them to go to the NanMatal. Nor would they say why.
Finally it was agreed that the Brunhilda should be left in charge of a halfbreed Chinaman, whom both Da
Costa and Huldricksson knew and trusted. We piled her longboat up with my instruments and food and
camping equipment. The Suwarna took us around to Metalanim Harbour, and there, with the tops of ancient
sea walls deep in the blue water beneath us, and the ruins looming up out of the mangroves, a scant mile from
us, left us.
Then with Huldricksson manipulating our small sail, and Larry at the rudder, we rounded the titanic wall that
swept down into the depths, and turned at last into the canal that Throckmartin, on his map, had marked as
that which, running between frowning NanTauach and its satellite islet, Tau, led straight to the gate of the
place of ancient mysteries.
And as we entered that channel we were enveloped by a silence; a silence so intense, soweighted that it
seemed to have substance; an alien silence that clung and stifled and still stood aloof from usthe living. It
was a stillness, such as might follow the long tramping of millions into the grave; it wasparadoxical as it
may befilled with the withdrawal of life.
Standing down in the chambered depths of the Great Pyramid I had known something of such silencebut
never such intensity as this. Larry felt it and I saw him look at me askance. If Olaf, sitting in the bow, felt it,
too, he gave no sign; his blue eyes, with again the glint of ice within them, watched the channel before us.
As we passed, there arose upon our left sheer walls of black basalt blocks, cyclopean, towering fifty feet or
more, broken here and there by the sinking of their deep foundations.
In front of us the mangroves widened out and filled the acanal. On our right the lesser walls of Tau, sombre
blocks smoothed and squared and set with a cold, mathematical nicety that filled me with vague awe, slipped
by. Through breaks I caught glimpses of dark ruins and of great fallen stones that seemed to crouch and
menace us, as we passed. Somewhere there, hidden, were the seven globes that poured the moon fire down
upon the Moon Pool.
Now we were among the mangroves and, sail down, the three of us pushed and pulled the boat through their
tangled roots and branches. The noise of our passing split the silence like a profanation, and from the ancient
bastions came murmurs forbidding, strangely sinister. And now we were through, floating on a little open
space of shadowfilled water. Before us lifted the gateway of NanTauach, gigantic, broken, incredibly old;
shattered portals through which had passed men and women of earth's dawn; old with a weight of years that
pressed leadenly upon the eyes that looked upon it, and yet was in some curious indefinable
waymenacingly defiant.
Beyond the gate, back from the portals, stretched a flight of enormous basalt slabs, a giant's stairway indeed;
and from each side of it marched the high walls that were the Dweller's pathway. None of us spoke as we
grounded the boat and dragged it upon a halfsubmerged pier. And when we did speak it was in whispers.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 39
Page No 42
"What next?" asked Larry.
"I think we ought to take a look around," I replied in the same low tones. "We'll climb the wall here and take
a flash about. The whole place ought to be plain as day from that height."
Huldricksson, his blue eyes alert, nodded. With the greatest difficulty we clambered up the broken blocks.
To the east and south of us, set like children's blocks in the midst of the sapphire sea, lay dozens of islets,
none of them covering more than two square miles of surface; each of them a perfect square or oblong within
its protecting walls.
On none was there sign of life, save for a few great birds that hovered here and there, and gulls dipping in the
blue waves beyond.
We turned our gaze down upon the island on which we stood. It was, I estimated, about threequarters of a
mile square. The sea wall enclosed it. it was really an enormous basaltsided open cube, and within it two
other open cubes. The enclosure between the first and second wall was stone paved, with here and there a
broken pillar and long stone benches. The hibiscus, the aloe tree, and a number of small shrubs had found
place, but seemed only to intensify its stark loneliness.
"Wonder where the Russian can be?" asked Larry.
I shook my head. There was no sign of life here. Had Marakinoff goneor had the Dweller taken him, too?
Whatever had happened, there was no trace of him below us or on any of the islets within our range of vision.
We scrambled down the side of the gateway. Olaf looked at me wistfully.
"We start the search now, Olaf," I said. "And first, O'Keefe, let us see whether the grey stone is really here.
After that we will set up camp, and while I unpack, you and Olaf search the island. It won't take long."
Larry gave a look at his service automatic and grinned. "Lead on, Macduff," he said. We made our way up
the steps, through the outer enclosures and into the central square, I confess to a fire of scientific curiosity and
eagerness tinged with a dread that O'Keefe's analysis might be true. Would we find the moving slab and, if
so, would it be as Throckmartin had described? If so, then even Larry would have to admit that here was
something that theories of gases and luminous emanations would not explain; and the first test of the whole
amazing story would be passed. But if not
And there before us, the faintest tinge of grey setting it apart from its neighbouring blocks of basalt, was the
moon door!
There was no mistaking it. This was, in very deed, the portal through which Throckmartin had seen pass that
gloriously dreadful apparition he called the Dweller. At its base was the curious, seemingly polished cuplike
depression within which, my lost friend had told me, the opening door swung.
What was that portalmore enigmatic than was ever sphinx? And what lay beyond it? What did that smooth
stone, whose wan deadness whispered of agesold corridors of time opening out into alien, unimaginable
vistas, hide? It had cost the world of science Throckmartin's great brain as it had cost Throckmartin those
he loved. It had drawn me to it in search of Throckmartinand its shadow had fallen upon the soul of Olaf
the Norseman; and upon what thousands upon thousands more I wondered, since the brains that had
conceived it had vanished with their secret knowledge ?
What lay beyond it?
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 40
Page No 43
I stretched out a shaking hand and touched the surface of the slab. A faint thrill passed through my hand and
arm, oddly unfamiliar and as oddly unpleasant; as of electric contact holding the very essence of cold.
O'Keefe, watching, imitated my action. As his fingers rested on the stone his face filled with astonishment.
"It's the door?" he asked. I nodded. There was a low whistle from him and he pointed up toward the top of the
grey stone. I followed the gesture and saw, above the moon door and on each side of it, two gently curving
bosses of rock, perhaps a foot in diameter.
"The moon door's keys," I said.
"It begins to look so," answered Larry. "If we can find them," he added.
"There's nothing we can do till moonrise," I replied. "And we've none too much time to prepare as it is.
Come!"
A little later we were beside our boat. We lightered it, set up the tent, and as it was now but a short hour to
sundown I bade them leave me and make their search. They went off together, and I busied myself with
opening some of the paraphernalia I had brought with me.
First of all I took out the two Becquerel raycondensers that I had bought in Sydney. Their lenses would
collect and intensify to the fullest extent any light directed upon them. I had found them most useful in
making spectroscopic analysis of luminous vapours, and I knew that at Yerkes Observatory splendid results
had been obtained from them in collecting the diffused radiance of the nebulae for the same purpose.
If my theory of the grey slab's mechanism were correct, it was practically certain that with the satellite only a
few nights past the full we could concentrate enough light on the bosses to open the rock. And as the ray
streams through the seven globes described by Throckmartin would be too weak to energize the Pool, we
could enter the chamber free from any fear of encountering its tenant, make our preliminary observations and
go forth before the moon had dropped so far that the concentration in the condensers would fall below that
necessary to keep the portal from closing.
I took out also a small spectroscope, and a few other instruments for the analysis of certain light
manifestations and the testing of metal and liquid. Finally, I put aside my emergency medical kit.
I had hardly finished examining and adjusting these before O'Keefe and Huldricksson returned. They
reported signs of a camp at least ten days old beside the northern wall of the outer court, but beyond that no
evidence of others beyond ourselves on NanTauach.
We prepared supper, ate and talked a little, but for the most part were silent. Even Larry's high spirits were
not in evidence; half a dozen times I saw him take out his automatic and look it over. He was more thoughtful
than I had ever seen him. Once he went into the tent, rummaged about a bit and brought out another revolver
which, he said, he had got from Da Costa, and a halfdozen clips of cartridges. He passed the gun over to
Olaf.
At last a glow in the southeast heralded the rising moon. I picked up my instruments and the medical kit;
Larry and Olaf shouldered each a short ladder that was part of my equipment, and, with our electric flashes
pointing the way, walked up the great stairs, through the enclosures, and straight to the grey stone.
By this time the moon had risen and its clipped light shone full upon the slab. I saw faint gleams pass over it
as of fleeting phosphorescencebut so faint were they that I could not be sure of the truth of my observation.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 41
Page No 44
We set the ladders in place. Olaf I assigned to stand before the door and watch for the first signs of its
opening if open it should. The Becquerels were set within threeinch tripods, whose feet I had equipped
with vacuum rings to enable them to hold fast to the rock.
I scaled one ladder and fastened a condenser over the boss; descended; sent Larry up to watch it, and,
ascending the second ladder, rapidly fixed the other in its place. Then, with O'Keefe watchful on his perch, I
on mine, and Olaf's eyes fixed upon the moon door, we began our vigil. Suddenly there was an exclamation
from Larry.
67
MERRITT
"Seven little lights are beginning to glow on this stone!" he cried.
But I had already seen those beneath my lens begin to gleam out with a silvery lustre. Swiftly the rays within
the condenser began to thicken and increase, and as they did so the seven small circles waxed like stars
growing out of the dusk, and with a queercurdled is the best word I can find to define itradiance entirely
strange to me.
Beneath me I heard a faint, sighing murmur and then the voice of Huldricksson:
"It opensthe stone turns"
I began to climb down the ladder. Again came Olaf's voice:
"The stoneit is open" And then a shriek, a wail of blended anguish and pity, of rage and despairand
the sound of swift footsteps racing through the wall beneath me!
I dropped to the ground. The moon door was wide open, and through it I caught a glimpse of a corridor filled
with a faint, pearly vaporous light like earliest misty dawn. But of Olaf I could seenothing! And even as I
stood, gaping, from behind me came the sharp crack of a rifle; the glass of the condenser at Larry's side flew
into fragments; he dropped swiftly to the ground, the automatic in his hand flashed once, twice, into the
darkness.
And the moon door began to pivot slowly, slowly back into its place!
I rushed toward the turning stone with the wild idea of holding it open. As I thrust my hands against it there
came at my back a snarl and an oath and Larry staggered under the impact of a body that had flung itself
straight at his throat. He reeled at the lip of the shallow cup at the base of the slab, slipped upon its polished
curve, fell and rolled with that which had attacked him, kicking and writhing, straight through the narrowing
portal into the passage!
Forgetting all else, I sprang to his aid. As I leaped I felt the closing edge of the moon door graze my side.
Then, as Larry raised a fist, brought it down upon the temple of the man who had grappled with him and rose
from the twitching body unsteadily to his feet, I heard shuddering past me a mournful whisper; spun about as
though some giant's hand had whirled me
The end of the corridor no longer opened out into the moonlit square of ruined NanTauach. It was barred by
a solid mass of glimmering stone. The moon door had closed!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 42
Page No 45
O'Keefe took a stumbling step toward the barrier behind us. There was no mark of juncture with the shining
walls; the slab fitted into the sides as closely as a mosaic.
"It's shut all right," said Larry. "But if there's a way in, there's a way out. Anyway, Doc, we're right in the pew
we've been heading forso why worry?" He grinned at me cheerfully. The man on the floor groaned, and he
dropped to his knees beside him.
"Marakinoff!" he cried.
At my exclamation he moved aside, turning the face so I could see it. It was clearly Russian, and just as
clearly its possessor was one of unusual force and intellect.
The strong, massive brow with orbital ridge unusually developed, the dominant, highbridged nose, the
straight lips with their more than suggestion of latent cruelty, and the strong lines of the jaw beneath a black,
pointed beard all gave evidence that here was a personality beyond the ordinary.
"Couldn't be anybody else," said Larry, breaking in on my thoughts. "He must have been watching us over
there from Chautaleur's vault all the time."
Swiftly he ran practised hands over his body; then stood erect, holding out to me two wickedlooking
magazine pistols and a knife. "He got one of my bullets through his right forearm, too," he said. "Just a flesh
wound, but it made him drop his rifle. Some arsenal, our little Russian scientist, what?"
I opened my medical kit. The wound was a slight one, and Larry stood looking on as I bandaged it.
"Got another one of those condensers?" he asked, suddenly. "And do you suppose Olaf will know enough to
use it?"
"Larry," I answered, "Olaf's not outside! He's in here somewhere!"
His jaw dropped.
"The hell you say!" he whispered.
"Didn't you hear him shriek when the stone opened?" I asked.
"I heard him yell, yes," he said. "But I didn't know what was the matter. And then this wildcat jumped me"
He paused and his eyes widened. "Which way did he go?" he asked swiftly. I pointed down the faintly
glowing passage.
"There's only one way," I said.
"Watch that bird close," hissed O'Keefe, pointing to Marakinoff and pistol in hand stretched his long legs
and raced away. I looked down at the Russian. His eyes were open, and he reached out a hand to me. I lifted
him to his feet.
"I have heard," he said. "We follow, quick. If you will take my arm, please, I am shaken yet, yes" I gripped
his shoulder without a word, and the two of us set off down the corridor after O'Keefe. Marakinoff was
gasping, and his weight pressed upon me heavily, but he moved with all the will and strength that were in
him.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 43
Page No 46
As we ran I took hasty note of the tunnel. Its sides were smooth and polished, and the light seemed to come
not from their surfaces, but from far within themgiving to the walls an illusive aspect of distance and
depth; rendering them in a peculiarly weird wayspacious. The passage turned, twisted, ran down, turned
again. It came to me that the light that illumined the tunnel was given out by tiny points deep within the
stone, sprang from the points ripplingly and spread upon their polished faces.
There was a cry from Larry far ahead.
"Olaf!"
I gripped Marakinoff's arm closer and we sped on. Now we were coming fast to the end of the passage.
Before us was a high arch, and through it I glimpsed a dim, shifting luminosity as of mist filled with
rainbows. We reached the portal and I looked into a chamber that might have been transported from that
enchanted palace of the Jinn King that rises beyond the magic mountains of Kaf.
Before me stood O'Keefe and a dozen feet in front of him, Huldricksson, with something clasped tightly in
his arms. The Norseman's feet were at the verge of a shining, silvery lip of stone within whose oval lay a blue
pool. And down upon this pool staring upward like a gigantic eye, fell seven pillars of phantom lightone of
them amethyst, one of rose, another of white, a fourth of blue, and three of emerald, of silver, and of amber.
They fell each upon the azure surface, and I knew that these were the seven streams of radiance, within which
the Dweller took shapenow but pale ghosts of their brilliancy when the full energy of the moon stream
raced through them.
Huldricksson bent and placed on the shining silver lip of the Pool that which he heldand I saw that it was
the body of a child! He set it there so gently, bent over the side and thrust a hand down into the water. And as
he did so he moaned and lurched against the little body that lay before him. Instantly the form movedand
slipped over the verge into the blue. Huldricksson threw his body over the stone, hands clutching, arms thrust
deep downand from his lips issued a longdrawn, heartshrivelling wail of pain and of anguish that held
in it nothing human!
Close on its wake came a cry from Marakinoff.
"Catch him!" shouted the Russian. "Drag him back! Quick!"
He leaped forward, but before he could half clear the distance, O'Keefe had leaped too, had caught the
Norseman by the shoulders and toppled him backward, where he lay whimpering and sobbing. And as I
rushed behind Marakinoff I saw Larry lean over the lip of the Pool and cover his eyes with a shaking hand;
saw the Russian peer into it with real pity in his cold eyes.
Then I stared down myself into the Moon Pool, and there, sinking, was a little maid whose dead face and
fixed, terrorfilled eyes looked straight into mine; and ever sinking slowly, slowlyvanished! And I knew
that this was Olaf's Freda, his beloved yndling!
But where was the mother, and where had Olaf found his babe?
The Russian was first to speak.
"You have nitroglycerin there, yes?" he asked, pointing toward my medical kit that I had gripped
unconsciously and carried with me during the mad rush down the passage. I nodded and drew it out.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 44
Page No 47
"Hypodermic," he ordered next, curtly; took the syringe, filled it accurately with its one onehundredth of a
grain dosage, and leaned over Huldricksson. He rolled up the sailor's sleeves halfway to the shoulder. The
arms were white with somewhat of that weird semitranslucence that I had seen on Throckmartin's breast
where a tendril of the Dweller had touched him; and his hands were of the same whitenesslike a baroque
pearl. Above the line of white, Marakinoff thrust the needle.
"He will need all his heart can do," he said to me.
Then he reached down into a belt about his waist and drew from it a small, flat flask of what seemed to be
lead. He opened it and let a few drops of its contents fall on each arm of the Norwegian. The liquid sparkled
and instantly began to spread over the skin much as oil or gasoline dropped on water doesonly far more
rapidly. And as it spread it drew a sparkling film over the marbled flesh and little wisps of vapour rose from
it. The Norseman's mighty chest heaved with agony. His hands clenched. The Russian gave a grunt of
satisfaction at this, dropped a little more of the liquid, and then, watching closely, grunted again and leaned
back. Huldricksson' s laboured breathing ceased, his head dropped upon Larry's knee, and from his arms and
hands the whiteness swiftly withdrew.
Marakinoff arose and contemplated usalmost benevolently.
"He will all right be in five minutes," he said. "I know. I do it to pay for that shot of mine, and also because
we will need him. Yes." He turned to Larry. "You have a poonch like a mule kick, my young friend," he said.
"Some time you pay me for that, too, eh?" He smiled; and the quality of the grimace was not exactly
reassuring. Larry looked him over quizzically.
"You're Marakinoff, of course," he said. The Russian nodded, betraying no surprise at the recognition.
"And you?" he asked.
"Lieutenant O'Keefe of the Royal Flying Corps," replied Larry, saluting. "And this gentleman is Dr. Walter
T. Goodwin."
Marakinoff's face brightened.
"The American botanist?" he queried. I nodded.
"Ah," cried Marakinoff eagerly, "but this is fortunate. Long I have desired to meet you. Your work, for an
American, is most excellent; surprising. But you are wrong in your theory of the development of the
Angiospermae from Cycadeoidea dacotensis. Daall wrong"
I was interrupting him with considerable heat, for my conclusions from the fossil Cycadeoidea I knew to be
my greatest triumph, when Larry broke in upon me rudely.
"Say," he spluttered, "am I crazy or are you? What in damnation kind of a place and time is this to start an
argument like that?
"Angiospermae, is it?" exclaimed Larry. "HELL!"
Marakinoff again regarded him with that irritating air of benevolence.
"You have not the scientific mind, young friend," he said. "The poonch, yes! But so has the mule. You must
learn that only the fact is importantnot you, not me, not this"he pointed to Huldricksson"or its
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 45
Page No 48
sorrows. Only the fact, whatever it is, is real, yes. But"he turned to me"another time"
Huldricksson interrupted him. The big seaman had risen stiffly to his feet and stood with Larry's arm
supporting him. He stretched out his hands to me.
"I saw her," he whispered. "I saw mine Freda when the stone swung. She lay therejust at my feet. I picked
her up and I saw that mine Freda was dead. But I hopedand I thought maybe mine Helma was somewhere
here, too, So I ran with mine yndlinghere" His voice broke. "I thought maybe she was NOT dead," he
went on. "And I saw that" he pointed to the Moon Pool "and I thought I would bathe her face and she
might live again. And when I dipped my hands withinthe life left them, and cold, deadly cold, ran up
through them into my heart. And mine Fredashe fell" he covered his eyes, and dropping his head on
O'Keefe's shoulder, stood, racked by sobs that seemed to tear at his very soul.
CHAPTER XI The FlameTipped Shadows
MARAKINOFF nodded his head solemnly as Olaf finished.
"Da!" he said. "That which comes from here took them boththe woman and the child. Da! They came
clasped within it and the stone shut upon them. But why it left the child behind I do not understand."
"How do you know that?" I cried in amazement.
"Because I saw it," answered Marakinoff simply. "Not only did I see it, but hardly had I time to make escape
through the entrance before it passed whirling and murmuring and its bell sounds all joyous. Da! It was what
you call the squeak close, that."
"Wait a moment," I saidstilling Larry with a gesture. "Do I understand you to say that you were within this
place?"
Marakinoff actually beamed upon me.
"Da, Dr. Goodwin," he said, "I went in when that which comes from it went out!"
I gaped at him, stricken dumb; into Larry's bellicose attitude crept a suggestion of grudging respect; Olaf,
trembling, watched silently.
"Dr. Goodwin and my impetuous young friend, you," went on Marakinoff after a moment's silence and I
wondered vaguely why he did not include Huldricksson in his address"it is time that we have an
understanding. I have a proposal to make to you also. It is this; we are what you call a bad boat, and all of us
are in it. Da! We need all hands, is it not so? Let us put together our knowledge and our brains and
resourcesand even a poonch of a mule is a resource," he looked wickedly at O'Keefe, "and pull our boat
into quiet waters again. After that"
"All very well, Marakinoff," interjected Larry, "but I don't feel very safe in any boat with somebody capable
of shooting me through the back."
Marakinoff waved a deprecatory hand.
"It was natural that," he said, "logical, da! Here is a very great secret, perhaps many secrets to my country
invaluable " He paused, shaken by some overpowering emotion; the veins in his forehead grew congested,
the cold eyes blazed and the guttural voice harshened.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 46
Page No 49
"I do not apologize and I do not explain," rasped Marakinoff. "But I will tell you, da! Here is my country
sweating blood in an experiment to liberate the world. And here are the other nations ringing us like wolves
and waiting to spring at our throats at the least sign of weakness. And here are you, Lieutenant O'Keefe of the
English wolves, and you Dr. Goodwin of the Yankee packand here in this place may be that will enable
my country to win its war for the worker. What are the lives of you two and this sailor to that? Less than the
flies I crush with my hand, less than midges in the sunbeam!"
He suddenly gripped himself.
"But that is not now the important thing," he resumed, almost coldly. "Not that nor my shooting. Let us
squarely the situation face. My proposal is so: that we join interests, and what you call see it through
together; find our way through this place and those secrets learn of which I have spoken, if we can. And when
that is done we will go our ways, to his own land each, to make use of them for our lands as each of us may.
On my part, I offer my knowledgeand it is very valuable, Dr. Goodwinand my training. You and
Lieutenant O'Keefe do the same, and this man Olaf, what he can of his strength, for I do not think his
usefulness lies in his brains, no."
"In effect, Goodwin," broke in Larry as I hesitated, "the professor's proposition is this: he wants to know
what's going on here but he begins to realize it's no one man's job and besides we have the drop on him.
We're three to his one, and we have all his hardware and cutlery. But also we can do better with him than
without himjust as he can do better with us than without us. It's an even breakfor a while. But once he
gets that information he's looking for, then look out. You and Olaf and I are the wolves and the flies and the
midges againand the strafing will be about due. Nevertheless, with three to one against him, if he can get
away with it he deserves to. I'm for taking him up, if you are."
There was almost a twinkle in Marakinoff's eyes.
"It is not just as I would have put it, perhaps," he said, "but in its skeleton he has right. Nor will I turn my
hand against you while we are still in danger here. I pledge you my honor on this."
Larry laughed.
"All right, Professor," he grinned. "I believe you mean every word you say. Nevertheless, I'll just keep the
guns."
Marakinoff bowed, imperturbably.
"And now," he said, "I will tell you what I know. I found the secret of the door mechanism even as you did,
Dr. Goodwin. But by carelessness, my condensers were broken. I was forced to wait while I sent for
othersand the waiting might be for months. I took certain precautions, and on the first night of this full
moon I hid myself within the vault of Chautaleur."
An involuntary thrill of admiration for the man went through me at the manifest heroism of this leap in the
dark. I could see it reflected in Larry's face.
"I hid in the vault," continued Marakinoff, "and I saw that which comes from here come out. I waitedlong
hours. At last, when the moon was low, it returnedecstatically with a man, a native, in embrace
enfolded. It passed through the door, and soon then the moon became low and the door closed.
"The next night more confidence was mine, yes. And after that which comes had gone, I looked through its
open door. I said, "It will not return for three hours. While it is away, why shall I not into its home go through
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 47
Page No 50
the door it has left open?' So I wenteven to here. I looked at the pillars of light and I tested the liquid of the
Pool on which they fell. That liquid, Dr. Goodwin, is not water, and it is not any fluid known on earth." He
handed me a small vial, its neck held in a long thong.
"Take this," he said, "and see."
Wonderingly, I took the bottle; dipped it down into the Pool. The liquid was extraordinarily light; seemed, in
fact, to give the vial buoyancy. I held it to the light. It was striated, streaked, as though little living, pulsing
veins ran through it. And its blueness, even in the vial, held an intensity of luminousness.
"Radioactive," said Marakinoff. "Some liquid that is intensely radioactive; but what it is I know not at all.
Upon the living skin it acts like radium raised to the nth power and with an element most mysterious added.
The solution with which I treated him," he pointed to Huldricksson, "I had prepared before I came here, from
certain information I had. It is largely salts of radium and its base is Loeb's formula for the neutralization of
radium and Xray burns. Taking this man at once, before the degeneration had become really active, I could
negative it. But after two hours I could have done nothing."
He paused a moment.
"Next I studied the nature of these luminous walls. I concluded that whoever had made them, knew the secret
of the Almighty's manufacture of light from the ether itself! Colossal! Da! But the substance of these blocks
confines an atomichow would you sayatomic manipulation, a conscious arrangement of electrons,
lightemitting and perhaps indefinitely so. These blocks are lamps in which oil and wick are electrons
drawing light waves from ether itself! A Prometheus, indeed, this discoverer! I looked at my watch and that
little guardian warned me that it was time to go. I went. That which comes forth returnedthis time
emptyhanded.
"And the next night I did the same thing. Engrossed in research, I let the moments go by to the danger point,
and scarcely was I replaced within the vault when the shining thing raced over the walls, and in its grip the
woman and child
"Then you cameand that is all. And nowwhat is it you know?"
Very briefly I went over my story. His eyes gleamed now and then, but he did not interrupt me.
"A great secret! A colossal secret!" he muttered, when I had ended. "We cannot leave it hidden."
"The first thing to do is to try the door," said Larry, matter of fact.
"There is no use, my young friend," assured Marakinoff mildly.
"Nevertheless we'll try," said Larry. We retraced our way through the winding tunnel to the end, but soon
even O'Keefe saw that any idea of moving the slab from within was hopeless. We returned to the Chamber of
the Pool. The pillars of light were fainter, and we knew that the moon was sinking. On the world outside
before long dawn would be breaking. I began to feel thirstand the blue semblance of water within the
silvery rim seemed to glint mockingly as my eyes rested on it.
"Da!" it was Marakinoff, reading my thoughts uncannily. "Da! We will be thirsty. And it will be very bad for
him of us who loses control and drinks of that, my friend. Da!"
Larry threw back his shoulders as though shaking a burden from them.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 48
Page No 51
"This place would give an angel of joy the willies," he said. "I suggest that we look around and find
something that will take us somewhere. You can bet the people that built it had more ways of getting in than
that onceamonth family entrance. Doc, you and Olaf take the left wall; the professor and I will take the
right."
He loosened one of his automatics with a suggestive movement.
"After you, Professor," he bowed, politely, to the Russian. We parted and set forth.
The chamber widened out from the portal in what seemed to be the arc of an immense circle. The shining
walls held a perceptible curve, and from this curvature I estimated that the roof was fully three hundred feet
above us.
The floor was of smooth, mosaicfitted blocks of a faintly yellow tinge. They were not lightemitting like
the blocks that formed the walls. The radiance from these latter, I noted, had the peculiar quality of
THICKENING a few yards from its source, and it was this that produced the effect of misty, veiled distances.
As we walked, the seven columns of rays streaming down from the crystalline globes high above us waned
steadily; the glow within the chamber lost its prismatic shimmer and became an even grey tone somewhat
like moonlight in a thin cloud.
Now before us, out from the wall, jutted a low terrace. It was all of a pearly rosecoloured stone, slender,
graceful pillars of the same hue. The face of the terrace was about ten feet high, and all over it ran a
basrelief of what looked like shorttrailing vines, surmounted by five stalks, on the tip of each of which was
a flower.
We passed along the terrace. It turned in an abrupt curve. I heard a hail, and there, fifty feet away, at the
curving end of a wall identical with that where we stood, were Larry and Marakinoff. Obviously the left side
of the chamber was a duplicate of that we had explored. We joined. In front of us the columned barriers ran
back a hundred feet, forming an alcove. The end of this alcove was another wall of the same rose stone, but
upon it the design of vines was much heavier.
We took a step forwardthere was a gasp of awe from the Norseman, a guttural exclamation from
Marakinoff. For on, or rather within, the wall before us, a great oval began to glow, waxed almost to a flame
and then shone steadily out as though from behind it a light was streaming through the stone itself!
And within the roseate oval two flametipped shadows appeared, stood for a moment, and then seemed to
float out upon its surface. The shadows wavered; the tips of flame that nimbused them with flickering points
of vermilion pulsed outward, drew back, darted forth again, and once more withdrew themselvesand as
they did so the shadows thickened and suddenly there before us stood two figures!
One was a girla girl whose great eyes were golden as the fabled lilies of KwanYung that were born of the
kiss of the sun upon the amber goddess the demons of LaoTz'e carved for him; whose softly curved lips
were red as the royal coral, and whose goldenbrown hair reached to her knees!
And the second was a gigantic frogA WOMAN frog, head helmeted with carapace of shell around which a
fillet of brilliant yellow jewels shone; enormous round eyes of blue circled with a broad iris of green;
monstrous body of banded orange and white girdled with strand upon strand of the flashing yellow gems; six
feet high if an inch, and with one webbed paw of its short, powerfully muscled forelegs resting upon the
white shoulder of the goldeneyed girl!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 49
Page No 52
Moments must have passed as we stood in stark amazement, gazing at that incredible apparition. The two
figures, although as real as any of those who stood beside me, unphantomlike as it is possible to be, had a
distinct suggestion ofprojection.
They were there before usgoldeneyed girl and grotesque frogwomancomplete in every line and
curve; and still it was as though their bodies passed back through distances; as though, to try to express the
wellnigh inexpressible, the two shapes we were looking upon were the end of an infinite number stretching in
fine linked chain far away, of which the eyes saw only the nearest, while in the brain some faculty higher
than sight recognized and registered the unseen others.
The gigantic eyes of the frogwoman took us all in unwinkingly. Little glints of phosphorescence shone
out within the metallic green of the outer iris ring. She stood upright, her great legs bowed; the monstrous slit
of a mouth slightly open, revealing a row of white teeth sharp and pointed as lancets; the paw resting on the
girl's shoulder, half covering its silken surface, and from its five webbed digits long yellow claws of polished
horn glistened against the delicate texture of the flesh.
But if the frogwoman regarded us all, not so did the maiden of the rosy wall. Her eyes were fastened upon
Larry, drinking him in with extraordinary intentness. She was tall, far over the average of women, almost as
tall, indeed, as O'Keefe himself; not more than twenty years old, if that, I thought. Abruptly she leaned
forward, the golden eyes softened and grew tender; the red lips moved as though she were speaking.
Larry took a quick step, and his face was that of one who after countless births comes at last upon the twin
soul lost to him for ages. The frogwoman turned her eyes upon the girl; her huge lips moved, and I knew
that she was talking! The girl held out a warning hand to O'Keefe, and then raised it, resting each finger upon
one of the five flowers of the carved vine close beside her. Once, twice, three times, she pressed upon the
flower centres, and I noted that her hand was curiously long and slender, the digits like those wonderful
tapering ones the painters we call the primitive gave to their Virgins.
Three times she pressed the flowers, and then looked intently at Larry once more. A slow, sweet smile curved
the crimson lips. She stretched both hands out toward him again eagerly; a burning blush rose swiftly over
white breasts and flowerlike face.
Like the clicking out of a cinematograph, the pulsing oval faded and goldeneyed girl and frogwoman were
gone!
And thus it was that Lakla, the handmaiden of the Silent Ones, and Larry O'Keefe first looked into each
other's hearts!
Larry stood rapt, gazing at the stone.
"Eilidh," I heard him whisper; "Eilidh of the lips like the red, red rowan and the goldenbrown hair!"
"Clearly of the Ranadae," said Marakinoff, "a development of the fossil Labyrinthodonts: you saw her teeth,
da?"
"Ranadae, yes," I answered. "But from the Stegocephalia; of the order Ecaudata"
Never such a complete indignation as was in O'Keefe's voice as he interrupted.
"What do you meanfossils and Stego whatever it is?" he asked. "She was a girl, a wonder girla real girl,
and Irish, or I'm not an O'Keefe!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 50
Page No 53
"We were talking about the frogwoman, Larry," I said, conciliatingly.
His eyes were wild as he regarded us.
"Say," he said, "if you two had been in the Garden of Eden when Eve took the apple, you wouldn't have had
time to give her a look for counting the scales on the snake!"
He strode swiftly over to the wall. We followed. Larry paused, stretched his hand up to the flowers on which
the tapering fingers of the goldeneyed girl had rested.
"It was here she put up her hand," he murmured. He pressed caressingly the carved calyxes, once, twice, a
third time even as she hadand silently and softly the wall began to split; on each side a great stone pivoted
slowly, and before us a portal stood, opening into a narrow corridor glowing with the same rosy lustre that
had gleamed around the flametipped shadows!
"Have your gun ready, Olaf!" said Larry. "We follow Golden Eyes," he said to me.
"Follow?" I echoed stupidly.
"Follow!" he said. "She came to show us the way! Follow? I'd follow her through a thousand hells!"
And with Olaf at one end, O'Keefe at the other, both of them with automatics in hand, and Marakinoff and I
between them, we stepped over the threshold.
At our right, a few feet away, the passage ended abruptly in a square of polished stone, from which came
faint rose radiance. The roof of the place was less than two feet over O'Keefe's head.
A yard at left of us lifted a fourfoot high, gently curved barricade, stretching from wall to walland beyond
it was blackness; an utter and appalling blackness that seemed to gather itself from infinite depths. The
roseglow in which we stood was cut off by the blackness as though it had substance; it shimmered out to
meet it, and was checked as though by a blow; indeed, so strong was the suggestion of sinister, straining force
within the rayless opacity that I shrank back, and Marakinoff with me. Not so O'Keefe. Olaf beside him, he
strode to the wall and peered over. He beckoned us.
"Flash your pocketlight down there," be said to me, pointing into the thick darkness below us. The little
electric circle quivered down as though afraid, and came to rest upon a surface that resembled nothing so
much as clear, black ice. I ran the light acrosshere and there. The floor of the corridor was of a substance
so smooth, so polished, that no man could have walked upon it; it sloped downward at a slowly increasing
angle.
"We'd have to have nonskid chains and brakes on our feet to tackle that," mused Larry. Abstractedly be ran
his hands over the edge on which he was leaning. Suddenly they hesitated and then gripped tightly.
"That's a queer one!" he exclaimed. His right palm was resting upon a rounded protuberance, on the side of
which were three small circular indentations.
"A queer one" he repeatedand pressed his fingers upon the circles.
There was a sharp click; the slabs that had opened to let us through swung swiftly together; a curiously rapid
vibration thrilled through us, a wind arose and passed over our headsa wind that grew and grew until it
became a whistling shriek, then a roar and then a mighty humming, to which every atom in our bodies pulsed
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 51
Page No 54
in rhythm painful almost to disintegration!
The rosy wall dwindled in a flash to a point of light and disappeared!
Wrapped in the clinging, impenetrable blackness we were racing, dropping, hurling at a frightful
speedwhere?
And ever that awful humming of the rushing wind and the lightning cleaving of the tangible darkso, it
came to me oddly, must the newly released soul race through the sheer blackness of outer space up to that
Throne of Justice, where God sits high above all suns!
I felt Marakinoff creep close to me; gripped my nerve and flashed my pocketlight; saw Larry standing,
peering, peering ahead, and Huldricksson, one strong arm around his shoulders, bracing him. And then the
speed began to slacken.
Millions of miles, it seemed, below the sound of the unearthly hurricane I heard Larry's voice, thin and
ghostlike, beneath its clamour.
"Got it!" shrilled the voice. "Got it! Don't worry!"
The wind died down to the roar, passed back into the whistling shriek and diminished to a steady whisper. In
the comparative quiet O'Keefe's tones now came in normal volume.
"Some little shootthechutes, what?" he shouted. "Say if they had this at Coney Island or the Crystal
Palace! Press all the way in these holes and she goes tophigh. Diminish pressurediminish speed. The
curve of thisdashboard here sends the wind shooting up over our headslike a windshield. What's
behind you?"
I flashed the light back. The mechanism on which we were ended in another wall exactly similar to that over
which O'Keefe crouched.
"Well, we can't fall out, anyway," he laughed. "Wish to hell I knew where the brakes were! Look out!"
We dropped dizzily down an abrupt, seemingly endless slope; fellfell as into an abyssthen shot abruptly
out of the blackness into a throbbing green radiance. O'Keefe's fingers must have pressed down upon the
controls, for we leaped forward almost with the speed of light. I caught a glimpse of luminous immensities on
the verge of which we flew; of depths inconceivable, and flitting through the incredible spacesgigantic
shadows as of the wings of Israfel, which are so wide, say the Arabs, the world can cower under them like a
nestlingand thenagain the living blackness!
"What was that?" This from Larry, with the nearest approach to awe that he had yet shown.
"Trolldom!" croaked the voice of Olaf.
"Chert!" This from Marakinoff. "What a space!"
"Have you considered, Dr. Goodwin," be went on after a pause, "a curious thing? We know, or, at least, is it
not that nine out of ten astronomers believe, that the moon was hurled out of this same region we now call the
Pacific when the earth was yet like molasses; almost molten, I should say. And is it not curious that that
which comes from the Moon Chamber needs the moonrays to bring it forth; is it not? And is it not
significant again that the stone depends upon the moon for operating? Da! And lastsuch a space in mother
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 52
Page No 55
earth as we just glimpsed, how else could it have been torn but by some gigantic birthlike that of the
moon? Da! I do not put forward these as statements of factno! But as suggestions"
I started; there was so much that this might explainan unknown element that responded to the moonrays
in opening the moon door; the blue Pool with its weird radioactivity, and the force within it that reacted to the
same light stream
It was not inconceivable that a film had drawn over the world wound, a film of earthflesh which drew itself
over that colossal abyss after our planet had borne its satellite that world womb did not close when her
shining child sprang forthit was possible; and all that we know of earth depth is four miles of her eight
thousand.
What is there at the heart of earth? What of that radiant unknown element upon the moon mount Tycho?
What of that element unknown to us as part of earth which is seen only in the corona of the sun at eclipse that
we call coronium ? Yet the earth is child of the sun as the moon is earth's daughter. And what of that other
unknown element we find glowing green in the farflung nebulaegreen as that we had just passed
throughand that we call nebulium? Yet the sun is child of the nebulae as the earth is child of the sun and
the moon is child of the earth.
And what miracles are there in coronium and nebulium which, as the child of nebula and sun, we inherit?
Yesand in Tycho's enigma which came from earth heart?
We were flashing down to earth heart! And what miracles were hidden there?
CHAPTER XII The End of the Journey
"SAY DOC!" It was Larry's voice flung back at me. "I was thinking about that frog. I think it was her pet.
Damn me if I see any difference between a frog and a snake, and one of the nicest women I ever knew had
two pet pythons that followed her around like kittens. Not such a devilish lot of choice between a frog and a
snakeexcept on the side of the frog? What? Anyway, any pet that girl wants is hers, I don't care if it's a
leaping twelvetoed lobster or a whalebodied scorpion. Get me?"
By which I knew that our remarks upon the frog woman were still bothering O'Keefe.
"He thinks of foolish nothings like the foolish sailor!" grunted Marakinoff, acid contempt in his words. "What
are their women tothis?" He swept out a hand and as though at a signal the car poised itself for an instant,
then dipped, literally dipped down into sheer space; skimmed forward in what was clearly curved flight, rose
as upon a sweeping upgrade and then began swiftly to slacken its fearful speed.
Far ahead a point of light showed; grew steadily; we were within itand softly all movement ceased. How
acute had been the strain of our journey I did not realize until I tried to standand sank back, legmuscles
too shaky to bear my weight. The car rested in a slit in the centre of a smooth walled chamber perhaps twenty
feet square. The wall facing us was pierced by a low doorway through which we could see a flight of steps
leading downward.
The light streamed through a small opening, the base of which was twice a tall man's height from the floor. A
curving flight of broad, low steps led up to it. And now it came to my steadying brain that there was
something puzzling, peculiar, strangely unfamiliar about this light. It was silvery, shaded faintly with a
delicate blue and flushed lightly with a nacreous rose; but a rose that differed from that of the terraces of the
Pool Chamber as the rose within the opal differs from that within the pearl. In it were tiny, gleaming points
like the motes in a sunbeam, but sparkling white like the dust of diamonds, and with a quality of vibrant
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 53
Page No 56
vitality; they were as though they were alive. The light cast no shadows!
A little breeze came through the oval and played about us. It was laden with what seemed the mingled breath
of spice flowers and pines. It was curiously vivifying, and in it the diamonded atoms of light shook and
danced.
I stepped out of the car, the Russian following, and began to ascend the curved steps toward the opening, at
the top of which O'Keefe and Olaf already stood. As they looked out I saw both their faces changeOlaf's
with awe, O'Keefe's with incredulous amaze. I hurried to their side.
At first all that I could see was spacea space filled with the same coruscating effulgence that pulsed about
me. I glanced upward, obeying that instinctive impulse of earth folk that bids them seek within the sky for
sources of light. There was no skyat least no sky such as we knowall was a sparkling nebulosity rising
into infinite distances as the azure above the dayworld seems to fill all the heavens through it ran pulsing
waves and flashing javelin rays that were like shining shadows of the aurora; echoes, octaves lower, of those
brilliant arpeggios and chords that play about the poles. My eyes fell beneath its splendour; I stared outward.
Miles away, gigantic luminous cliffs sprang sheer from the limits of a lake whose waters were of milky
opalescence. It was from these cliffs that the spangled radiance came, shimmering out from all their lustrous
surfaces. To left and to right, as far as the eye could see, they stretchedand they vanished in the auroral
nebulosity on high!
"Look at that!" exclaimed Larry. I followed his pointing finger. On the face of the shining wall, stretched
between two colossal columns, hung an incredible veil; prismatic, gleaming with all the colours of the
spectrum. It was like a web of rainbows woven by the fingers of the daughters of the Jinn. In front of it and a
little at each side was a semicircular pier, or, better, a plaza of what appeared to be glistening, paleyellow
ivory. At each end of its halfcircle clustered a few lowwalled, rosestone structures, each of them
surmounted by a number of high, slender pinnacles.
We looked at each other, I think, a bit helplesslyand back again through the opening. We were standing, as
I have said, at its base. The wall in which it was set was at least ten feet thick, and so, of course, all that we
could see of that which was without were the distances that revealed themselves above the outer ledge of the
oval.
"Let's take a look at what's under us," said Larry.
He crept out upon the ledge and peered down, the rest of us following. A hundred yards beneath us stretched
gardens that must have been like those of manycolumned Iram, which the ancient Addite King had built for
his pleasure ages before the deluge, and which Allah, so the Arab legend tells, took and hid from man, within
the Sahara, beyond all hope of findingjealous because they were more beautiful than his in paradise.
Within them flowers and groves of laced, fernlike trees, pillared pavilions nestled.
The trunks of the trees were of emerald, of vermilion, and of azureblue, and the blossoms, whose fragrance
was borne to us, shone like jewels. The graceful pillars were tinted delicately. I noted that the pavilions were
doublein a way, twostoriedand that they were oddly splotched with circles, with squares, and with
oblongs ofopacity; noted too that over many this opacity stretched like a roof; yet it did not seem material;
rather was itimpenetrable shadow!
Down through this city of gardens ran a broad shining green thoroughfare, glistening like glass and spanned
at regular intervals with graceful, arched bridges. The road flashed to a wide square, where rose, from a base
of that same silvery stone that formed the lip of the Moon Pool, a titanic structure of seven terraces; and along
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 54
Page No 57
it flitted objects that bore a curious resemblance to the shell of the Nautilus. Within them werehuman
figures! And upon treebordered promenades on each side walked others!
Far to the right we caught the glint of another emeraldpaved road.
And between the two the gardens grew sweetly down to the hither side of that opalescent water across which
were the radiant cliffs and the curtain of mystery.
Thus it was that we first saw the city of the Dweller; blessed and accursed as no place on earth, or under or
above earth has ever beenor, that force willing which some call God, ever again shall be!
"Chert!" whispered Marakinoff. "Incredible!"
"Trolldom!" gasped Olaf Huldricksson. "It is Trolldom!"
"Listen, Olaf!" said Larry. "Cut out that Trolldom stuff! There's no Trolldom, or fairies, outside Ireland. Get
that! And this isn't Ireland. And, buck up, Professor!" This to Marakinoff. "What you see down there are
peopleJUST PLAIN PEOPLE. And wherever there's people is where I live. Get me?
"There's no way in but inand no way out but out," said O'Keefe. "And there's the stairway. Eggs are eggs
no matter how they're cookedand people are just people, fellow travellers, no matter what dish they are in,"
he concluded. "Come on!"
With the three of us close behind him, he marched toward the entrance.
CHAPTER XIII Yolara, Priestess of the Shining One
"YOU'D better have this handy, Doc." O'Keefe paused at the head of the stairway and handed me one of the
automatics he had taken from Marakinoff.
"Shall I not have one also?" rather anxiously asked the latter.
"When you need it you'll get it," answered O'Keefe. "I'll tell you frankly, though, Professor, that you'll have
to show me before I trust you with a gun. You shoot too straight from cover."
The flash of anger in the Russian's eyes turned to a cold consideration.
"You say always just what is in your mind, Lieutenant O'Keefe," he mused. "Dathat I shall remember!"
Later I was to recall this odd observationand Marakinoff was to remember indeed.
In single file, O'Keefe at the head and Olaf bringing up the rear, we passed through the portal. Before us
dropped a circular shaft, into which the light from the chamber of the oval streamed liquidly; set in its sides
the steps spiralled, and down them we went, cautiously. The stairway ended in a circular well; silentwith
no trace of exit! The rounded stones joined each other evenlyhermetically. Carved on one of the slabs was
one of the five flowered vines. I pressed my fingers upon the calyxes, even as Larry had within the Moon
Chamber.
A crackhorizontal, four feet wideappeared on the wall; widened, and as the sinking slab that made it
dropped to the level of our eyes, we looked through a hundredfeetlong rift in the living rock! The stone fell
steadilyand we saw that it was a Cyclopean wedge set within the slit of the passageway. It reached the
level of our feet and stopped. At the far end of this tunnel, whose floor was the polished rock that had, a
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 55
Page No 58
moment before, fitted hermetically into its roof, was a low, narrow triangular opening through which light
streamed.
"Nowhere to go but out!" grinned Larry. "And I'll bet Golden Eyes is waiting for us with a taxi!" He stepped
forward. We followed, slipping, sliding along the glassy surface; and I, for one, had a lively apprehension of
what our fate would be should that enormous mass rise before we had emerged! We reached the end; crept
out of the narrow triangle that was its exit.
We stood upon a wide ledge carpeted with a thick yellow moss. I looked behindand clutched O'Keefe's
arm. The door through which we had come had vanished! There was only a precipice of pale rock, on whose
surfaces great patches of the amber moss hung; around whose base our ledge ran, and whose summits, if
summits it had, were hidden, like the luminous cliffs, in the radiance above us.
"Nowhere to go but aheadand Golden Eyes hasn't kept her date!" laughed O'Keefebut somewhat grimly.
We walked a few yards along the ledge and, rounding a corner, faced the end of one of the slender bridges.
From this vantage point the oddly shaped vehicles were plain, and we could see they were, indeed, like the
shell of the Nautilus and elfinly beautiful. Their drivers sat high upon the forward whorl. Their bodies were
piled high with cushions, upon which lay women halfswathed in gay silken webs. From the pavilioned
gardens smaller channels of glistening green ran into the broad way, much as automobile runways do on
earth; and in and out of them flashed the fairy shells.
There came a shout from one. Its occupants had glimpsed us. They pointed; others stopped and stared; one
shell turned and sped up a runwayand quickly over the other side of the bridge came a score of men. They
were dwarfednone of them more than five feet high, prodigiously broad of shoulder, clearly enormously
powerful.
"Trolde!" muttered Olaf, stepping beside O'Keefe, pistol swinging free in his hand.
But at the middle of the bridge the leader stopped, waved back his men, and came toward us alone, palms
outstretched in the immemorial, universal gesture of truce. He paused, scanning us with manifest wonder; we
returned the scrutiny with interest. The dwarf's face was as white as Olaf'sfar whiter than those of the other
three of us; the features cleancut and noble, almost classical; the wide set eyes of a curious greenish grey and
the black hair curling over his head like that on some old Greek statue.
Dwarfed though he was, there was no suggestion of deformity about him. The gigantic shoulders were
covered with a loose green tunic that looked like fine linen. It was caught in at the waist by a broad girdle
studded with what seemed to be amazonites. In it was thrust a long curved poniard resembling the Malaysian
kris. His legs were swathed in the same green cloth as the upper garment. His feet were sandalled.
My gaze returned to his face, and in it I found something subtly disturbing; an expression of halfmalicious
gaiety that underlay the wholly prepossessing features like a vague threat; a mocking deviltry that hinted at
entire callousness to suffering or sorrow; something of the spirit that was vaguely alien and disquieting.
He spokeand, to my surprise, enough of the words were familiar to enable me clearly to catch the meaning
of the whole. They were Polynesian, the Polynesian of the Samoans which is its most ancient form, but in
some indefinable way archaic. Later I was to know that the tongue bore the same relation to the Polynesian
of today as does NOT that of Chaucer, but of the Venerable Bede, to modern English. Nor was this to be so
astonishing, when with the knowledge came the certainty that it was from it the language we call Polynesian
sprang.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 56
Page No 59
"From whence do you come, strangersand how found you your way here?" said the green dwarf.
I waved my hand toward the cliff behind us. His eyes narrowed incredulously; he glanced at its drop, upon
which even a mountain goat could not have made its way, and laughed.
"We came through the rock," I answered his thought. "And we come in peace," I added.
"And may peace walk with you," he said halfderisively "if the Shining One wills it!"
He considered us again.
"Show me, strangers, where you came through the rock," he commanded. We led the way to where we had
emerged from the well of the stairway.
"It was here," I said, tapping the cliff.
"But I see no opening," he said suavely.
"It closed behind us," I answered; and then, for the first time, realized how incredible the explanation
sounded. The derisive gleam passed through his eyes again. But he drew his poniard and gravely sounded the
rock.
"You give a strange turn to our speech," he said. "It sounds strangely, indeedas strange as your answers."
He looked at us quizzically. "I wonder where you learned it! Well, all that you can explain to the Afyo Maie."
His head bowed and his arms swept out in a wide salaam. "Be pleased to come with me!" he ended abruptly.
"In peace?" I asked.
"In peace," he repliedthen slowly"with me at least."
"Oh, come on, Doc!" cried Larry. "As long as we're here let's see the sights. Allons mon vieux!" he called
gaily to the green dwarf. The latter, understanding the spirit, if not the words, looked at O'Keefe with a
twinkle of approval; turned then to the great Norseman and scanned him with admiration; reached out and
squeezed one of the immense biceps.
"Lugur will welcome you, at least," he murmured as though to himself. He stood aside and waved a hand
courteously, inviting us to pass. We crossed. At the base of the span one of the elfin shells was waiting.
Beyond, scores had gathered, their occupants evidently discussing us in much excitement. The green dwarf
waved us to the piles of cushions and then threw himself beside us. The vehicle started off smoothly, the now
silent throng making way, and swept down the green roadway at a terrific pace and wholly without vibration,
toward the seventerraced tower.
As we flew along I tried to discover the source of the power, but I could notthen. There was no sign of
mechanism, but that the shell responded to some form of energy was certainthe driver grasping a small
lever which seemed to control not only our speed, but our direction.
We turned abruptly and swept up a runway through one of the gardens, and stopped softly before a pillared
pavilion. I saw now that these were much larger than I had thought. The structure to which we had been
carried covered, I estimated, fully an acre. Oblong, with its slender, varicoloured columns spaced regularly,
its walls were like the sliding screens of the Japaneseshoji.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 57
Page No 60
The green dwarf hurried us up a flight of broad steps flanked by great carved serpents, winged and scaled. He
stamped twice upon mosaicked stones between two of the pillars, and a screen rolled aside, revealing an
immense hall scattered about with low divans on which lolled a dozen or more of the dwarfish men, dressed
identically as he.
They sauntered up to us leisurely; the surprised interest in their faces tempered by the same inhumanly gay
malice that seemed to be characteristic of all these people we had as yet seen.
"The Afyo Maie awaits them, Rador," said one.
The green dwarf nodded, beckoned us, and led the way through the great hall and into a smaller chamber
whose far side was covered with the opacity I had noted from the aerie of the cliff. I examined
theblacknesswith lively interest.
It had neither substance nor texture; it was not matter and yet it suggested solidity; an entire cessation, a
complete absorption of light; an ebon veil at once immaterial and palpable. I stretched, involuntarily, my
hand out toward it, and felt it quickly drawn back.
"Do you seek your end so soon?" whispered Rador. "But I forgetyou do not know," he added. "On your
life touch not the blackness, ever. It"
He stopped, for abruptly in the density a portal appeared; swinging out of the shadow like a picture thrown by
a lantern upon a screen. Through it was revealed a chamber filled with a soft rosy glow. Rising from
cushioned couches, a woman and a man regarded us, half leaning over a long, low table of what seemed
polished jet, laden with flowers and unfamiliar fruits.
About the roomthat part of it, at least, that I could see were a few oddly shaped chairs of the same
substance. On high, silvery tripods three immense globes stood, and it was from them that the rose glow
emanated. At the side of the woman was a smaller globe whose roseate gleam was tempered by quivering
waves of blue.
"Enter Rador with the strangers!" a clear, sweet voice called.
Rador bowed deeply and stood aside, motioning us to pass. We entered, the green dwarf behind us, and out of
the corner of my eye I saw the doorway fade as abruptly as it had appeared and again the dense shadow fill its
place.
"Come closer, strangers. Be not afraid!" commanded the belltoned voice.
We approached.
The woman, sober scientist that I am, made the breath catch in my throat. Never had I seen a woman so
beautiful as was Yolara of the Dweller's cityand none of so perilous a beauty. Her hair was of the colour of
the young tassels of the corn and coiled in a regal crown above her broad, white brows; her wide eyes were of
grey that could change to a cornflower blue and in anger deepen to purple; grey or blue, they had little
laughing devils within them, but when the storm of anger darkened themthey were not laughing, no! The
silken webs that half covered, half revealed her did not hide the ivory whiteness of her flesh nor the sweet
curve of shoulders and breasts. But for all her amazing beauty, she wassinister! There was cruelty about
the curving mouth, and in the music of her voicenot conscious cruelty, but the more terrifying, careless
cruelty of nature itself.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 58
Page No 61
The girl of the rose wall had been beautiful, yes! But her beauty was human, understandable. You could
imagine her with a babe in her armsbut you could not so imagine this woman. About her loveliness
hovered something unearthly. A sweet feminine echo of the Dweller was Yolara, the Dweller' s
priestessand as gloriously, terrifyingly evil!
CHAPTER XIV The Justice of Lora
AS I LOOKED at her the man arose and made his way round the table toward us. For the first time my eyes
took in Lugur. A few inches taller than the green dwarf, he was far broader, more filled with the suggestion of
appalling strength.
The tremendous shoulders were four feet wide if an inch, tapering down to mighty thewed thighs. The
muscles of his chest stood out beneath his tunic of red. Around his forehead shone a chaplet of brightblue
stones, sparkling among the thick curls of his silverash hair.
Upon his face pride and ambition were written large and power still larger. All the mockery, the malice,
the hint of callous indifference that I had noted in the other dwarfish men were there, toobut intensified,
touched with the satanic.
The woman spoke again.
"Who are you strangers, and how came you here?" She turned to Rador. "Or is it that they do not understand
our tongue?"
"One understands and speaks itbut very badly, O Yolara," answered the green dwarf.
"Speak, then, that one of you," she commanded.
But it was Marakinoff who found his voice first, and I marvelled at the fluency, so much greater than mine,
with which he spoke.
"We came for different purposes. I to seek knowledge of a kind; he"pointing to me "of another. This
man"he looked at Olaf"to find a wife and child."
The greyblue eyes had been regarding O'Keefe steadily and with plainly increasing interest.
"And why did YOU come?" she asked him. "NayI would have him speak for himself, if he can," she
stilled Marakinoff peremptorily.
When Larry spoke it was haltingly, in the tongue that was strange to him, searching for the proper words.
"I came to help these menand because something I could not then understand called me, O lady, whose
eyes are like forest pools at dawn," he answered; and even in the unfamiliar words there was a touch of the
Irish brogue, and little merry lights danced in the eyes Larry had so apostrophized.
"I could find fault with your speech, but none with its burden," she said. "What forest pools are I know not,
and the dawn has not shone upon the people of Lora these many sais of laya.1 But I sense what you mean!"
*1 Later I was to find that Murian reckoning rested upon the extraordinary increased luminosity of the cliffs
at the time of full moon on earththis action, to my mind, being linked either with the effect of the light
streaming globes upon the Moon Pool, whose source was in the shining cliffs, or else upon some mysterious
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 59
Page No 62
affinity of their radiant element with the flood of moonlight on earththe latter, most probably, because
even when the moon must have been clouded above, it made no difference in the phenomenon. Thirteen of
these shinings forth constituted a laya, one of them a lat. Ten was sa; ten times ten times ten a said, or
thousand; ten times a thousand was a sais. A sais of laya was then literally ten thousand years. What we
would call an hour was by them called a va. The whole time system was, of course, a mingling of time as it
had been known to their remote, surfacedwelling ancestors, and the peculiar determining factors in the vast
cavern.
The eyes deepened to blue as she regarded him. She smiled.
"Are there many like you in the world from which you come?" she asked softly. "Well, we soon shall"
Lugur interrupted her almost rudely and glowering.
"Best we should know how they came hence," he growled.
She darted a quick look at him, and again the little devils danced in her wondrous eyes.
Unquestionably there is a subtle difference between time as we know it and time in this subterranean
landits progress there being slower. This, however, is only in accord with the wellknown doctrine of
relativity, which predicates both space and time as necessary inventions of the human mind to orient itself to
the conditions under which it finds itself. I tried often to measure this difference, but could never do so to my
entire satisfaction. The closest I can come to it is to say that an hour of our time is the equivalent of an hour
and fiveeighths in Muria. For further information upon this matter of relativity the reader may consult any
of the numerous books upon the subject. W. T. G.
"Yes, that is true," she said. "How came you here?"
Again it was Marakinoff who answeredslowly, considering every word.
"In the world above," he said, "there are ruins of cities not built by any of those who now dwell there. To us
these places called, and we sought for knowledge of the wise ones who made them. We found a passageway.
The way led us downward to a door in yonder cliff, and through it we came here."
"Then have you found what you sought?" spoke she. "For we are of those who built the cities. But this
gateway in the rockwhere is it?"
"After we passed, it closed upon us; nor could we after find trace of it," answered Marakinoff.
The incredulity that had shown upon the face of the green dwarf fell upon theirs; on Lugur's it was clouded
with furious anger.
He turned to Rador.
"I could find no opening, lord," said the green dwarf quickly.
And there was so fierce a fire in the eyes of Lugur as he swung back upon us that O'Keefe's hand slipped
stealthily down toward his pistol.
"Best it is to speak truth to Yolara, priestess of the Shining One, and to Lugur, the Voice," he cried
menacingly.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 60
Page No 63
"It is the truth," I interposed. "We came down the passage. At its end was a carved vine, a vine of five
flowers"the fire died from the red dwarf's eyes, and I could have sworn to a swift pallor. "I rested a hand
upon these flowers, and a door opened. But when we had gone through it and turned, behind us was nothing
but unbroken cliff. The door had vanished."
I had taken my cue from Marakinoff. If he had eliminated the episode of car and Moon Pool, he had good
reason, I had no doubt; and I would be as cautious. And deep within me something cautioned me to say
nothing of my quest; to stifle all thought of Throckmartinsomething that warned, peremptorily, finally, as
though it were a message from Throckmartin himself!
"A vine with five flowers!" exclaimed the red dwarf. "Was it like this, say?"
He thrust forward a long arm. Upon the thumb of the hand was an immense ring, set with a dullblue stone.
Graven on the face of the jewel was the symbol of the rosy walls of the Moon Chamber that had opened to us
their two portals. But cut over the vine were seven circles, one about each of the flowers and two larger ones
covering, intersecting them.
"This is the same," I said; "but these were not there" I indicated the circles.
The woman drew a deep breath and looked deep into Lugur's eyes.
"The sign of the Silent Ones!" he half whispered.
It was the woman who first recovered herself.
"The strangers are weary, Lugur," she said. "When they are rested they shall show where the rocks opened."
I sensed a subtle change in their attitude toward us; a new intentness; a doubt plainly tinged with
apprehension. What was it they feared? Why had the symbol of the vine wrought the change? And who or
what were the Silent Ones?
Yolara's eyes turned to Olaf, hardened, and grew cold grey. Subconsciously I had noticed that from the first
the Norseman had been absorbed in his regard of the pair; had, indeed, never taken his gaze from them; had
noticed, too, the priestess dart swift glances toward him.
He returned her scrutiny fearlessly, a touch of contempt in the clear eyeslike a child watching a snake
which he did not dread, but whose danger be well knew.
Under that look Yolara stirred impatiently, sensing, I know, its meaning.
"Why do you look at me so?" she cried.
An expression of bewilderment passed over Olaf's face.
"I do not understand," he said in English.
I caught a quickly repressed gleam in O'Keefe's eyes. He knew, as I knew, that Olaf must have understood.
But did Marakinoff?
Apparently he did not. But why was Olaf feigning ignorance ?
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 61
Page No 64
"This man is a sailor from what we call the North," thus Larry haltingly. "He is crazed, I think. He tells a
strange tale of a something of cold fire that took his wife and babe. We found him wandering where we were.
And because he is strong we brought him with us. That is all, O lady, whose voice is sweeter than the honey
of the wild bees!"
"A shape of cold fire?" she repeated.
"A shape of cold fire that whirled beneath the moon, with the sound of little bells," answered Larry, watching
her intently.
She looked at Lugur and laughed.
"Then he, too, is fortunate," she said. "For he has come to the place of his something of cold fireand tell
him that he shall join his wife and child, in time; that I promise him."
Upon the Norseman's face there was no hint of comprehension, and at that moment I formed an entirely new
opinion of Olaf's intelligence; for certainly it must have been a prodigious effort of the will, indeed, that
enabled him, understanding, to control himself.
"What does she say?" he asked.
Larry repeated.
"Good!" said Olaf. "Good!"
He looked at Yolara with wellassumed gratitude. Lugur, who had been scanning his bulk, drew close. He
felt the giant muscles which Huldricksson accommodatingly flexed for him.
"But he shall meet Valdor and Tahola before he sees those kin of his," he laughed mockingly. "And if he
bests them for rewardhis wife and babe!"
A shudder, quickly repressed, shook the seaman's frame. The woman bent her supremely beautiful head.
"These two," she said, pointing to the Russian and to me, "seem to be men of learning. They may be useful.
As for this man,"she smiled at Larry"I would have him explain to me some things." She hesitated.
"What 'honey of 'e wild beess' is." Larry had spoken the words in English, and she was trying to repeat
them. "As for this man, the sailor, do as you please with him, Lugur; always remembering that I have given
my word that he shall join that wife and babe of his!" She laughed sweetly, sinisterly. "And nowtake them,
Radorgive them food and drink and let them rest till we shall call them again."
She stretched out a hand toward O'Keefe. The Irishman bowed low over it, raised it softly to his lips. There
was a vicious hiss from Lugur; but Yolara regarded Larry with eyes now all tender blue.
"You please me," she whispered.
And the face of Lugur grew darker.
We turned to go. The rosy, azureshot globe at her side suddenly dulled. From it came a faint bell sound as of
chimes far away. She bent over it. It vibrated, and then its surface ran with little waves of dull colour; from it
came a whispering so low that I could not distinguish the wordsif words they were.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 62
Page No 65
She spoke to the red dwarf.
"They have brought the three who blasphemed the Shining One," she said slowly. "Now it is in my mind to
show these strangers the justice of Lora. What say you, Lugur?"
The red dwarf nodded, his eyes sparkling with a malicious anticipation.
The woman spoke again to the globe. "Bring them here!"
And again it ran swiftly with its film of colours, darkened, and shone rosy once more. From without there
came a rustle of many feet upon the rugs. Yolara pressed a slender hand upon the base of the pedestal of the
globe beside her. Abruptly the light faded from all, and on the same instant the four walls of blackness
vanished, revealing on two sides the lovely, unfamiliar garden through the guarding rows of pillars; at our
backs soft draperies hid what lay beyond; before us, flanked by flowered screens, was the corridor through
which we had entered, crowded now by the green dwarfs of the great hall.
The dwarfs advanced. Each, I now noted, had the same clustering black hair of Rador. They separated, and
from them stepped three figuresa youth of not more than twenty, short, but with the great shoulders of all
the males we had seen of this race; a girl of seventeen, I judged, whitefaced, a head taller than the boy, her
long, black hair dishevelled; and behind these two a stunted, gnarled shape whose head was sunk deep
between the enormous shoulders, whose white beard fell like that of some ancient gnome down to his waist,
and whose eyes were a white flame of hate. The girl cast herself weeping at the feet of the priestess; the youth
regarded her curiously.
"You are Songar of the Lower Waters?" murmured Yolara almost caressingly. "And this is your daughter and
her lover?"
The gnome nodded, the flame in his eyes leaping higher.
"It has come to me that you three have dared blaspheme the Shining One, its priestess, and its Voice," went
on Yolara smoothly. "Also that you have called out to the three Silent Ones. Is it true?"
"Your spies have spokenand have you not already judged us?" The voice of the old dwarf was bitter.
A flicker shot through the eyes of Yolara, again cold grey. The girl reached a trembling hand out to the hem
of the priestess's veils.
"Tell us why you did these things, Songar," she said. "Why you did them, knowing full well what
yourrewardwould be."
The dwarf stiffened; he raised his withered arms, and his eyes blazed.
"Because evil are your thoughts and evil are your deeds," he cried. "Yours and your lover's, there"he
levelled a finger at Lugur. "Because of the Shining One you have made evil, too, and the greater wickedness
you contemplate you and he with the Shining One. But I tell you that your measure of iniquity is full; the
tale of your sin near ended! Yeathe Silent Ones have been patient, but soon they will speak." He pointed at
us. "A sign are THEYa warning harlot!" He spat the word.
In Yolara's eyes, grown black, the devils leaped unrestrained.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 63
Page No 66
"Is it even so, Songar?" her voice caressed. "Now ask the Silent Ones to help you! They sit afarbut surely
they will hear you." The sweet voice was mocking. "As for these two, they shall pray to the Shining One for
forgivenessand surely the Shining One will take them to its bosom! As for youyou have lived long
enough, Songar! Pray to the Silent Ones, Songar, and pass out into the nothingnessyou!"
She dipped down into her bosom and drew forth something that resembled a small cone of tarnished silver.
She levelled it, a covering clicked from its base, and out of it darted a slender ray of intense green light.
It struck the old dwarf squarely over the heart, and spread swift as light itself, covering him with a gleaming,
pale film. She clenched her hand upon the cone, and the ray disappeared. She thrust the cone back into her
breast and leaned forward expectantly; so Lugur and so the other dwarfs. From the girl came a low wail of
anguish; the boy dropped upon his knees, covering his face.
For the moment the white beard stood rigid; then the robe that had covered him seemed to melt away,
revealing all the knotted, monstrous body. And in that body a vibration began, increasing to incredible
rapidity. It wavered before us like a reflection in a still pond stirred by a sudden wind. It grew and grewto
a rhythm whose rapidity was intolerable to watch and that still chained the eyes.
The figure grew indistinct, misty. Tiny sparks in infinite numbers leaped from itlike, I thought, the radiant
shower of particles hurled out by radium when seen under the microscope. Mistier still it grewthere
trembled before us for a moment a faintly luminous shadow which held, here and there, tiny sparkling atoms
like those that pulsed in the light about us! The glowing shadow vanished, the sparkling atoms were still for a
momentand shot away, joining those dancing others.
Where the gnomelike form had been but a few seconds beforethere was nothing!
O'Keefe drew a long breath, and I was sensible of a prickling along my scalp.
Yolara leaned toward us.
"You have seen," she said. Her eyes lingered tigerishly upon Olaf's pallid face. "Heed!" she whispered. She
turned to the men in green, who were laughing softly among themselves.
"Take these two, and go!" she commanded.
"The justice of Lora," said the red dwarf. "The justice of Lora and the Shining One under Thanaroa!"
Upon the utterance of the last word I saw Marakinoff start violently. The hand at his side made a swift,
surreptitious gesture, so fleeting that I hardly caught it. The red dwarf stared at the Russian, and there was
amazement upon his face.
Swiftly as Marakinoff, he returned it.
"Yolara," the red dwarf spoke, "it would please me to take this man of wisdom to my own place for a time.
The giant I would have, too."
The woman awoke from her brooding; nodded.
"As you will, Lugur," she said.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 64
Page No 67
And as, shaken to the core, we passed out into the garden into the full throbbing of the light, I wondered if all
the tiny sparkling diamond points that shook about us had once been men like Songar of the Lower
Watersand felt my very soul grow sick!
CHAPTER XV The Angry, Whispering Globe
OUR WAY led along a winding path between banked masses of softly radiant blooms, groups of feathery
ferns whose plumes were starred with fragrant white and blue flowerets, slender creepers swinging from the
branches of the strangely trunked trees, bearing along their threads orchidlike blossoms both delicately frail
and gorgeously flamboyant.
The path we trod was an exquisite mosaicpastel greens and pinks upon a soft grey base, garlands of
nimbused forms like the flaming rose of the Rosicrucians held in the mouths of the flying serpents. A smaller
pavilion arose before us, singlestoried, front wide open.
Upon its threshold Rador paused, bowed deeply, and motioned us within. The chamber we entered was large,
closed on two sides by screens of grey; at the back gay, concealing curtains. The low table of blue stone,
dressed with fine white cloths, stretched at one side flanked by the cushioned divans.
At the left was a high tripod bearing one of the rosy globes we had seen in the house of Yolara; at the head of
the table a smaller globe similar to the whispering one. Rador pressed upon its base, and two other screens
slid into place across the entrance, shutting in the room.
He clapped his hands; the curtains parted, and two girls came through them. Tall and willow lithe, their
bluishblack hair falling in ringlets just below their white shoulders, their clear eyes of forgetmenot blue,
and skins of extraordinary fineness and puritythey were singularly attractive. Each was clad in an
extremely scanty bodice of silken blue, girdled above a kirtle that came barely to their very pretty knees.
"Food and drink," ordered Rador.
They dropped back through the curtains.
"Do you like them?" he asked us.
"Some chickens!" said Larry. "They delight the heart," he translated for Rador.
The green dwarf's next remark made me gasp.
"They are yours," he said.
Before I could question him further upon this extraordinary statement the pair reentered, bearing a great
platter on which were small loaves, strange fruits, and three immense flagons of rock crystaltwo filled with
a slightly sparkling yellow liquid and the third with a purplish drink. I became acutely sensible that it had
been hours since I had either eaten or drunk. The yellow flagons were set before Larry and me, the purple at
Rador's hand.
The girls, at his signal, again withdrew. I raised my glass to my lips and took a deep draft. The taste was
unfamiliar but delightful.
Almost at once my fatigue disappeared. I realized a clarity of mind, an interesting exhilaration and sense of
irresponsibility, of freedom from care, that were oddly enjoyable. Larry became immediately his old gay self.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 65
Page No 68
The green dwarf regarded us whimsically, sipping from his great flagon of rock crystal.
"Much do I desire to know of that world you came from," he said at last"through the rocks," he added,
slyly.
"And much do we desire to know of this world of yours, O Rador," I answered.
Should I ask him of the Dweller; seek from him a clue to Throckmartin? Again, clearly as a spoken
command, came the warning to forbear, to wait. And once more I obeyed.
"Let us learn, then, from each other." The dwarf was laughing. "And firstare all above like youdrawn
out" he made an expressive gesture"and are there many of you?"
"There are" I hesitated, and at last spoke the Polynesian that means tens upon tens multiplied
indefinitely"there are as many as the drops of water in the lake we saw from the ledge where you found
us," I continued; "many as the leaves on the trees without. And they are all like us varyingly."
He considered skeptically, I could see, my remark upon our numbers.
"In Muria," he said at last, "the men are like me or like Lugur. Our women are as you see themlike Yolara
or those two who served you." He hesitated. "And there is a third; but only one."
Larry leaned forward eagerly.
"Brownhaired with glints of ruddy bronze, goldeneyed, and lovely as a dream, with long, slender, beautiful
hands?" he cried.
"Where saw you HER?" interrupted the dwarf, starting to his feet.
"Saw her?" Larry recovered himself. "Nay, Rador, perhaps, I only dreamed that there was such a woman."
"See to it, then, that you tell not your dream to Yolara," said the dwarf grimly. "For her I meant and her you
have pictured is Lakla, the handmaiden to the Silent Ones, and neither Yolara nor Lugur, nay, nor the
Shining One, love her overmuch, stranger."
"Does she dwell here?" Larry's face was alight.
The dwarf hesitated, glanced about him anxiously.
"Nay," he answered, "ask me no more of her." He was silent for a space. "And what do you who are as leaves
or drops of water do in that world of yours?" he said, plainly bent on turning the subject.
"Keep off the goldeneyed girl, Larry," I interjected. "Wait till we find out why she's tabu."
"Love and battle, strive and accomplish and die; or fail and die," answered Larryto Radorgiving me a
quick nod of acquiescence to my warning in English.
"In that at least your world and mine differ little," said the dwarf.
"How great is this world of yours, Rador?" I spoke.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 66
Page No 69
He considered me gravely.
"How great indeed I do not know," he said frankly at last. "The land where we dwell with the Shining One
stretches along the white waters for" He used a phrase of which I could make nothing. "Beyond this city of
the Shining One and on the hither shores of the white waters dwell the mayia ladalathe common ones." He
took a deep draft from his flagon. "There are, first, the fairhaired ones, the children of the ancient rulers," he
continued. "There are, second, we the soldiers; and last, the mayia ladala, who dig and till and weave and toil
and give our rulers and us their daughters, and dance with the Shining One!" he added.
"Who rules?" I asked.
"The fairhaired, under the Council of Nine, who are under Yolara, the Priestess and Lugur, the Voice," he
answered, "who are in turn beneath the Shining One!" There was a ring of bitter satire in the last.
"And those three who were judged?"this from Larry.
"They were of the mayia ladala," he replied, "like those two I gave you. But they grow restless. They do not
like to dance with the Shining Onethe blasphemers!" He raised his voice in a sudden great shout of
mocking laughter.
In his words I caught a fleeting picture of the racean ancient, luxurious, closebred oligarchy clustered
about some mysterious deity; a soldier class that supported them; and underneath all the toiling, oppressed
hordes.
"And is that all?" asked Larry.
"No," he answered. "There is the Sea of Crimson where"
Without warning the globe beside us sent out a vicious note, Rador turned toward it, his face paling. Its
surface crawled with whisperingsangry, peremptory!
"I hear!" he croaked, gripping the table. "I obey!"
He turned to us a face devoid for once of its malice.
"Ask me no more questions, strangers," he said. "And now, if you are done, I will show you where you may
sleep and bathe."
He arose abruptly. We followed him through the hangings, passed through a corridor and into another smaller
chamber, roofless, the sides walled with screens of dark grey. Two cushioned couches were there and a
curtained door leading into an open, outer enclosure in which a fountain played within a wide pool.
"Your bath," said Rador. He dropped the curtain and came back into the room. He touched a carved flower at
one side. There was a tiny sighing from overhead and instantly across the top spread a veil of blackness,
impenetrable to light but certainly not to air, for through it pulsed little breaths of the garden fragrances. The
room filled with a cool twilight, refreshing, sleepinducing. The green dwarf pointed to the couches.
"Sleep!" he said. "Sleep and fear nothing. My men are on guard outside." He came closer to us, the old
mocking gaiety sparkling in his eyes.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 67
Page No 70
"But I spoke too quickly," he whispered. "Whether it is because the Afyo Maie fears their tonguesor" he
laughed at Larry. "The maids are NOT yours!" Still laughing he vanished through the curtains of the room of
the fountain before I could ask him the meaning of his curious gift, its withdrawal, and his most enigmatic
closing remarks.
"Back in the great old days of Ireland," thus Larry breaking into my thoughts raptly, the brogue thick, "there
was Cairill mac CairillCairill Swiftspear. An' Cairill wronged Keevan of Emhain Abhlach, of the blood of
Angus of the great people when he was sleeping in the likeness of a pale reed. Then Keevan put this penance
on Cairillthat for a year Cairill should wear his body in Emhain Abhlach, which is the Land of Faery and
for that year Keevan should wear the body of Cairill. And it was done.
"In that year Cairill met Emar of the Birds that are one white, one red, and one blackand they loved, and
from that love sprang Ailill their son. And when Ailill was born he took a reed flute and first he played
slumber on Cairill, and then he played old age so that Cairill grew white and withered; then Ailill played
again and Cairill became a shadow then a shadow of a shadowthen a breath; and the breath went out
upon the wind!" He shivered. "Like the old gnome," he whispered, "that they called Songar of the Lower
Waters!"
He shook his head as though he cast a dream from him. Then, all alert
"But that was in Iceland ages agone. And there's nothing like that here, Doc!" He laughed. "It doesn't scare
me one little bit, old boy. The pretty devil lady's got the wrong slant. When you've had a pal standing beside
you one moment full of life, and joy, and power, and potentialities, telling what he's going to do to make
the world hum when he gets through the slaughter, just running over with zip and pep of life, Docand the
next instant, right in the middle of a laugha piece of damned shell takes off half his head and with it joy
and power and all the rest of it"his face twitched"well, old man, in the face of THAT mystery a
disappearing act such as the devil lady treated us to doesn't make much of a dent. Not on me. But by the
brogans of Brian Boruif we could have had some of that stuff to turn on during the waroh, boy!"
He was silent, evidently contemplating the idea with vast pleasure. And as for me, at that moment my last
doubt of Larry O'Keefe vanished, I saw that he did believe, really believed, in his banshees, his leprechauns
and all the old dreams of the Gaelbut only within the limits of Ireland.
In one drawer of his mind was packed all his superstition, his mysticism, and what of weakness it might
carry. But face him with any peril or problem and the drawer closed instantaneously leaving a mind that was
utterly fearless, incredulous, and ingenious; swept clean of all cobwebs by as fine a skeptic broom as ever
brushed a brain.
"Some stuff!" Deepest admiration was in his voice. "If we'd only had it when the war was onimagine half a
dozen of us scooting over the enemy batteries and the gunners underneath all at once beginning to shake
themselves to pieces! Wow!" His tone was rapturous.
"It's easy enough to explain, Larry," I said. "The effect, that isfor what the green ray is made of I don't
know, of course. But what it does, clearly, is stimulate atomic vibration to such a pitch that the cohesion
between the particles of matter is broken and the body flies to bitsjust as a flywheel does when its speed
gets so great that the particles of which IT is made can't hold together."
"Shake themselves to pieces is right, then!" he exclaimed.
"Absolutely right," I nodded. "Everything in Nature vibrates. And all matterwhether man or beast or stone
or metal or vegetableis made up of vibrating molecules, which are made up of vibrating atoms which are
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 68
Page No 71
made up of truly infinitely small particles of electricity called electrons, and electrons, the base of all matter,
are themselves perhaps only a vibration of the mysterious ether.
"If a magnifying glass of sufficient size and strength could be placed over us we could see ourselves as
sievesour space lattice, as it is called. And all that is necessary to break down the lattice, to shake us into
nothingness, is some agent that will set our atoms vibrating at such a rate that at last they escape the unseen
cords and fly off.
"The green ray of Yolara is such an agent. It set up in the dwarf that incredibly rapid rhythm that you saw
and shook him not to atomsbut to electrons!"
"They had a gun on the West Fronta seventyfive," said O'Keefe, "that broke the eardrums of everybody
who fired it, no matter what protection they used. It looked like all the other seventyfivesbut there was
something about its sound that did it. They had to recast it."
"It's practically the same thing," I replied. "By some freak its vibratory qualities had that effect. The deep
whistle of the sunken Lusitania would, for instance, make the Singer Building shake to its foundations; while
the Olympic did not affect the Singer at all but made the Woolworth shiver all through. In each case they
stimulated the atomic vibration of the particular building"
I paused, aware all at once of an intense drowsiness. O'Keefe, yawning, reached down to unfasten his puttees.
"Lord, I'm sleepy!" he exclaimed. "Can't understand it what you saymostinterestingLord!" he
yawned again; straightened. "What made Reddy take such a shine to the Russian?" he asked.
"Thanaroa," I answered, fighting to keep my eyes open.
"What?"
"When Lugur spoke that name I saw Marakinoff signal him. Thanaroa is, I suspect, the original form of the
name of Tangaroa, the greatest god of the Polynesians. There's a secret cult to him in the islands. Marakinoff
may belong to ithe knows it anyway. Lugur recognized the signal and despite his surprise answered it."
"So he gave him the high sign, eh?" mused Larry. "How could they both know it?"
"The cult is a very ancient one. Undoubtedly it had its origin in the dim beginnings before these people
migrated here," I replied. "It's a linkoneof the few links between up there and the lost past"
"Trouble then," mumbled Larry. "Hell brewing! I smell it Say, Doc, is this sleepiness natural? Wonder
where my gas maskis" he added, half incoherently.
But I myself was struggling desperately against the drugged slumber pressing down upon me.
"Lakla!" I heard O'Keefe murmur. "Lakla of the golden eyesno Eilidhthe Fair!" He made an immense
effort, half raised himself, grinned faintly.
"Thought this was paradise when I first saw it, Doc," he sighed. "But I know now, if it is, NoMan's Land
was the greatest place on earth for a honeymoon. Theythey've got us, Doc" He sank back. "Good luck,
old boy, wherever you're going." His hand waved feebly. "Gladknewyou. Hopeseeyou'gain"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 69
Page No 72
His voice trailed into silence. Fighting, fighting with every fibre of brain and nerve against the sleep, I felt
myself being steadily overcome. Yet before oblivion rushed down upon me I seemed to see upon the
greyscreened wall nearest the Irishman an oval of rosy light begin to glow; watched, as my falling lids
inexorably fell, a flametipped shadow waver on it; thicken; condenseand there looking down upon Larry,
her eyes great golden stars in which intensest curiosity and shy tenderness struggled, sweet mouth half
smiling, was the girl of the Moon Pool's Chamber, the girl whom the green dwarf had namedLakla: the
vision Larry had invoked before that sleep which I could no longer deny had claimed him
Closer she camecloserthe eyes were over us.
Then oblivion indeed!
CHAPTER XVI Yolara of Muria vs. the O'Keefe
I AWAKENED with all the familiar, homely sensation of a shade having been pulled up in a darkened room.
I thrilled with a wonderful sense of deep rest and restored resiliency. The ebon shadow had vanished from
above and down into the room was pouring the silvery light. From the fountain pool came a mighty splashing
and shouts of laughter. I jumped and drew the curtain. O'Keefe and Rador were swimming a wild race; the
dwarf like an otter, outdistancing and playing around the Irishman at will.
Had that overpowering sleepand now I confess that my struggle against it had been largely inspired by fear
that it was the abnormal slumber which Throckmartin had described as having heralded the approach of the
Dweller before it had carried away Thora and Stantonhad that sleep been after all nothing but natural
reaction of tired nerves and brains?
And that last vision of the goldeneyed girl bending over Larry? Had that also been a delusion of an
overstressed mind? Well, it might have been, I could not tell. At any rate, I decided, I would speak about it to
O'Keefe once we were alone againand then giving myself up to the urge of buoyant wellbeing I shouted
like a boy, stripped and joined the two in the pool. The water was warm and I felt the unwonted tingling of
life in every vein increase; something from it seemed to pulse through the skin, carrying a clean vigorous
vitality that toned every fibre. Tiring at last, we swam to the edge and drew ourselves out. The green dwarf
quickly clothed himself and Larry rather carefully donned his uniform.
"The Afyo Maie has summoned us, Doc," he said. "We're towellI suppose you'd call it breakfast with
her. After that, Rador tells me, we're to have a session with the Council of Nine. I suppose Yolara is as
curious as any lady ofthe upper world, as you might put itand just naturally can't wait," he added.
He gave himself a last shake, patted the automatic hidden under his left arm, whistled cheerfully,
"After you, my dear Alphonse," he said to Rador, with a low bow. The dwarf laughed, bent in an absurd
imitation of Larry's mocking courtesy and started ahead of us to the house of the priestess. When he had gone
a little way on the orchidwalled path I whispered to O'Keefe:
"Larry, when you were falling off to sleepdid you think you saw anything?"
"See anything!" he grinned. "Doc, sleep hit me like a Hun shell. I thought they were pulling the gas on us.
II had some intention of bidding you tender farewells," he continued, half sheepishly. "I think I did start
'em, didn't I?"
I nodded.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 70
Page No 73
"But wait a minute" he hesitated. "I had a queer sort of dream"
'What was it?" I asked eagerly,
"Well," he answered slowly, "I suppose it was because I'd been thinking ofGolden Eyes. Anyway, I
thought she came through the wall and leaned over meyes, and put one of those long white hands of hers
on my headI couldn't raise my lidsbut in some queer way I could see her. Then it got real dreamish.
Why do you ask?"
Rador turned back toward us,
"Later," I answered, "Not now. When we're alone."
But through me went a little glow of reassurance. Whatever the maze through which we were moving;
whatever of menacing evil lurking therethe Golden Girl was clearly watching over us; watching with
whatever unknown powers she could muster.
We passed the pillared entrance; went through a long bowered corridor and stopped before a door that
seemed to be sliced from a monolith of pale jadehigh, narrow, set in a wall of opal.
Rador stamped twice and the same supernally sweet, silver bell tones ofyesterday, I must call it, although
in that place of eternal day the term is meaninglessbade us enter. The door slipped aside. The chamber was
small, the opal walls screening it on three sides, the black opacity covering it, the fourth side opening out into
a delicious little walled garden a mass of the fragrant, luminous blooms and delicately colored fruit. Facing
it was a small table of reddish wood and from the omnipresent cushions heaped around it arose to greet
usYolara.
Larry drew in his breath with an involuntary gasp of admiration and bowed low. My own admiration was as
frank and the priestess was well pleased with our homage.
She was swathed in the filmy, halfrevelant webs, now of palest blue. The cornsilk hair was caught within a
widemeshed golden net in which sparkled tiny brilliants, like blended sapphires and diamonds. Her own
azure eyes sparkled as brightly as they, and I noted again in their clear depths the halfeager approval as they
rested upon O'Keefe's lithe, wellknit figure and his keen, cleancut face. The higharched, slender feet rested
upon soft sandals whose gauzy withes laced the exquisitely formed leg to just below the dimpled knee.
"Some giddy wonder!" exclaimed Larry, looking at me and placing a hand over his heart. "Put her on a New
York roof and she'd empty Broadway. Take the cue from me, Doc."
He turned to Yolara, whose face was somewhat puzzled.
"I said, O lady whose shining hair is a web for hearts, that in our world your beauty would dazzle the sight of
men as would a little woman sun!" he said, in the florid imagery to which the tongue lends itself so well.
A flush stole up through the translucent skin. The blue eyes softened and she waved us toward the cushions.
Blackhaired maids stole in, placing before us the fruits, the little loaves and a steaming drink somewhat the
colour and odor of chocolate. I was conscious of outrageous hunger.
"What are you named, strangers?" she asked.
"This man is named Goodwin," said O'Keefe. "As for me, call me Larry."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 71
Page No 74
"Nothing like getting acquainted quick," he said to me but kept his eyes upon Yolara as though he were
voicing another honeyed phrase. And so she took it, for: "You must teach me your tongue," she murmured.
"Then shall I have two words where now I have one to tell you of your loveliness," he answered.
"And also that'll take time," he spoke to me. "Essential occupation out of which we can't be drafted to make
these funloving folk any Roman holiday. Get me!"
"Larree," mused Yolara. "I like the sound. It is sweet" and indeed it was as she spoke it.
"And what is your land named, Larree?" she continued. "And Goodwin's?" She caught the sound perfectly.
"My land, O lady of loveliness, is twoIreland and America; his but oneAmerica."
She repeated the two namesslowly, over and over. We seized the opportunity to attack the food; halting
half guiltily as she spoke again.
"Oh, but you are hungry!" she cried. "Eat then." She leaned her chin upon her hands and regarded us, whole
fountains of questions brimming up in her eyes.
"How is it, Larree, that you have two countries and Goodwin but one?" she asked, at last unable to keep silent
longer.
"I was born in Ireland; he in America. But I have dwelt long in his land and my heart loves each," he said.
She nodded, understandingly.
"Are all the men of Ireland like you, Larree? As all the men here are like Lugur or Rador? I like to look at
you," she went on, with naive frankness. "I am tired of men like Lugur and Rador. But they are strong," she
added, swiftly. "Lugur can hold up ten in his two arms and raise six with but one hand."
We could not understand her numerals and she raised white fingers to illustrate.
"That is little, O lady, to the men of Ireland," replied O'Keefe. "Lo, I have seen one of my race hold up ten
times ten of ourwhat call you that swift thing in which Rador brought us here?"
"Corial," said she.
"Hold up ten times twenty of our corials with but two fingersand these corials of ours"
"Coria," said she.
"And these coria of ours are each greater in weight than ten of yours. Yes, and I have seen another with but
one blow of his hand raise hell!
"And so I have," he murmured to me. "And both at Fortysecond and Fifth Avenue, N. Y.U. S. A."
Yolara considered all this with manifest doubt.
"Hell?" she inquired at last. "I know not the word."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 72
Page No 75
"Well," answered O'Keefe. "Say Muria then. In many ways they are, I gather, O heart's delight, one and the
same."
Now the doubt in the blue eyes was strong indeed. She shook her head.
"None of our men can do THAT!" she answered, at length. "Nor do I think you could, Larree."
"Oh, no," said Larry easily. "I never tried to be that strong. I fly," he added, casually.
The priestess rose to her feet, gazing at him with startled eyes.
"Fly!" she repeated incredulously. "Like a _Zitia_? A bird?"
Larry noddedand then seeing the dawning command in her eyes, went on hastily.
"Not with my own wings, Yolara. In aa corial that moves throughwhat's the word for air, Docwell,
through this" He made a wide gesture up toward the nebulous haze above us. He took a pencil and on a
white cloth made a hasty sketch of an airplane. "In aa corial like this" She regarded the sketch gravely,
thrust a hand down into her girdle and brought forth a keenbladed poniard; cut Larry's markings out and
placed the fragment carefully aside.
"That I can understand," she said.
"Remarkably intelligent young woman," muttered O'Keefe. "Hope I'm not giving anything awaybut she
had me."
"But what are your women like, Larree? Are they like me? And how many have loved you?" she whispered.
"In all Ireland and America there is none like you, Yolara," he answered. "And take that any way you please,"
he muttered in English. She took it, it was evident, as it most pleased her.
"Do you have goddesses?" she asked.
"Every woman in Ireland and America, is a goddess"; thus Larry.
"Now that I do not believe." There was both anger and mockery in her eyes. "I know women, Larreeand if
that were so there would be no peace for men."
"There isn't!" replied he. The anger died out and she laughed, sweetly, understandingly.
"And which goddess do you worship, Larree?"
"You!" said Larry O'Keefe boldly.
"Larry! Larry!" I whispered. "Be careful. It's high explosive."
But the priestess was laughinglittle trills of sweet bell notes; and pleasure was in each note.
"You are indeed bold, Larree," she said, "to offer me your worship. Yet am I pleased by your boldness.
StillLugur is strong; and you are not of those whowhat did you say have tried. And your wings are
not hereLarree!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 73
Page No 76
Again her laughter rang out. The Irishman flushed; it was touche for Yolara!
"Fear not for me with Lugur," he said, grimly. "Rather fear for him!"
The laughter died; she looked at him searchingly; a little enigmatic smile about her mouthso sweet and so
cruel.
"Wellwe shall see," she murmured. "You say you battle in your world. With what?"
"Oh, with this and with that," answered Larry, airily. "We manage"
"Have you the KethI mean that with which I sent Songar into the nothingness?" she asked swiftly.
"See what she's driving at?" O'Keefe spoke to me, swiftly. "Well I do! But here's where the O'Keefe lands.
"I said," he turned to her, "O voice of silver fire, that your spirit is high even as your beautyand searches
out men's souls as does your loveliness their hearts. And now listen, Yolara, for what I speak is truth"into
his eyes came the faraway gaze; into his voice the Irish softness"Lo, in my land of Ireland, this many of
your life's length agonesee" he raised his ten fingers, clenched and unclenched them times twenty"the
mighty men of my race, the TaithadaDainn, could send men out into the nothingness even as do you with
the Keth. And this they did by their harpings, and by words spokenwords of power, O Yolara, that have
their power stilland by pipings and by slaying sounds.
"There was Cravetheen who played swift flames from his harp, flying flames that ate those they were sent
against. And there was Dalua, of Hy Brasil, whose pipes played away from man and beast and all living
things their shadows and at last played them to shadows too, so that wherever Dalua went his shadows that
had been men and beast followed like a storm of little rustling leaves; yea, and Bel the Harper, who could
make women's hearts run like wax and men's hearts flame to ashes and whose harpings could shatter strong
cliffs and bow great trees to the sod"
His eyes were bright, dreamfilled; she shrank a little from him, faint pallor under the perfect skin.
"I say to you, Yolara, that these things were and are in Ireland." His voice rang strong. "And I have seen
men as many as those that are in your great chamber this many times over"he clenched his hands once
more, perhaps a dozen times"blasted into nothingness before your Keth could even have touched them.
Yeaand rocks as mighty as those through which we came lifted up and shattered before the lids could fall
over your blue eyes. And this is truth, Yolaraall truth! Stayhave you that little cone of the Keth with
which you destroyed Songar?"
She nodded, gazing at him, fascinated, fear and puzzlement contending.
"Then use it." He took a vase of crystal from the table, placed it on the threshold that led into the garden.
"Use it on thisand I will show you."
"I will use it upon one of the ladala" she began eagerly.
The exaltation dropped from him; there was a touch of horror in the eyes he turned to her; her own dropped
before it.
"It shall be as you say," she said hurriedly. She drew the shining cone from her breast; levelled it at the vase.
The green ray leaped forth, spread over the crystal, but before its action could even be begun, a flash of light
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 74
Page No 77
shot from O'Keefe's hand, his automatic spat and the trembling vase flew into fragments. As quickly as he
had drawn it, he thrust the pistol back into place and stood there empty handed, looking at her sternly. From
the anteroom came shouting, a rush of feet.
Yolara's face was white, her eyes strainedbut her voice was unshaken as she called to the clamouring
guards:
"It is nothinggo to your places!"
But when the sound of their return had ceased she stared tensely at the Irishmanthen looked again at the
shattered vase.
"It is true!" she cried, "but see, the Keth isalive!"
I followed her pointing finger. Each broken bit of the crystal was vibrating, shaking its particles out into
space. Broken it the bullet of Larry's hadbut not released it from the grip of the disintegrating force. The
priestess's face was triumphant.
"But what matters it, O shining urn of beautywhat matters it to the vase that is broken what happens to its
fragments ?" asked Larry, gravelyand pointedly.
The triumph died from her face and for a space she was silent; brooding.
"Next," whispered O'Keefe to me. "Lots of surprises in the little box; keep your eye on the opening and see
what comes out."
We had not long to wait. There was a sparkle of anger about Yolara, something too of injured pride. She
clapped her hands; whispered to the maid who answered her summons, and then sat back regarding us,
maliciously.
"You have answered me as to your strengthbut you have not proved it; but the Keth you have answered.
Now answer this!" she said.
She pointed out into the garden. I saw a flowering branch bend and snap as though a hand had broken itbut
no hand was there! Saw then another and another bend and break, a little tree sway and falland closer and
closer to us came the trail of snapping boughs while down into the garden poured the silvery light
revealingnothing! Now a great ewer beside a pillar rose swiftly in air and hurled itself crashing at my feet.
Cushions close to us swirled about as though in the vortex of a whirlwind.
And unseen hands held my arms in a mighty clutch fast to my sides, another gripped my throat and I felt a
needlesharp poniard point pierce my shirt, touch the skin just over my heart!
"Larry!" I cried, despairingly. I twisted my head; saw that he too was caught in this grip of the invisible. But
his face was calm, even amused.
"Keep cool, Doc!" he said. "Remembershe wants to learn the language!"
Now from Yolara burst chime upon chime of mocking laughter. She gave a commandthe hands loosened,
the poniard withdrew from my heart; suddenly as I had been caught I was freeand unpleasantly weak and
shaky.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 75
Page No 78
"Have you THAT in Ireland, Larree!" cried the priestess and once more trembled with laughter.
"A good play, Yolara." His voice was as calm as his face. "But they did that in Ireland even before Dalua
piped away his first man's shadow. And in Goodwin's land they make shipscoria that go on waterso you
can pass by them and see only sea and sky; and those water coria are each of them many times greater than
this whole palace of yours."
But the priestess laughed on.
"It did get me a little," whispered Larry. "That wasn't quite up to my mark. But God! If we could find that
trick out and take it back with us!"
"Not so, Larree!" Yolara gasped, through her laughter. "Not so! Goodwin's cry betrayed you!"
Her good humour had entirely returned; she was like a mischievous child pleased over some successful trick;
and like a child she cried"I'll show you!"signalled again; whispered to the maid who, quickly returning,
laid before her a long metal case. Yolara took from her girdle something that looked like a small pencil,
pressed it and shot a thin stream of light for all the world like an electric flash, upon its hasp. The lid flew
open. Out of it she drew three flat, oval crystals, faint rose in hue. She handed one to O'Keefe and one to me.
"Look!" she commanded, placing the third before her own eyes. I peered through the stone and instantly there
leaped into sight, out of thin airsix grinning dwarfs! Each was covered from top of head to soles of feet in
a web so tenuous that through it their bodies were plain. The gauzy stuff seemed to vibrateits strands to run
together like quicksilver. I snatched the crystal from my eyes andthe chamber was empty! Put it
backand there were the grinning six!
Yolara gave another sign and they disappeared, even from the crystals.
"It is what they wear, Larree," explained Yolara, graciously. "It is something that came to us fromthe
Ancient Ones. But we have so few"she sighed.
"Such treasures must be twoedged swords, Yolara," commented O'Keefe. "For how know you that one
within them creeps not to you with hand eager to strike?"
"There is no danger," she said indifferently. "I am the keeper of them."
She mused for a space, then abruptly:
"And now no more. You two are to appear before the Council at a certain timebut fear nothing. You,
Goodwin, go with Rador about our city and increase your wisdom. But you, Larree, await me here in my
garden" she smiled at him, provocativelymaliciously, too. "For shall not one who has resisted a world of
goddesses be given all chance to worship when at last he finds his own?"
She laughedwholeheartedly and was gone. And at that moment I liked Yolara better than ever I had
before and alasbetter than ever I was to in the future.
I noted Rador standing outside the open jade door and started to go, but O'Keefe caught me by the arm.
"Wait a minute," he urged. "About Golden Eyesyou were going to tell me somethingit's been on my
mind all through that little sparring match."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 76
Page No 79
I told him of the vision that had passed through my closing lids. He listened gravely and then laughed.
"Hell of a lot of privacy in this place!" he grinned. "Ladies who can walk through walls and others with
regular invisible cloaks to let 'em flit wherever they please. Oh, well, don't let it get on your nerves, Doc.
Remembereverything' s natural! That robe stuff is just camouflage of course. But Lord, if we could only
get a piece of it!"
"The material simply admits all lightvibrations, or perhaps curves them, just as the opacities cut them off," I
answered. "A man under the Xray is partly invisible; this makes him wholly so. He doesn't register, as the
people of the motionpicture profession say."
"Camouflage," repeated Larry. "And as for the Shining OneSay!" he snorted. "I'd like to set the O'Keefe
banshee up against it. I'll bet that old resourceful Irish body would give it the first three bites and a strangle
hold and wallop it before it knew it had 'em. Oh! Wow! Boy Howdy!"
I heard him still chuckling gleefully over this vision as I passed along the opal wall with the green dwarf.
A shell was awaiting us. I paused before entering it to examine the polished surface of runway and great road.
It was obsidianvolcanic glass of pale emerald, unflawed, translucent, with no sign of block or juncture. I
examined the shell.
"What makes it go?" I asked Rador. At a word from him the driver touched a concealed spring and an
aperture appeared beneath the controllever, of which I have spoken in a preceding chapter. Within was a
small cube of black crystal, through whose sides I saw, dimly, a rapidly revolving, glowing ball, not more
than two inches in diameter. Beneath the cube was a curiously shaped, slender cylinder winding down into
the lower body of the Nautilus whorl.
"Watch!" said Rador. He motioned me into the vehicle and took a place beside me. The driver touched the
lever; a stream of coruscations flew from the ball down into the cylinder. The shell started smoothly, and as
the tiny torrent of shining particles increased it gathered speed.
"The corial does not touch the road," explained Rador. "It is lifted so far"he held his forefinger and thumb
less than a sixteenth of an inch apart"above it."
And perhaps here is the best place to explain the activation of the shells or coria. The force utilized was
atomic energy. Passing from the whirling ball the ions darted through the cylinder to two bands of a peculiar
metal affixed to the base of the vehicles somewhat like skids of a sled. Impinging upon these they produced a
partial negation of gravity, lifting the shell slightly, and at the same time creating a powerful repulsive force
or thrust that could be directed backward, forward, or sidewise at the will of the driver. The creation of this
energy and the mechanism of its utilization were, briefly, as follows:
[Dr. Goodwin's lucid and exceedingly comprehensive description of this extraordinary mechanism has been
deleted by the Executive Council of the International Association of Science as too dangerously suggestive to
scientists of the Central European Powers with which we were so recently at war. It is allowable, however, to
state that his observations are in the possession of experts in this country, who are, unfortunately, hampered
in their research not only by the scarcity of the radioactive elements that we know, but also by the lack of the
element or elements unknown to us that entered into the formation of the fiery ball within the cube of black
crystal. Nevertheless, as the principle is so clear, it is believed that these difficulties will ultimately be
overcome." J. B. K., President, I. A. of S.]
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 77
Page No 80
The wide, glistening road was gay with the coria. They darted in and out of the gardens; within them the
fairhaired, extraordinarily beautiful women on their cushions were like princesses of Elfland, caught in
gorgeous fairy webs, resting within the hearts of flowers. In some shells were flaxenhaired dwarfish men of
Lugur's type; sometimes blackpolled brother officers of Rador; often raventressed girls, plainly
handmaidens of the women; and now and then beauties of the lower folk went by with one of the blond
dwarfs.
We swept around the turn that made of the jewellike roadway an enormous horseshoe and, speedily, upon
our right the cliffs through which we had come in our journey from the Moon Pool began to march forward
beneath their mantles of moss. They formed a gigantic abutment, a titanic salient. It had been from the very
front of this salient's invading angle that we had emerged; on each side of it the precipices, faintly glowing,
drew back and vanished into distance.
The slender, graceful bridges under which we skimmed ended at openings in the upflung, far walls of
verdure. Each had its little garrison of soldiers. Through some of the openings a rivulet of the green obsidian
river passed. These were roadways to the farther country, to the land of the ladala, Rador told me; adding that
none of the lesser folk could cross into the pavilioned city unless summoned or with pass.
We turned the bend of the road and flew down that farther emerald ribbon we had seen from the great oval.
Before us rose the shining cliffs and the lake. A halfmile, perhaps, from these the last of the bridges flung
itself. It was more massive and about it hovered a spirit of ancientness lacking in the other spans; also its
garrison was larger and at its base the tangent way was guarded by two massive structures, somewhat like
blockhouses, between which it ran. Something about it aroused in me an intense curiosity.
"Where does that road lead, Rador?" I asked.
"To the one place above all of which I may not tell you, Goodwin," he answered. And again I wondered.
We skimmed slowly out upon the great pier. Far to the left was the prismatic, rainbow curtain between the
Cyclopean pillars. On the white waters graceful shellslacustrian replicas of the Elf chariotsswam, but
none was near that distant web of wonder.
"Radorwhat is that?" I asked.
"It is the Veil of the Shining One!" he answered slowly.
Was the Shining One that which we named the Dweller?
"What is the Shining One?" I cried, eagerly. Again he was silent. Nor did he speak until we had turned on our
homeward way.
And lively as my interest, my scientific curiosity, were I was conscious suddenly of acute depression.
Beautiful, wondrously beautiful this place wasand yet in its wonder dwelt a keen edge of menace, of
uneaseof inexplicable, inhuman woe; as though in a secret garden of God a soul should sense upon it the
gaze of some lurking spirit of evil which some way, somehow, had crept into the sanctuary and only bided its
time to spring.
CHAPTER XVII The Leprechaun
THE SHELL carried us straight back to the house of Yolara. Larry was awaiting me. We stood again before
the tenebrous wall where first we had faced the priestess and the Voice. And as we stood, again the portal
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 78
Page No 81
appeared with all its disconcerting, magical abruptness.
But now the scene was changed. Around the jet table were grouped a number of figuresLugur, Yolara
beside him; seven othersall of them fairhaired and all men save one who sat at the left of the priestessan
old, old woman, how old I could not tell, her face bearing traces of beauty that must once have been as great
as Yolara's own, but now ravaged, in some way awesome; through its ruins the fearful, malicious gaiety
shining out like a spirit of joy held within a corpse!
Began then our examination, for such it was. And as it progressed I was more and more struck by the change
in the O'Keefe. All flippancy was gone, rarely did his sense of humour reveal itself in any of his answers. He
was like a cautious swordsman, fencing, guarding, studying his opponent; or rather, like a chessplayer who
keeps sensing some farreaching purpose in the game: alert, contained, watchful. Always he stressed the
power of our surface races, their multitudes, their solidarity.
Their questions were myriad. What were our occupations? Our system of government? How great were the
waters? The land? Intensely interested were they in the World War, querying minutely into its causes, its
effects. In our weapons their interest was avid. And they were exceedingly minute in their examination of us
as to the ruins which had excited our curiosity; their position and surroundingsand if others than ourselves
might be expected to find and pass through their entrance!
At this I shot a glance at Lugur. He did not seem unduly interested. I wondered if the Russian had told him as
yet of the girl of the rosy wall of the Moon Pool Chamber and the real reasons for our search. Then I
answered as briefly as possibleomitting all reference to these things. The red dwarf watched me with
unmistakable amusementand I knew Marakinoff had told him. But clearly Lugur had kept his information
even from Yolara; and as clearly she had spoken to none of that episode when O'Keefe's automatic had
shattered the Kethsmitten vase. Again I felt that sense of deep bewildermentof helpless search for clue to
all the tangle.
For two hours we were questioned and then the priestess called Rador and let us go.
Larry was sombre as we returned. He walked about the room uneasily.
"Hell's brewing here all right," he said at last, stopping before me. "I can't make out just the particular
brand that's all that bothers me. We're going to have a stiff fight, that's sure. What I want to do quick is to
find the Golden Girl, Doc. Haven't seen her on the wall lately, have you?" he queried, hopefully fantastic.
"Laugh if you want to," he went on. "But she's our best bet. It's going to be a race between her and the
O'Keefe bansheebut I put my money on her. I had a queer experience while I was in that garden, after
you'd left." His voice grew solemn. "Did you ever see a leprechaun, Doc?" I shook my head again, as
solemnly. "He's a little man in green," said Larry. "Oh, about as high as your knee. I saw one once in
Carntogher Woods. And as I sat there, half asleep, in Yolara's garden, the living spit of him stepped out from
one of those bushes, twirling a little shillalah.
"'It's a tight box ye're gettin' in, Larry avick,' said he, 'but don't ye be downhearted, lad.'
"'I'm carrying on,' said I, 'but you're a long way from Ireland,' I said, or thought I did.
"'Ye've a lot o' friends there,' he answered. 'An' where the heart rests the feet are swift to follow. Not that I'm
sayin' I'd like to live here, Larry,' said he.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 79
Page No 82
"'I know where my heart is now,' I told him. 'It rests on a girl with golden eyes and the hair and swanwhite
breast of Eilidh the Fairbut me feet don't seem to get me to her,' I said."
The brogue thickened.
"An' the little man in green nodded his head an' whirled his shillalah.
"'It's what I came to tell ye,' says he. 'Don't ye fall for the BheanNimher, the serpent woman wit' the blue
eyes; she's a daughter of Ivor, ladan' don't ye do nothin' to make the brownhaired coleen ashamed o' ye,
Larry O'Keefe. I knew yer great, great grandfather an' his before him, aroon,' says he, 'an' wan o' the O'Keefe
failin's is to think their hearts big enough to hold all the wimmen o' the world. A heart's built to hold only wan
permanently, Larry,' he says, 'an' I'm warnin' ye a nice girl don't like to move into a place all cluttered up wid
another's washin' an' mendin' an' cookin' an' other things pertainin' to general wife work. Not that I think the
blueeyed wan is keen for mendin' an' cookin'!' says he.
"'You don't have to be comin' all this way to tell me that,' I answer.
"'Well, I'm just a tellin' you,' he says. 'Ye've got some rough knocks comin', Larry. In fact, ye're in for a devil
of a time. But, remember that ye're the O'Keefe,' says he. 'An' while the bhoys are all wid ye, avick, ye've got
to be on the job yourself.'
"'I hope,' I tell him, 'that the O'Keefe banshee can find her way here in timethat is, if it's necessary, which I
hope it won't be.'
"'Don't ye worry about that,' says he. 'Not that she's keen on leavin' the ould sod, Larry. The good ould soul's
in quite a state o' mind about ye, aroon. I don't mind tellin' ye, lad, that she's mobilizing all the clan an' if she
HAS to come for ye, avick, they'll be wid her an' they'll sweep this joint clean before ye go. What they'll do to
it'll make the Big Wind look like a summer breeze on Lough Lene! An' that's about all, Larry. We thought a
voice from the Green Isle would cheer ye. Don't fergit that ye're the O'Keefe an' I say it againall the bhoys
are wid ye. But we want t' kape bein' proud o' ye, lad!'
"An' I looked again and there was only a bush waving."
There wasn't a smile in my heartor if there was it was a very tender one.
"I'm going to bed," he said abruptly. "Keep an eye on the wall, Doc!"
Between the seven sleeps that followed, Larry and I saw but little of each other. Yolara sought him more and
more. Thrice we were called before the Council; once we were at a great feast, whose splendours and
surprises I can never forget. Largely I was in the company of Rador. Together we two passed the green
barriers into the dwellingplace of the ladala.
They seemed provided with everything needful for life. But everywhere was an oppressiveness, a gathering
together of hate, that was spiritual rather than materialas tangible as the latter and far, far more menacing!
"They do not like to dance with the Shining One," was Rador's constant and only reply to my efforts to find
the cause.
Once I had concrete evidence of the mood. Glancing behind me, I saw a white, vengeful face peer from
behind a treetrunk, a hand lift, a shining dart speed from it straight toward Rador's back. Instinctively I
thrust him aside. He turned upon me angrily. I pointed to where the little missile lay, still quivering, on the
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 80
Page No 83
ground. He gripped my hand.
"That, some day I will repay!" he said. I looked again at the thing. At its end was a tiny cone covered with a
glistening, gelatinous substance.
Rador pulled from a tree beside us a fruit somewhat like an apple.
"Look!" he said. He dropped it upon the dartand at once, before my eyes, in less than ten seconds, the fruit
had rotted away!
"That's what would have happened to Rador but for you, friend!" he said.
Come now between this and the prelude to the latter half of the drama whose history this narrative isonly
scattering and necessarily fragmentary observations.
Firstthe nature of the ebon opacities, blocking out the spaces between the pavilionpillars or covering their
tops like roofs, These were magnetic fields, light absorbers, negativing the vibrations of radiance; literally
screens of electric force which formed as impervious a barrier to light as would have screens of steel.
They instantaneously made night appear in a place where no night was. But they interposed no obstacle to air
or to sound. They were extremely simple in their inceptionno more miraculous than is glass, which,
inversely, admits the vibrations of light, but shuts out those coarser ones we call airand, partly, those
others which produce upon our auditory nerves the effects we call sound.
Briefly their mechanism was this:
[For the same reason that Dr. Goodwin's exposition of the mechanism of the atomic engines was deleted, his
description of the lightdestroying screens has been deleted by the Executive Council.J. B. F., President, I.
A. of S.]
There were two favoured classes of the ladalathe soldiers and the dreammakers. The dreammakers were
the most astonishing social phenomena, I think, of all. Denied by their circumscribed environment the wider
experiences of us of the outer world, the Murians had perfected an amazing system of escape through the
imagination.
They were, too, intensely musical. Their favourite instruments were double flutes; immensely complex
pipeorgans; harps, great and small. They had another remarkable instrument made up of a double octave of
small drums which gave forth percussions remarkably disturbing to the emotional centres.
It was this love of music that gave rise to one of the few truly humorous incidents of our caverned life. Larry
came to meit was just after our fourth sleep, I remember.
"Come on to a concert," he said.
We skimmed off to one of the bridge garrisons. Rador called the twoscore guards to attention; and then, to
my utter stupefaction, the whole company, O'Keefe leading them, roared out the anthem, "God Save the
King." They sangin a closer approach to the English than might have been expected scores of miles below
England's level. "Send him victorious! Happy and glorious!" they bellowed.
He quivered with suppressed mirth at my paralysis of surprise.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 81
Page No 84
"Taught 'em that for Marakinoff's benefit!" he gasped. "Wait till that Red hears it. He'll blow up.
"Just wait until you hear Yolara lisp a pretty little thing I taught her," said Larry as we set back for what we
now called home. There was an impish twinkle in his eyes.
And I did hear. For it was not many minutes later that the priestess condescended to command me to come to
her with O'Keefe.
"Show Goodwin how much you have learned of our speech, O lady of the lips of honeyed flame!" murmured
Larry.
She hesitated; smiled at him, and then from that perfect mouth, out of the exquisite throat, in the voice that
was like the chiming of little silver bells, she trilled a melody familiar to me indeed:
"She's only a bird in a gilded cage,
A beeyutiful sight to see"
And so on to the bitter end.
"She thinks it's a lovesong," said Larry when we had left. "It's only part of a repertoire I'm teaching her.
Honestly, Doc, it's the only way I can keep my mind clear when I'm with her," he went on earnestly. "She's a
deviless from hell but a wonder. Whenever I find myself going I get her to sing that, or Take Back Your
Gold! or some other ancient lay, and I'm back againprontowith the right perspective! POP goes all the
mystery! 'Hell!' I say, 'she's only a woman!'"
CHAPTER XVIII The Amphitheatre of Jet
FOR HOURs the blackhaired folk had been streaming across the bridges, flowing along the promenade by
scores and by hundreds, drifting down toward the gigantic seventerraced temple whose interior I had never
as yet seen, and from whose towering exterior, indeed, I had always been kept far enough
awayunobtrusively, but none the less decisively to prevent any real observation. The structure, I had
estimated, nevertheless, could not reach less than a thousand feet above its silvery base, and the diameter of
its circular foundation was about the same.
I wondered what was bringing the _ladala_ into Lora, and where they were vanishing. All of them were
flowercrowned with the luminous, lovely bloomsold and young, slender, mockingeyed girls, dwarfed
youths, mothers with their babes, gnomed oldsterson they poured, silent for the most part and sullena
sullenness that held acid bitterness even as their subtle, halfsinister, halfgay malice seemed tempered into
little keenedged flames, oddly, menacingly defiant.
There were many of the greenclad soldiers along the way, and the garrison of the only bridge span I could
see had certainly been doubled.
Wondering still, I turned from my point of observation and made my way back to our pavilion, hoping that
Larry, who had been with Yolara for the past two hours, had returned. Hardly had I reached it before Rador
came hurrying up, in his manner a curious exultance mingled with what in anyone else I would have called a
decided nervousness.
"Come!" he commanded before I could speak. "The Council has made decisionand _Larree_ is awaiting
you."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 82
Page No 85
"What has been decided?" I panted as we sped along the mosaic path that led to the house of Yolara. "And
why is Larry awaiting me?"
And at his answer I felt my heart pause in its beat and through me race a wave of mingled panic and
eagerness.
"The Shining One dances!" had answered the green dwarf. "And you are to worship!"
What was this dancing of the Shining One, of which so often he had spoken?
Whatever my forebodings, Larry evidently had none.
"Great stuff!" he cried, when we had met in the great antechamber now empty of the dwarfs. "Hope it will be
worth seeinghave to be something damned good, though, to catch me, after what I've seen of shows at the
front," he added.
And remembering, with a little shock of apprehension, that he had no knowledge of the Dweller beyond my
poor description of itfor there are no words actually to describe what that miracle of interwoven glory and
horror wasI wondered what Larry O'Keefe would say and do when he did behold it!
Rador began to show impatience.
"Come!" he urged. "There is much to be doneand the time grows short!"
He led us to a tiny fountain room in whose miniature pool the white waters were concentrated, pearllike and
opalescent in their circling rim.
"Bathe!" he commanded; and set the example by stripping himself and plunging within. Only a minute or two
did the green dwarf allow us, and he checked us as we were about to don our clothing.
Then, to my intense embarrassment, without warning, two of the blackhaired girls entered, bearing robes of
a peculiar dullblue hue. At our manifest discomfort Rador's laughter roared out. He took the garments from
the pair, motioned them to leave us, and, still laughing, threw one around me. Its texture was soft, but
decidedly metalliclike some blue metal spun to the fineness of a spider's thread. The garment buckled
tightly at the throat, was girdled at the waist, and, below this cincture, fell to the floor, its folds being held
together by a halfdozen looped cords; from the shoulders a hood resembling a monk's cowl.
Rador cast this over my head; it completely covered my face, but was of so transparent a texture that I could
see, though somewhat mistily, through it. Finally he handed us both a pair of long gloves of the same material
and high stockings, the feet of which were glovedfivetoed.
And again his laughter rang out at our manifest surprise.
"The priestess of the Shining One does not altogether trust the Shining One's Voice," he said at last. "And
these are to guard against any suddenerrors. And fear not, Goodwin," he went on kindly. "Not for the
Shining One itself would Yolara see harm come to _Larree_ herenor, because of him, to you. But I would
not stake much on the great white one. And for him I am sorry, for him I do like well."
"Is he to be with us?" asked Larry eagerly.
"He is to be where we go," replied the dwarf soberly.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 83
Page No 86
Grimly Larry reached down and drew from his uniform his automatic. He popped a fresh clip into the pocket
fold of his girdle. The pistol he slung high up beneath his armpit.
The green dwarf looked at the weapon curiously. O'Keefe tapped it.
"This," said Larry, "slays quicker than the _Keth_I take it so no harm shall come to the blueeyed one
whose name is Olaf. If I should raise itbe you not in its way, Rador!" he added significantly.
The dwarf nodded again, his eyes sparkling. He thrust a hand out to both of us.
"A change comes," he said. "What it is I know not, nor how it will fall. But this rememberRador is more
friend to you than you yet can know. And now let us go!" he ended abruptly.
He led us, not through the entrance, but into a sloping passage ending in a blind wall; touched a symbol
graven there, and it opened, precisely as had the rosy barrier of the Moon Pool Chamber. And, just as there,
but far smaller, was a passage end, a low curved wall facing a shaft not black as had been that abode of living
darkness, but faintly luminescent. Rador leaned over the wall. The mechanism clicked and started; the door
swung shut; the sides of the car slipped into place, and we swept swiftly down the passage; overhead the
wind whistled. In a few moments the moving platform began to slow down. It stopped in a closed chamber
no larger than itself.
Rador drew his poniard and struck twice upon the wall with its hilt. Immediately a panel moved away,
revealing a space filled with faint, misty blue radiance. And at each side of the open portal stood four of the
dwarfish men, greyheaded, old, clad in flowing garments of white, each pointing toward us a short silver rod.
Rador drew from his girdle a ring and held it out to the first dwarf. He examined it, handed it to the one
beside him, and not until each had inspected the ring did they lower their curious weapons; containers of that
terrific energy they called the _Keth_, I thought; and later was to know that I had been right.
We stepped out; the doors closed behind us. The place was weird enough. Its pave was a greenishblue stone
resembling lapis lazuli. On each side were high pedestals holding carved figures of the same material. There
were perhaps a score of these, but in the mistiness I could not make out their outlines. A droning, rushing roar
beat upon our ears; filled the whole cavern.
"I smell the sea," said Larry suddenly.
The roaring became deeptoned, clamorous, and close in front of us a rift opened. Twenty feet in width, it cut
the cavern floor and vanished into the blue mist on each side. The cleft was spanned by one solid slab of rock
not more than two yards wide. It had neither railing nor other protection.
The four leading priests marched out upon it one by one, and we followed. In the middle of the span they
knelt. Ten feet beneath us was a torrent of blue seawater racing with prodigious speed between polished
walls. It gave the impression of vast depth. It roared as it sped by, and far to the right was a low arch through
which it disappeared. It was so swift that its surface shone like polished blue steel, and from it came the
blessed, OUR WORLDLY, familiar ocean breath that strengthened my soul amazingly and made me realize
how earthsick I was.
Whence came the stream, I marvelled, forgetting for the moment, as we passed on again, all else. Were we
closer to the surface of earth than I had thought, or was this some mighty flood falling through an opening in
sea floor, Heaven alone knew how many miles above us, losing itself in deeper abysses beyond these? How
near and how far this was from the truth I was to learnand never did truth come to man in more dreadful
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 84
Page No 87
guise!
The roaring fell away, the blue haze lessened. In front of us stretched a wide flight of steps, huge as those
which had led us into the courtyard of NanTauach through the ruined seagate. We scaled it; it narrowed;
from above light poured through a still narrower opening. Side by side Larry and I passed out of it.
We had emerged upon an enormous platform of what seemed to be glistening ivory. It stretched before us for
a hundred yards or more and then shelved gently into the white waters. Oppositenot a mile awaywas
that prodigious web of woven rainbows Rador had called the Veil of the Shining One. There it shone in all its
unearthly grandeur, on each side of the Cyclopean pillars, as though a mountain should stretch up arms
raising between them a fairy banner of auroral glories. Beneath it was the curved, scimitar sweep of the pier
with its clustered, gleaming temples.
Before that brief, fascinated glance was done, there dropped upon my soul a sensation as of brooding weight
intolerable; a spiritual oppression as though some vastness was falling, pressing, stifling me, I turnedand
Larry caught me as I reeled.
"Steady! Steady, old man!" he whispered.
At first all that my staggering consciousness could realize was an immensity, an immeasurable uprearing that
brought with it the same throatgripping vertigo as comes from gazing downward from some great
heightthen a blur of white facesintolerable shinings of hundreds upon thousands of eyes. Huge,
incredibly huge, a colossal amphitheatre of jet, a stupendous semicircle, held within its mighty arc the ivory
platform on which I stood.
It reared itself almost perpendicularly hundreds of feet up into the sparkling heavens, and thrust down on
each side its ebon bulwarkslike monstrous paws. Now, the giddiness from its sheer greatness passing, I
saw that it was indeed an amphitheatre sloping slightly backward tier after tier, and that the white blur of
faces against its blackness, the gleaming of countless eyes were those of myriads of the people who sat silent,
flowergarlanded, their gaze focused upon the rainbow curtain and sweeping over me like a
torrenttangible, appalling!
Five hundred feet beyond, the smooth, high retaining wall of the amphitheatre raised itselfabove it the first
terrace of the seats, and above this, dividing the tiers for another half a thousand feet upward, set within them
like a panel, was a deadblack surface in which shone faintly with a bluish radiance a gigantic disk; above it
and around it a cluster of innumerable smaller ones.
On each side of me, bordering the platform, were scores of small pillared alcoves, a low wall stretching
across their fronts; delicate, fretted grills shielding them, save where in each lattice an opening staredit
came to me that they were like those stalls in ancient Gothic cathedrals wherein for centuries had kneeled
paladins and people of my own race on earth's fair face. And within these alcoves were gathered, score upon
score, the elfin beauties, the dwarfish men of the fairhaired folk. At my right, a few feet from the opening
through which we had come, a passageway led back between the fretted stalls. Halfway between us and the
massive base of the amphitheatre a dais rose. Up the platform to it a wide ramp ascended; and on ramp and
dais and along the centre of the gleaming platform down to where it kissed the white waters, a broad ribbon
of the radiant flowers lay like a fairy carpet.
On one side of this dais, meshed in a silken web that hid no line or curve of her sweet body, white flesh
gleaming through its folds, stood Yolara; and opposite her, crowned with a circlet of flashing blue stones, his
mighty body stark bare, was Lugur!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 85
Page No 88
O'Keefe drew a long breath; Rador touched my arm and, still dazed, I let myself be drawn into the aisle and
through a corridor that ran behind the alcoves. At the back of one of these the green dwarf paused, opened a
door, and motioned us within.
Entering, I found that we were exactly opposite where the ramp ran up to the daisand that Yolara was not
more than fifty feet away. She glanced at O'Keefe and smiled. Her eyes were ablaze with little dancing points
of light; her body seemed to palpitate, the rounded delicate muscles beneath the translucent skin to run with
joyful little eager waves!
Larry whistled softly.
"There's Marakinoff!" he said.
I looked where he pointed. Opposite us sat the Russian, clothed as we were, leaning forward, his eyes eager
behind his glasses; but if he saw us he gave no sign.
"And there's Olaf!" said O'Keefe.
Beneath the carved stall in which sat the Russian was an aperture and within it was Huldricksson.
Unprotected by pillars or by grills, opening clear upon the platform, near him stretched the trail of flowers up
to the great dais which Lugur and Yolara the priestess guarded. He sat alone, and my heart went out to him.
O'Keefe's face softened.
"Bring him here," he said to Rador.
The green dwarf was looking at the Norseman, too, a shade of pity upon his mocking face. He shook his
head.
"Wait!" he said. "You can do nothing nowand it may be there will be no need to do anything," he added;
but I could feel that there was little of conviction in his words.
CHAPTER XIX The Madness of Olaf
YOLARA threw her white arms high. From the mountainous tiers came a mighty sigh; a rippling ran through
them. And upon the moment, before Yolara's arms fell, there issued, apparently from the air around us, a peal
of sound that might have been the shouting of some playful god hurling great suns through the net of stars. It
was like the deepest notes of all the organs in the world combined in one; summoning, majestic, cosmic!
It held within it the thunder of the spheres rolling through the infinite, the birthsong of suns made manifest
in the womb of space; echoes of creation's supernal chord! It shook the body like a pulse from the heart of the
universepulsed and died away.
On its death came a blaring as of all the trumpets of conquering hosts since the first Pharaoh led his
swarms triumphal, compelling! Alexander's clamouring hosts, brazenthroated wolfhorns of Caesar's
legions, blare of trumpets of Genghis Khan and his golden horde, clangor of the locust levies of Tamerlane,
bugles of Napoleon's armies warshout of all earth's conquerors! And it died!
Fast upon it, a throbbing, muffled tumult of harp sounds, mellownesses of myriads of wood horns, the
subdued sweet shrilling of multitudes of flutes, Pandean pipingsinviting, carrying with them the calling of
waterfalls in the hidden places, rushing brooks and murmuring forest windscalling, calling, languorous,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 86
Page No 89
lulling, dripping into the brain like the very honeyed essence of sound.
And after them a silence in which the memory of the music seemed to beat, to beat ever more faintly, through
every quivering nerve.
From me all fear, all apprehension, had fled. In their place was nothing but joyous anticipation, a supernal
freedom from even the shadow of the shadow of care or sorrow; not now did anything matterOlaf or his
haunted, hatefilled eyes; Throckmartin or his fatenothing of pain, nothing of agony, nothing of striving nor
endeavour nor despair in that wide outer world that had turned suddenly to a troubled dream.
Once more the first great note pealed out! Once more it died and from the clustered spheres a kaleidoscopic
blaze shot as though drawn from the majestic sound itself. The manycoloured rays darted across the white
waters and sought the face of the irised Veil. As they touched, it sparkled, flamed, wavered, and shook with
fountains of prismatic colour.
The light increasedand in its intensity the silver air darkened. Faded into shadow that white mosaic of
flowercrowned faces set in the amphitheatre of jet, and vast shadows dropped upon the highflung tiers and
shrouded them. But on the skirts of the rays the fretted stalls in which we sat with the fairhaired ones blazed
out, iridescent, like jewels.
I was sensible of an acceleration of every pulse; a wild stimulation of every nerve. I felt myself being lifted
above the worldclose to the threshold of the high godssoon their essence and their power would stream
out into me! I glanced at Larry. His eyes werewildwith life!
I looked at Olafand in his face was none of thisonly hate, and hate, and hate.
The peacock waves streamed out over the waters, cleaving the seeming darkness, a rainbow path of glory.
And the Veil flashed as though all the rainbows that had ever shone were burning within it. Again the mighty
sound pealed.
Into the centre of the Veil the light drew itself, grew into an intolerable brightnessand with a storm of
tinklings, a tempest of crystalline notes, a tumult of tiny chimings, through it spedthe Shining One!
Straight down that radiant path, its highflung plumes of feathery flame shimmering, its coruscating spirals
whirling, its seven globes of seven colours shining above its glowing core, it raced toward us. The hurricane
of bells of diamond glass were jubilant, joyous. I felt O'Keefe grip my arm; Yolara threw her white arms out
in a welcoming gesture; I heard from the tier a sigh of raptureand in it a poignant, wailing undertone of
agony!
Over the waters, down the light stream, to the end of the ivory pier, flew the Shining One. Through its crystal
_pizzicati_ drifted inarticulate murmuringsdeadly sweet, stilling the heart and setting it leaping madly.
For a moment it paused, poised itself, and then came whirling down the flower path to its priestess, slowly,
ever more slowly. It hovered for a moment between the woman and the dwarf, as though contemplating them;
turned to her with its storm of tinklings softened, its murmurings infinitely caressing. Bent toward it, Yolara
seemed to gather within herself pulsing waves of power; she was terrifying; gloriously, maddeningly evil;
and as gloriously, maddeningly heavenly! Aphrodite and the Virgin! Tanith of the Carthaginians and St.
Bride of the Isles! A queen of hell and a princess of heavenin one!
Only for a moment did that which we had called the Dweller and which these named the Shining One, pause.
It swept up the ramp to the dais, rested there, slowly turning, plumes and spirals lacing and unlacing,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 87
Page No 90
throbbing, pulsing. Now its nucleus grew plainer, strongerhuman in a fashion, and all inhuman; neither
man nor woman; neither god nor devil; subtly partaking of all. Nor could I doubt that whatever it was, within
that shining nucleus was something sentient; something that had will and energy, and in some awful,
supernormal fashionintelligence!
Another trumpetinga sound of stones openinga long, low wail of utter anguishsomething moved
shadowy in the river of light, and slowly at first, then ever more rapidly, shapes swam through it. There were
half a score of them girls and youths, women and men. The Shining One poised itself, regarded them.
They drew closer, and in the eyes of each and in their faces was the bud of that awful intermingling of
emotions, of joy and sorrow, ecstasy and terror, that I had seen in full blossom on Throckmartin's.
The Thing began again its murmuringsnow infinitely caressing, coaxinglike the song of a siren from
some witched star! And the bellsounds rang outcompellingly, callingcallingcalling
I saw Olaf lean far out of his place; saw, halfconsciously, at Lugur's signal, three of the dwarfs creep in and
take places, unnoticed, behind him.
Now the first of the figures rushed upon the daisand paused. It was the girl who had been brought before
Yolara when the gnome named Songar was driven into the nothingness ! With all the quickness of light a
spiral of the Shining One stretched out and encircled her.
At its touch there was an infinitely dreadful shrinking and, it seemed, a simultaneous hurling of herself into
its radiance. As it wrapped its swirls around her, permeated her the crystal chorus burst
forthtumultuously; through and through her the radiance pulsed. Began then that infinitely dreadful, but
infinitely glorious, rhythm they called the dance of the Shining One. And as the girl swirled within its
sparkling mists another and another flew into its embrace, until, at last, the dais was an incredible vision; a
mad star's Witches' Sabbath; an altar of white faces and bodies gleaming through living flame; transfused
with rapture insupportable and horror that was hellishand ever, radiant plumes and spirals expanding, the
core of the Shining One waxed growing greateras it consumed, as it drew into and through itself the
lifeforce of these lost ones!
So they spun, interlacedand there began to pulse from them life, vitality, as though the very essence of
nature was filling us. Dimly I recognized that what I was beholding was vampirism inconceivable! The
banked tiers chanted. The mighty sounds pealed forth!
It was a Saturnalia of demigods!
Then, whirling, bellnotes storming, the Shining One withdrew slowly from the dais down the ramp, still
embracing, still interwoven with those who had thrown themselves into its spirals. They drifted with it as
though halfcarried in dreadful dance; white faces sealedforeverinto that semblance of those who held
within linked God and devilI covered my eyes!
I heard a gasp from O'Keefe; opened my eyes and sought his; saw the wildness vanish from them as he
strained forward. Olaf had leaned far out, and as he did so the dwarfs beside him caught him, and whether by
design or through his own swift, involuntary movement, thrust him half into the Dweller's path. The Dweller
paused in its gyrationsseemed to watch him. The Norseman's face was crimson, his eyes blazing. He threw
himself back and, with one defiant shout, gripped one of the dwarfs about the middle and sent him hurtling
through the air, straight at the radiant Thing! A whirling mass of legs and arms, the dwarf flewthen in
midflight stopped as though some gigantic invisible hand had caught him, andwas dashed down upon the
platform not a yard from the Shining One!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 88
Page No 91
Like a broken spider he movedfeeblyonce, twice. From the Dweller shot a shimmering
tentacletouched him recoiled. Its crystal tinklings changed into an angry chiming. From all
aboutjewelled stalls and jet peakcame a sigh of incredulous horror.
Lugur leaped forward. On the instant Larry was over the low barrier between the pillars, rushing to the
Norseman's side. And even as they ran there was another wild shout from Olaf, and he hurled himself out,
straight at the throat of the Dweller!
But before he could touch the Shining One, now motionless and never was the thing more horrible than
then, with the purely human suggestion of surprise plain in its poise Larry had struck him aside.
I tried to followand was held by Rador. He was trembling but not with fear. In his face was incredulous
hope, inexplicable eagerness.
"Wait!" he said. "Wait!"
The Shining One stretched out a slow spiral, and as it did so I saw the bravest thing man has ever witnessed.
Instantly O'Keefe thrust himself between it and Olaf, pistol out. The tentacle touched him, and the dull blue
of his robe flashed out into blinding, intense azure light. From the automatic in his gloved hand came three
quick bursts of flame straight into the Thing. The Dweller drew back; the bellsounds swelled.
Lugur paused, his hand darted up, and in it was one of the silver _Keth_ cones. But before he could flash it
upon the Norseman, Larry had unlooped his robe, thrown its fold over Olaf, and, holding him with one hand
away from the Shining One, thrust with the other his pistol into the dwarf's stomach. His lips moved, but I
could not hear what he said. But Lugur understood, for his hand dropped.
Now Yolara was thereall this had taken barely more than five seconds. She thrust herself between the three
men and the Dweller. She spoke to itand the wild buzzing died down; the gay crystal tinklings burst forth
again. The Thing murmured to herbegan to whirlfaster, fasterpassed down the ivory pier, out upon
the waters, bearing with it, meshed in its light, the sacrificesswept on ever more swiftly, triumphantly and
turning, turning, with its ghastly crew, vanished through the Veil!
Abruptly the polychromatic path snapped out. The silver light poured in upon us. From all the amphitheatre
arose a clamour, a shouting. Marakinoff, his eyes staring, was leaning out, listening. Unrestrained now by
Rador, I vaulted the wall and rushed forward. But not before I had heard the green dwarf murmur:
"There is something stronger than the Shining One! Two thingsyeaa strong heartand hate!"
Olaf, panting, eyes glazed, trembling, shrank beneath my hand.
"The devil that took my Helma!" I heard him whisper. "The Shining Devil!"
"Both these men," Lugur was raging, "they shall dance with the Shining one. And this one, too." He pointed
at me malignantly.
"This man is mine," said the priestess, and her voice was menacing. She rested her hand on Larry's shoulder.
"He shall not dance. Nonor his friend. I have told you I dare not for this one!" She pointed to Olaf.
"Neither this man, nor this," said Larry, "shall be harmed. This is my word, Yolara!"
"Even so," she answered quietly, "my lord!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 89
Page No 92
I saw Marakinoff stare at O'Keefe with a new and curiously speculative interest. Lugur's eyes grew hellish; he
raised his arms as though to strike her. Larry's pistol prodded him rudely enough.
"No rough stuff now, kid!" said O'Keefe in English. The red dwarf quivered, turnedcaught a robe from a
priest standing by, and threw it over himself. The _ladala_, shouting, gesticulating, fighting with the soldiers,
were jostling down from the tiers of jet.
"Come!" commanded Yolaraher eyes rested upon Larry. "Your heart is great, indeedmy lord!" she
murmured; and her voice was very sweet. "Come!"
"This man comes with us, Yolara," said O'Keefe pointing to Olaf.
"Bring him," she said. "Bring himonly tell him to look no more upon me as before!" she added fiercely.
Beside her the three of us passed along the stalls, where sat the fairhaired, now silent, at gaze, as though in
the grip of some great doubt. Silently Olaf strode beside me. Rador had disappeared. Down the stairway,
through the hall of turquoise mist, over the rushing seastream we went and stood beside the wall through
which we had entered. The whiterobed ones had gone.
Yolara pressed; the portal opened. We stepped upon the car; she took the lever; we raced through the faintly
luminous corridor to the house of the priestess.
And one thing now I knew sick at heart and soul the truth had come to meno more need to search for
Throckmartin. Behind that Veil, in the lair of the Dweller, deadalive like those we had just seen swim in its
shining train was he, and Edith, Stanton and Thora and Olaf Huldricksson's wife!
The car came to rest; the portal opened; Yolara leaped out lightly, beckoned and flitted up the corridor. She
paused before an ebon screen. At a touch it vanished, revealing an entrance to a small blue chamber, glowing
as though cut from the heart of some gigantic sapphire; bare, save that in its centre, upon a low pedestal,
stood a great globe fashioned from milky rockcrystal; upon its surface were faint tracings as of seas and
continents, but, if so, either of some other world or of this world in immemorial past, for in no way did they
resemble the mapped coastlines of our earth.
Poised upon the globe, rising from it out into space, locked in each other's arms, lips to lips, were two figures,
a woman and a man, so exquisite, so lifelike, that for the moment I failed to realize that they, too, were
carved of the crystal. And before this shrinefor nothing else could it be, I knew three slender cones
raised themselves: one of purest white flame, one of opalescent water, and the third ofmoonlight ! There
was no mistaking them, the height of a tall man each stoodbut how water, flame and light were held so
evenly, so steadily in their spireshapes, I could not tell.
Yolara bowed lowlyonce, twice, thrice. She turned to O'Keefe, nor by slightest look or gesture betrayed
she knew others were there than he. The blue eyes wide, searching, unfathomable, she drew close; put white
hands on his shoulders, looked down into his very soul.
"My lord," she murmured. "Now listen well for I, Yolara, give you three thingsmyself, and the Shining
One, and the power that is the Shining One'syea, and still a fourth thing that is all threepower over all
upon that world from whence you came! These, my lord, ye shall have. I swear it" she turned toward the
altaruplifted her arms"by Siya and by Siyana, and by the flame, by the water, and by the light!"1
*1 I have no space here even to outline the eschatology of this people, nor to catalogue their pantheon. Siya
and Siyana typified worldly love. Their ritual was, however, singularly free from those degrading elements
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 90
Page No 93
usually found in lovecults. Priests and priestesses of all cults dwelt in the immense seventerraced structure,
of which the jet amphitheatre was the water side. The symbol, icon, representation, of Siya and Siyanathe
globe and the upstriving figurestypified earthly love, feet bound to earth, but eyes among the stars. Hell
or heaven I never heard formulated, nor their equivalents; unless that existence in the Shining One's domain
could serve for either. Over all this was Thanaroa, remote; unheeding, but still maker and ruler of allan
absentee First Cause personified! Thanaroa seemed to be the one article of belief in the creed of the
soldiersRador, with his reverence for the Ancient Ones, was an exception. Whatever there was, indeed, of
high, truly religious impulse among the Murians, this far, High God had. I found this exceedingly interesting,
because it had long been my theoryto put the matter in the shape of a geometrical formula that the real
attractiveness of gods to man increases uniformly according to the square of their distanceW. T. G.
Her eyes grew purple dark.
"Let none dare to take you from me! Nor ye go from me unbidden!" she whispered fiercely.
Then swiftly, still ignoring us, she threw her arms about O'Keefe, pressed her white body to his breast, lips
raised, eyes closed, seeking his. O'Keefe's arms tightened around her, his head dropped lips seeking, finding
herspassionately ! From Olaf came a deep indrawn breath that was almost a groan. But not in my heart
could I find blame for the Irishman!
The priestess opened eyes now all misty blue, thrust him back, stood regarding him. O'Keefe, deadwhite,
raised a trembling hand to his face.
"And thus have I sealed my oath, O my lord!" she whispered. For the first time she seemed to recognize our
presence, stared at us a moment, then through us, and turned to O'Keefe.
"Go, now!" she said. "Soon Rador shall come for you. Thenwell, after that let happen what will!"
She smiled once more at himso sweetly; turned toward the figures upon the great globe; sank upon her
knees before them. Quietly we crept away; still silent, made our way to the little pavilion. But as we passed
we heard a tumult from the green roadway; shouts of men, now and then a woman's scream. Through a rift in
the garden I glimpsed a jostling crowd on one of the bridges: green dwarfs struggling with the _ladala_and
all about droned a humming as of a giant hive disturbed!
Larry threw himself down upon one of the divans, covered his face with his hands, dropped them to catch in
Olaf's eyes troubled reproach, looked at me.
"_I_ couldn't help it," he said, half defiantlyhalfmiserably. "God, what a woman! I COULDN'T help it!"
"Larry," I asked. "Why didn't you tell her you didn't love herthen?"
He gazed at methe old twinkle back in his eye.
"Spoken like a scientist, Doc!" he exclaimed. "I suppose if a burning angel struck you out of nowhere and
threw itself about you, you would most dignifiedly tell it you didn't want to be burned. For God's sake, don't
talk nonsense, Goodwin!" he ended, almost peevishly.
"Evil! Evil!" The Norseman's voice was deep, nearly a chant. "All here is of evil: Trolldom and Helvede it is,
Ja! And that she _djaevelsk_ of beautywhat is she but harlot of that shining devil they worship. I, Olaf
Huldricksson, know what she meant when she held out to you power over all the world, _Ja!_as if the
world had not devils enough in it now!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 91
Page No 94
"What?" The cry came from both O'Keefe and myself at once.
Olaf made a gesture of caution, relapsed into sullen silence. There were footsteps on the path, and into sight
came Radorbut a Rador changed. Gone was every vestige of his mockery; curiously solemn, he saluted
O'Keefe and Olaf with that salute which, before this, I had seen given only to Yolara and to Lugur. There
came a swift quickening of the tumultdied away. He shrugged mighty shoulders.
"The _ladala_ are awake!" he said. "So much for what two brave men can do!" He paused thoughtfully.
"Bones and dust jostle not each other for place against the grave wall!" he added oddly. "But if bones and
dust have revealed to them that they stilllive"
He stopped abruptly, eyes seeking the globe that bore and sent forth speech.1
*1 I find that I have neglected to explain the working of these interesting mechanisms that were telephonic,
dictaphonic, telegraphic in one. I must assume that my readers are familiar with the receiving apparatus of
wireless telegraphy, which must be "tuned" by the operator until its own vibratory quality is in exact harmony
with the vibrationsthe extremely rapid impactsof those short electric wavelengths we call Hertzian, and
which carry the wireless messages. I must assume also that they are familiar with the elementary fact of
physics that the vibrations of light and sound are interchangeable. The hearingtalking globes utilize both
these principles, and with consummate simplicity. The light with which they shone was produced by an
atomic "motor" within their base, similar to that which activated the merely illuminating globes. The
composition of the phonic spheres gave their surfaces an acute sensitivity and resonance. In conjunction with
its energizing power, the metal set up what is called a "field of force," which linked it with every particle of
its kind no matter how distant. When vibrations of speech impinged upon the resonant surface its rhythmic
lightvibrations were broken, just as a telephone transmitter breaks an electric current. Simultaneously these
lightvibrations were changed into soundon the surfaces of all spheres tuned to that particular instrument.
The "crawling" colours which showed themselves at these times were literally the voice of the speaker in its
spectrum equivalent. While usually the sounds produced required considerable familiarity with the apparatus
to be understood quickly, they could, on occasion, be made startlingly loud and clearas I was soon to
realizeW. T. G.
"The _Afyo Maie_ has sent me to watch over you till she summons you," he announced clearly. "There is to
be a feast. You, _Larree_, you Goodwin, are to come. I remain here withOlaf."
"No harm to him!" broke in O'Keefe sharply. Rador touched his heart, his eyes.
"By the Ancient Ones, and by my love for you, and by what you twain did before the Shining OneI swear
it!" he whispered.
Rador clapped palms; a soldier came round the path, in his grip a long flat box of polished wood. The green
dwarf took it, dismissed him, threw open the lid.
"Here is your apparel for the feast, _Larree_," he said, pointing to the contents.
O'Keefe stared, reached down and drew out a white, shimmering, softly metallic, longsleeved tunic, a broad,
silvery girdle, leg swathings of the same argent material, and sandals that seemed to be cut out from silver.
He made a quick gesture of angry dissent.
"Nay, _Larree_!" muttered the dwarf. "Wear themI counsel itI pray itask me not why," he went on
swiftly, looking again at the globe.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 92
Page No 95
O'Keefe, as I, was impressed by his earnestness. The dwarf made a curiously expressive pleading gesture.
O'Keefe abruptly took the garments; passed into the room of the fountain.
"The Shining One dances not again?" I asked.
"No," he said. "No"he hesitate"it is the usual feast that follows the sacrament! Lugurand Double
Tongue, who came with you, will be there," he added slowly.
"Lugur" I gasped in astonishment. "After what happened he will be there?"
"Perhaps because of what happened, Goodwin, my friend," he answeredhis eyes again full of malice; "and
there will be othersfriends of Yolarafriends of Lugur and perhaps another"his voice was almost
inaudible "one whom they have not called" He halted, halffearfully, glancing at the globe; put finger to
lips and spread himself out upon one of the couches.
"Strike up the band"came O'Keefe's voice"here comes the hero!"
He strode into the room. I am bound to say that the admiration in Rador's eyes was reflected in my own, and
even, if involuntarily, in Olaf's.
"A son of Siyana!" whispered Rador.
He knelt, took from his girdlepouch a silkwrapped something, unwound itand, still kneeling, drew out a
slender poniard of gleaming white metal, hilted with the blue stones; he thrust it into O'Keefe's girdle; then
gave him again the rare salute.
"Come," he ordered and took us to the head of the pathway.
"Now," he said grimly, "let the Silent Ones show their powerif they still have it!"
And with this strange benediction, be turned back.
"For God's sake, Larry," I urged as we approached the house of the priestess, "you'll be careful!"
He noddedbut I saw with a little deadly pang of apprehension in my heart a puzzled, lurking doubt within
his eyes.
As we ascended the serpent steps Marakinoff appeared. He gave a signal to our guardsand I wondered
what influence the Russian had attained, for promptly, without question, they drew aside. At me he smiled
amiably.
"Have you found your friends yet?" he went onand now I sensed something deeply sinister in him. "No! It
is too bad! Well, don't give up hope." He turned to O'Keefe.
"Lieutenant, I would like to speak to youalone!"
"I've no secrets from Goodwin," answered O'Keefe.
"So?" queried Marakinoff, suavely. He bent, whispered to Larry.
The Irishman started, eyed him with a certain shocked incredulity, then turned to me.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 93
Page No 96
"Just a minute, Doc!" he said, and I caught the suspicion of a wink. They drew aside, out of earshot. The
Russian talked rapidly. Larry was all attention. Marakinoff's earnestness became intense; O'Keefe
interruptedappeared to question. Marakinoff glanced at me and as his gaze shifted from O'Keefe, I saw a
flame of rage and horror blaze up in the latter's eyes. At last the Irishman appeared to consider gravely;
nodded as though he had arrived at some decision, and Marakinoff thrust his hand to him.
And only I could have noticed Larry's shrinking, his microscopic hesitation before he took it, and his
involuntary movement, as though to shake off something unclean, when the clasp had ended.
Marakinoff, without another look at me, turned and went quickly within. The guards took their places. I
looked at Larry inquiringly.
"Don't ask a thing now, Doc!" he said tensely. "Wait till we get home. But we've got to get damned busy and
quick I'll tell you that now"
CHAPTER XX The Tempting of Larry
WE PAUSED before thick curtains, through which came the faint murmur of many voices. They parted; out
came two ushers, I suppose, they werein cuirasses and kilts that reminded me somewhat of
chainmailthe first armour of any kind here that I had seen. They held open the folds.
The chamber, on whose threshold we stood, was far larger than either anteroom or hall of audience. Not less
than three hundred feet long and half that in depth, from end to end of it ran two huge semicircular tables,
paralleling each other, divided by a wide aisle, and heaped with flowers, with fruits, with viands unknown to
me, and glittering with crystal flagons, beakers, goblets of as many hues as the blooms. On the
gaycushioned couches that flanked the tables, lounging luxuriously, were scores of the fairhaired ruling
class and there rose a little buzz of admiration, oddly mixed with a halfstartled amaze, as their gaze fell
upon O'Keefe in all his silvery magnificence. Everywhere the lightgiving globes sent their roseate radiance.
The cuirassed dwarfs led us through the aisle. Within the arc of the inner halfcircle was another glittering
board, an oval. But of those seated there, facing usI had eyes for only oneYolara! She swayed up to
greet O'Keefeand she was like one of those white lily maids, whose beauty HoangKu, the sage, says
made the Gobi first a paradise, and whose lusts later the burnedout desert that it is. She held out hands to
Larry, and on her face was passionunashamed, unhiding.
She was Circebut Circe conquered. Webs of filmiest white clung to the roseleaf body. Twisted through
the cornsilk hair a threaded circlet of pale sapphires shone; but they were pale beside Yolara's eyes. O'Keefe
bent, kissed her hands, something more than mere admiration flaming from him. She sawand, smiling,
drew him down beside her.
It came to me that of all, only these two, Yolara and O'Keefe, were in whiteand I wondered; then with a
tightening of nerves ceased to wonder as there enteredLugur! He was all in scarlet, and as he strode
forward a silence fell a tense, strained silence.
His gaze turned upon Yolara, rested upon O'Keefe, and instantly his face grewdreadfulthere is no other
word than that for it. Marakinoff leaned forward from the centre of the table, near whose end I sat, touched
and whispered to him swiftly. With appalling effort the red dwarf controlled himself; he saluted the priestess
ironically, I thought; took his place at the further end of the oval. And now I noted that the figures between
were the seven of that Council of which the Shining One's priestess and Voice were the heads. The tension
relaxed, but did not passas though a stormcloud should turn away, but still lurk, threatening.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 94
Page No 97
My gaze ran back. This end of the room was draped with the exquisitely coloured, graceful curtains looped
with gorgeous garlands. Between curtains and table, where sat Larry and the nine, a circular platform,
perhaps ten yards in diameter, raised itself a few feet above the floor, its gleaming surface halfcovered with
the luminous petals, fragrant, delicate.
On each side below it, were low carven stools. The curtains parted and softly entered girls bearing their
flutes, their harps, the curiously emotionexciting, octaved drums. They sank into their places. They touched
their instruments; a faint, languorous measure throbbed through the rosy air.
The stage was set! What was to be the play?
Now about the tables passed other duskyhaired maids, fair bosoms bare, their scanty kirtles looped high,
pouring out the wines for the feasters.
My eyes sought O'Keefe. Whatever it had been that Marakinoff had said, clearly it now filled his
mindeven to the exclusion of the wondrous woman beside him. His eyes were stern, coldand now and
then, as be turned them toward the Russian, filled with a curious speculation. Yolara watched him, frowned,
gave a low order to the Hebe behind her.
The girl disappeared, entered again with a ewer that seemed cut of amber. The priestess poured from it into
Larry's glass a clear liquid that shook with tiny sparkles of light. She raised the glass to her lips, handed it to
him. Halfsmiling, halfabstractedly, he took it, touched his own lips where hers had kissed; drained it. A nod
from Yolara and the maid refilled his goblet.
At once there was a swift transformation in the Irishman. His abstraction vanished; the sternness fled; his
eyes sparkled. He leaned caressingly toward Yolara; whispered. Her blue eyes flashed triumphantly; her
chiming laughter rang. She raised her own glassbut within it was not that clear drink that filled Larry's!
And again he drained his own; and, lifting it, full once more, caught the baleful eyes of Lugur, and held it
toward him mockingly. Yolara swayed close alluring, tempting. He arose, face all reckless gaiety;
rollicking deviltry.
"A toast!" he cried in English, "to the Shining Oneand may the hell where it belongs soon claim it!"
He had used their own word for their godall else had been in his own tongue, and so, fortunately, they did
not understand. But the contempt in his action they did recognize and a dead, a fearful silence fell upon
them all. Lugur' s eyes blazed, little sparks of crimson in their green. The priestess reached up, caught at
O'Keefe. He seized the soft hand; caressed it; his gaze grew far away, sombre.
"The Shining One." He spoke low. "An' now again I see the faces of those who dance with it. It is the Fires of
Mora come, God alone knows howfrom Erinto this place. The Fires of Mora!" He contemplated the
hushed folk before him; and then from his lips came that weirdest, most haunting of the lyric legends of
Erinthe Curse of Mora:
"The fretted fires of Mora blew o'er him in the night; He thrills no more to loving, nor weeps for past delight.
For when those flames have bitten, both grief and joy take flight"
Again Yolara tried to draw him down beside her; and once more he gripped her hand. His eyes grew
fixedhe crooned:
"And through the sleeping silence his feet must track the tune, When the world is barred and speckled with
silver of the moon"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 95
Page No 98
He stood, swaying, for a moment, and then, laughing, let the priestess have her way; drained again the glass.
And now my heart was cold, indeedfor what hope was there left with Larry mad, wild drunk!
The silence was unbrokenelfin women and dwarfs glancing furtively at each other. But now Yolara arose,
face set, eyes flashing grey.
"Hear you, the Council, and you, Lugurand all who are here!" she cried. "Now I, the priestess of the
Shining One, take, as is my right, my mate. And this is he!" She pointed down upon Larry. He glanced up at
her.
"Can't quite make out what you say, Yolara," he muttered thickly. "But say anythingyou likeI love your
voice!"
I turned sick with dread. Yolara's hand stole softly upon the Irishman's curls caressingly.
"You know the law, Yolara." Lugur's voice was flat, deadly, "You may not mate with other than your own
kind. And this man is a strangera barbarianfood for the Shining One!" Literally, he spat the phrase.
"No, not of our kindLugurhigher!" Yolara answered serenely. "Lo, a son of Siya and of Siyana!"
"A lie!" roared the red dwarf. "A lie!"
"The Shining One revealed it to me!" said Yolara sweetly. "And if ye believe not, Lugurgo ask of the
Shining One if it be not truth!"
There was bitter, nameless menace in those last words and whatever their hidden message to Lugur, it was
potent. He stood, choking, face hellshadowedMarakinoff leaned out again, whispered. The red dwarf
bowed, now wholly ironically; resumed his place and his silence. And again I wondered, icyhearted, what
was the power the Russian had so to sway Lugur.
"What says the Council?" Yolara demanded, turning to them.
Only for a moment they consulted among themselves. Then the woman, whose face was a ravaged shrine of
beauty, spoke.
"The will of the priestess is the will of the Council!" she answered.
Defiance died from Yolara's face; she looked down at Larry tenderly. He sat swaying, crooning.
"Bid the priests come," she commanded, then turned to the silent room. "By the rites of Siya and Siyana,
Yolara takes their son for her mate!" And again her hand stole down possessingly, serpent soft, to the
drunken head of the O'Keefe.
The curtains parted widely. Through them filed, two by two, twelve hooded figures clad in flowing robes of
the green one sees in forest vistas of opening buds of dawning spring. Of each pair one bore clasped to breast
a globe of that milky crystal in the sapphire shrineroom; the other a harp, small, shaped somewhat like the
ancient clarsach of the Druids.
Two by two they stepped upon the raised platform, placed gently upon it each their globe; and two by two
crouched behind them. They formed now a star of six points about the petalled dais, and, simultaneously,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 96
Page No 99
they drew from their faces the covering cowls.
I halfroseyouths and maidens these of the fairhaired; and youths and maids more beautiful than any of
those I had yet seenfor upon their faces was little of that disturbing mockery to which I have been forced
so often, because of the deep impression it made upon me, to refer. The ashengold of the maiden priestesses'
hair was wound about their brows in shining coronals. The pale locks of the youths were clustered within
circlets of translucent, glimmering gems like moonstones. And then, crystal globe alternately before and harp
alternately held by youth and maid, they began to sing.
What was that song, I do not knownor ever shall. Archaic, ancient beyond thought, it seemednot with
the ancientness of things that for uncounted ages have been but winddriven dust. Rather was it the
ancientness of the golden youth of the world, love lilts of earth younglings, with light of newborn suns
drenching them, chorals of young stars mating in space; murmurings of April gods and goddesses. A languor
stole through me. The rosy lights upon the tripods began to die away, and as they faded the milky globes
gleamed forth brighter, ever brighter. Yolara rose, stretched a hand to Larry, led him through the sextuple
groups, and stood face to face with him in the centre of their circle.
The roselight died; all that immense chamber was black, save for the circle of the glowing spheres. Within
this their milky radiance grew brighterbrighter. The song whispered away. A throbbing arpeggio dripped
from the harps, and as the notes pulsed out, up from the globes, as though striving to follow, pulsed with
them tips of moonfire cones, such as I had seen before Yolara's altar. Weirdly, caressingly, compellingly the
harp notes throbbed in repeated, rerepeated theme, holding within itself the same archaic golden quality I
had noted in the singing. And over the moon flame pinnacles rose higher!
Yolara lifted her arms; within her hands were clasped O'Keefe's. She raised them above their two heads and
slowly, slowly drew him with her into a circling, graceful step, tendrillings delicate as the slow spirallings of
twilight mist upon some still stream.
As they swayed the rippling arpeggios grew louder, and suddenly the slender pinnacles of moon fire bent,
dipped, flowed to the floor, crept in a shining ring around those two and began to rise, a gleaming,
glimmering, enchanted barrierrising, ever risinghiding them!
With one swift movement Yolara unbound her circlet of pale sapphires, shook loose the waves of her silken
hair. It fell, a rippling, wondrous cascade, veiling both her and O'Keefe to their girdlesand now the shining
coils of moon fire had crept to their kneeswas circling higherhigher.
And ever despair grew deeper in my soul!
What was that! I started to my feet, and all around me in the darkness I heard startled motion. From without
came a blaring of trumpets, the sound of running men, loud murmurings. The tumult drew closer. I heard
cries of "Lakla! Lakla!" Now it was at the very threshold and within it, oddly, as thoughpunctuatingthe
clamour, a deeptoned, almost abysmal, booming soundthunderously bass and reverberant.
Abruptly the harpings ceased; the moon fires shuddered, fell, and began to sweep back into the crystal globes;
Yolara' s swaying form grew rigid, every atom of it listening. She threw aside the veiling cloud of hair, and in
the gleam of the last retreating spirals her face glared out like some old Greek mask of tragedy.
The sweet lips that even at their sweetest could never lose their delicate cruelty, had no sweetness now. They
were drawn into a squareinhuman as that of the Medusa; in her eyes were the fires of the pit, and her hair
seemed to writhe like the serpent locks of that Gorgon whose mouth she had borrowed; all her beauty was
transformed into a nameless thinghideous, inhuman, blasting! If this was the true soul of Yolara springing
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 97
Page No 100
to her face, then, I thought, God help us in very deed!
I wrested my gaze away to O'Keefe. All drunkenness gone, himself again, he was staring down at her, and in
his eyes were loathing and horror unutterable. So they stoodand the light fled.
Only for a moment did the darkness hold. With lightning swiftness the blackness that was the chamber's other
wall vanished. Through a portal open between grey screens, the silver sparkling radiance poured.
And through the portal marched, two by two, incredible, nightmare figuresfrogmen, giants, taller by
nearly a yard than even tall O'Keefe! Their enormous saucer eyes were irised by wide bands of greenflecked
red, in which the phosphorescence flickered. Their long muzzles, lips halfopen in monstrous grin, held rows
of glistening, slender, lancet sharp fangs. Over the glaring eyes arose a horny helmet, a carapace of black and
orange scales, studded with footlong lanceheaded horns.
They lined themselves like soldiers on each side of the wide table aisle, and now I could see that their horny
armour covered shoulders and backs, ran across the chest in a knobbed cuirass, and at wrists and heels jutted
out into curved, murderous spurs. The webbed hands and feet ended in yellow, spadeshaped claws.
They carried spears, ten feet, at least, in length, the heads of which were pointed cones, glistening with that
same covering, from whose touch of swift decay I had so narrowly saved Rador.
They were grotesque, yesmore grotesque than anything I had ever seen or dreamed, and they
wereterrible!
And then, quietly, through their ranks camea girl! Behind her, enormous pouch at his throat swelling in
and out menacingly, in one paw a treelike, spikestudded mace, a frogman, huger than any of the others,
guarding. But of him I caught but a fleeting, involuntary impressionall my gaze was for her.
For it was she who had pointed out to us the way from the peril of the Dweller's lair on NanTauach. And as
I looked at her, I marvelled that ever could I have thought the priestess more beautiful. Into the eyes of
O'Keefe rushed joy and an utter abasement of shame.
And from all about came murmursedged with anger, halfincredulous, tinged with fear:
"Lakla!"
"Lakla!"
"The handmaiden!"
She halted close beside me. From firm little chin to dainty buskined feet she was swathed in the soft robes of
dull, almost coppery hue. The left arm was hidden, the right free and gloved. Wound tight about it was one of
the vines of the sculptured wall and of Lugur's circled signetring. Thick, a vivid green, its five tendrils ran
between her fingers, stretching out five flowered heads that gleamed like blossoms cut from gigantic, glowing
rubies.
So she stood contemplating Yolara. Then drawn perhaps by my gaze, she dropped her eyes upon me; golden,
translucent, with tiny flecks of amber in their aureate irises, the soul that looked through them was as far
removed from that flaming out of the priestess as zenith is above nadir.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 98
Page No 101
I noted the low, broad brow, the proud little nose, the tender mouth, and the softsunlightglow that
seemed to transfuse the delicate skin. And suddenly in the eyes dawned a smilesweet, friendly, a touch of
roguishness, profoundly reassuring in its all humanness. I felt my heart expand as though freed from fetters, a
recrudescence of confidence in the essential reality of thingsas though in nightmare the struggling
consciousness should glimpse some familiar face and know the terrors with which it strove were but dreams.
And involuntarily I smiled back at her.
She raised her head and looked again at Yolara, contempt and a certain curiosity in her gaze; at
O'Keefeand through the softened eyes drifted swiftly a shadow of sorrow, and on its fleeting wings deepest
interest, and hovering over that a naive approval as reassuringly human as had been her smile.
She spoke, and her voice, deeptimbred, liquid gold as was Yolara's all silver, was subtly the synthesis of all
the golden glowing beauty of her.
"The Silent Ones have sent me, O Yolara," she said. "And this is their command to youthat you deliver to
me to bring before them three of the four strangers who have found their way here. For him there who plots
with Lugur" she pointed at Marakinoff, and I saw Yolara start"they have no need. Into his heart the
Silent Ones have looked; and Lugur and you may keep him, Yolara!"
There was honeyed venom in the last words.
Yolara was herself now; only the edge of shrillness on her voice revealed her wrath as she answered.
"And whence have the Silent Ones gained power to command, _choya_?"
This last, I knew, was a very vulgar word; I had heard Rador use it in a moment of anger to one of the serving
maids, and it meant, approximately, "kitchen girl," "scullion." Beneath the insult and the acid disdain, the
blood rushed up under Lakla's ambered ivory skin.
"Yolara"her voice was low"of no use is it to question me. I am but the messenger of the Silent Ones.
And one thing only am I bidden to ask youdo you deliver to me the three strangers?"
Lugur was on his feet; eagerness, sardonic delight, sinister anticipation thrilling from himand my same
glance showed Marakinoff, crouched, biting his fingernails, glaring at the Golden Girl.
"No!" Yolara spat the word. "No! Now by Thanaroa and by the Shining One, no!" Her eyes blazed, her
nostrils were wide, in her fair throat a little pulse beat angrily. "You, Laklatake you my message to the
Silent Ones. Say to them that I keep this man"she pointed to Larry"because he is mine. Say to them that
I keep the yellowhaired one and him"she pointed to me"because it pleases me.
"Tell them that upon their mouths I place my foot, so!" she stamped upon the dais viciously"and that in
their faces I spit!"and her action was hideously snakelike. "And say last to them, you handmaiden, that if
YOU they dare send to Yolara again, she will feed YOU to the Shining One! Now go!"
The handmaiden's face was white.
"Not unforeseen by the three was this, Yolara," she replied. "And did you speak as you have spoken then was
I bidden to say this to you." Her voice deepened. "Three _tal_ have you to take counsel, Yolara. And at the
end of that time these things must you have determinedeither to do or not to do: first, send the strangers to
the Silent Ones; second, give up, you and Lugur and all of you, that dream you have of conquest of the world
without; and, third, forswear the Shining One! And if you do not one and all these things, then are you done,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 99
Page No 102
your cup of life broken, your wine of life spilled. Yea, Yolara, for you and the Shining One, Lugur and the
Nine and all those here and their kind shall pass! This say the Silent Ones, 'Surely shall all of ye pass and be
as though never had ye been!' "
Now a gasp of rage and fear arose from all those around mebut the priestess threw back her head and
laughed loud and long. Into the silver sweet chiming of her laughter clashed that of Lugurand after a little
the nobles took it up, till the whole chamber echoed with their mirth. O'Keefe, lips tightening, moved toward
the Handmaiden, and almost imperceptibly, but peremptorily, she waved him back.
"Those ARE great wordsgreat words indeed, _choya_," shrilled Yolara at last; and again Lakla winced
beneath the word. "Lo, for _laya_ upon _laya_, the Shining One has been freed from the Three; and for
_laya_ upon _laya_ they have sat helpless, rotting. Now I ask you againwhence comes their power to lay
their will upon me, and whence comes their strength to wrestle with the Shining One and the beloved of the
Shining One?"
And again she laughedand again Lugur and all the fairhaired joined in her laughter.
Into the eyes of Lakla I saw creep a doubt, a wavering; as though deep within her the foundations of her own
belief were none too firm.
She hesitated, turning upon O'Keefe gaze in which rested more than suggestion of appeal! And Yolara saw,
too, for she flushed with triumph, stretched a finger toward the handmaiden.
"Look!" she cried. "Look! Why, even SHE does not believe!" Her voice grew silk of silvermerciless, cruel.
"Now am I minded to send another answer to the Silent Ones. Yea! But not by YOU, Lakla; by these"she
pointed to the frogmen, and, swift as light, her hand darted into her bosom, bringing forth the little shining
cone of death.
But before she could level it the Golden Girl had released that hidden left arm and thrown over her face a fold
of the metallic swathings. Swifter than Yolara, she raised the arm that held the vineand now I knew this
was no inert blossoming thing.
It was alive!
It writhed down her arm, and its five rubescent flower heads thrust out toward the priestessvibrating,
quivering, held in leash only by the light touch of the handmaiden at its very end.
From the swelling throat pouch of the monster behind her came a succession of the reverberant boomings.
The frogmen wheeled, raised their lances, levelled them at the throng. Around the reaching ruby flowers a
faint red mist swiftly grew.
The silver cone dropped from Yolara's rigid fingers; her eyes grew stark with horror; all her unearthly
loveliness fled from her; she stood palelipped. The Handmaiden dropped the protecting veiland now it
was she who laughed.
"It would seem, then, Yolara, that there IS a thing of the Silent Ones ye fear!" she said. "Wellthe kiss of
the _Yekta_ I promise you in return for the embrace of your Shining One."
She looked at Larry, long, searchingly, and suddenly again with all that effect of sunlight bursting into dark
places, her smile shone upon him. She nodded, half gaily; looked down upon me, the little merry light
dancing in her eyes; waved her hand to me.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 100
Page No 103
She spoke to the giant frogman. He wheeled behind her as she turned, facing the priestess, club upraised,
fangs glistening. His troop moved not a jot, spears held high. Lakla began to pass slowlyalmost, I thought,
tauntinglyand as she reached the portal Larry leaped from the dais.
"ALANNA!" he cried. "You'll not be leavin' me just when I've found you!"
In his excitement he spoke in his own tongue, the velvet brogue appealing. Lakla turned, contemplated
O'Keefe, hesitant, unquestionably longingly, irresistibly like a child making up her mind whether she dared or
dared not take a delectable something offered her.
"I go with you," said O'Keefe, this time in her own speech. "Come on, Doc!" He reached out a hand to me.
But now Yolara spoke. Life and beauty had flowed back into her face, and in the purple eyes all her hosts of
devils were gathered.
"Do you forget what I promised you before Siya and Siyana? And do you think that you can leave
meme as though I were a _choya_like HER." She pointed to Lakla. Do you"
"Now, listen, Yolara," Larry interrupted almost plaintively. "No promise has passed from me to youand
why would you hold me?" He passed unconsciously into English. "Be a good sport, Yolara," he urged, 'You
HAVE got a very devil of a temper, you know, and so have I; and we'd be really awfully uncomfortable
together. And why don't you get rid of that devilish pet of yours, and be good!"
She looked at him, puzzled, Marakinoff leaned over, translated to Lugur. The red dwarf smiled maliciously,
drew near the priestess; whispered to her what was without doubt as near as he could come in the Murian to
Larry's own very colloquial phrases.
Yolara's lips writhed.
"Hear me, Lakla!" she cried. "Now would I not let you take this man from me were I to dwell ten thousand
_laya_ in the agony of the _Yekta's_ kiss. This I swear to youby Thanaroa, by my heart, and by my
strengthand may my strength wither, my heart rot in my breast, and Thanaroa forget me if I do!"
"Listen, Yolara"began O'Keefe again.
"Be silent, you!" It was almost a shriek. And her hand again sought in her breast for the cone of rhythmic
death.
Lugur touched her arm, whispered again, The glint of guile shone in her eyes; she laughed softly, relaxed.
"The Silent Ones, Lakla, bade you say that theyallowed me three _tal_ to decide," she said suavely. "Go
now in peace, Lakla, and say that Yolara has heard, and that for the three _tal_ theyallowher she will
take council." The handmaiden hesitated.
"The Silent Ones have said it," she answered at last. "Stay you here, strangers"the long lashes drooped as
her eyes met O'Keefe's and a hint of blush was in her cheeks"stay you here, strangers, till then. But,
Yolara, see you on that heart and strength you have sworn by that they come to no harmelse that which
you have invoked shall come upon you swiftly indeedand that I promise you," she added.
Their eyes met, clashed, burned into each otherblack flame from Abaddon and golden flame from
Paradise.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 101
Page No 104
"Remember!" said Lakla, and passed through the portal. The gigantic frogman boomed a thunderous note of
command, his grotesque guards turned and slowly followed their mistress; and last of all passed out the
monster with the mace.
CHAPTER XXI Larry's Defiance
A CLAMOUR arose from all the chambers; stilled in an instant by a motion of Yolara's hand. She stood
silent, regarding O'Keefe with something other now than blind wrath; something half regretful, half
beseeching. But the Irishman's control was gone.
"Yolara,"his voice shook with rage, and he threw caution to the wind"now hear ME. I go where I will
and when I will. Here shall we stay until the time she named is come. And then we follow her, whether you
will or not. And if any should have thought to stop ustell them of that flame that shattered the vase," he
added grimly.
The wistfulness died out of her eyes, leaving them cold. But no answer made she to him.
"What Lakla has said, the Council must consider, and at once." The priestess was facing the nobles. "Now,
friends of mine, and friends of Lugur, must all feud, all rancour, between us end." She glanced swiftly at
Lugur. "The _ladala_ are stirring, and the Silent Ones threaten. Yet fear notfor are we not strong under the
Shining One? And nowleave us."
Her hand dropped to the table, and she gave, evidently, a signal, for in marched a dozen or more of the green
dwarfs.
"Take these two to their place," she commanded, pointing to us.
The green dwarfs clustered about us. Without another look at the priestess O'Keefe marched beside me,
between them, from the chamber. And it was not until we had reached the pillared entrance that Larry spoke.
"I hate to talk like that to a woman, Doc," he said, "and a pretty woman, at that. But first she played me with
a marked deck, and then not only pinched all the chips, but drew a gun on me. What the hell!she nearly had
me MARRIEDto her. I don't know what the stuff was she gave me; but, take it from me, if I had the
recipe for that brew I could sell it for a thousand dollars a jolt at Fortysecond and Broadway.
"One jigger of it, and you forget there is a trouble in the world; three of them, and you forget there is a world.
No excuse for it, Doc; and I don't care what you say or what Lakla may sayit wasn't my fault, and I don't
hold it up against myself for a damn."
"I must admit that I'm a bit uneasy about her threats," I said, ignoring all this. He stopped abruptly.
"What're you afraid of?"
"Mostly," I answered dryly, "I have no desire to dance with the Shining One!"
"Listen to me, Goodwin," He took up his walk impatiently. "I've all the love and admiration for you in the
world; but this place has got your nerve. Hereafter one Larry O'Keefe, of Ireland and the little old U. S. A.,
leads this party. Nix on the tremolo stop, nix on the superstition! I'm the works. Get me?"
"Yes, I get you!" I exclaimed testily enough. "But to use your own phrase, kindly can the repeated references
to superstition."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 102
Page No 105
"Why should I?" He was almost wrathful. "You scientific people build up whole philosophies on the basis of
things you never saw, and you scoff at people who believe in other things that you think THEY never saw
and that don't come under what you label scientific. You talk about paradoxes why, your scientist, who
thinks he is the most skeptical, the most materialistic aggregation of atoms ever gathered at the exact
mathematical centre of Missouri, has more blind faith than a dervish, and more credulity, more superstition,
than a crosseyed smoke beating it past a country graveyard in the dark of the moon!"
"Larry!" I cried, dazed.
"Olaf's no better," he said. "But I can make allowances for him. He's a sailor. No, sir. What this expedition
needs is a man without superstition. And remember this. The leprechaun promised that I'd have full warning
before anything happened. And if we do have to go out, we'll see that banshee bunch clean up before we do,
and pass in a blaze of glory. And don't forget it. HereafterI'mincharge!"
By this time we were before our pavilion; and neither of us in a very amiable mood I'm afraid. Rador was
awaiting us with a score of his men.
"Let none pass in here without authorityand let none pass out unless I accompany them," he ordered
bruskly. "Summon one of the swiftest of the _coria_ and have it wait in readiness," he added, as though by
afterthought.
But when we had entered and the screens were drawn together his manner changed; all eagerness he
questioned us. Briefly we told him of the happenings at the feast, of Lakla's dramatic interruption, and of
what had followed.
"Three _tal_," he said musingly; "three _tal_ the Silent Ones have allowedand Yolara agreed." He sank
back, silent and thoughtful.1
1 A _tal_ in Muria is the equivalent of thirty hours of earth surface time.W. T. G.
_"Ja!" It was Olaf. "_Ja!_ I told you the Shining Devil's mistress was all evil. _Ja!_ Now I begin again that
tale I started when he came"he glanced toward the preoccupied Rador. "And tell him not what I say should
he ask. For I trust none here in Trolldom, save the _Jomfrau_the White Virgin!
"After the oldster was _adsprede_"Olaf once more used that expressive Norwegian word for the dissolving
of Songar "I knew that it was a time for cunning. I said to myself, 'If they think I have no ears to hear, they
will speak; and it may be I will find a way to save my Helma and Dr. Goodwin' s friends, too.' _Ja_, and they
did speak.
"The red _Trolde_ asked the Russian how came it he was a worshipper of Thanaroa." I could not resist a
swift glance of triumph toward O'Keefe. "And the Russian," rumbled Olaf, "said that all his people
worshipped Thanaroa and had fought against the other nations that denied him.
"And then we had come to Lugur's palace. They put me in rooms, and there came to me men who rubbed and
oiled me and loosened my muscles. The next day I wrestled with a great dwarf they called Valdor. He was a
mighty man, and long we struggled, and at last I broke his back. And Lugur was pleased, so that I sat with
him at feast and with the Russian, too. And again, not knowing that I understood them, they talked.
"The Russian had gone fast and far. They talked of Lugur as emperor of all Europe, and Marakinoff under
him. They spoke of the green light that shook life from the oldster; and Lugur said that the secret of it had
been the Ancient Ones' and that the Council had not too much of it. But the Russian said that among his race
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 103
Page No 106
were many wise men who could make more once they had studied it.
"And the next day I wrestled with a great dwarf named Tahola, mightier far than Valdor. Him I threw after a
long, long time, and his back also I broke. Again Lugur was pleased. And again we sat at table, he and the
Russian and I. This time they spoke of something these _Trolde_ have which opens up a _Svaelc_abysses
into which all in its range drops up into the sky!"
"What!" I exclaimed.
"I know about them," said Larry. "Wait!"
"Lugur had drunk much," went on Olaf. "He was boastful. The Russian pressed him to show this thing. After
a while the red one went out and came back with a little golden box. He and the Russian went into the garden.
I followed them. There was a _lille Hoj_a moundof stones in that garden on which grew flowers and
trees.
"Lugur pressed upon the box, and a spark no bigger than a sand grain leaped out and fell beside the stones.
Lugur pressed again, and a blue light shot from the box and lighted on the spark. The spark that had been no
bigger than a grain of sand grew and grew as the blue struck it. And then there was a sighing, a wind
blewand the stones and the flowers and the trees were not. They were _forsvinde_vanished!
"Then Lugur, who had been laughing, grew quickly sober; for he thrust the Russian backfar back. And
soon down into the garden came tumbling the stones and the trees, but broken and shattered, and falling as
though from a great height. And Lugur said that of THIS something they had much, for its making was a
secret handed down by their own forefathers and not by the Ancient Ones.
"They feared to use it, he said, for a spark thrice as large as that he had used would have sent all that garden
falling upward and might have opened a way to the outside before he said just this'BEFORE WE ARE
READY TO GO OUT INTO IT!'
"The Russian questioned much, but Lugur sent for more drink and grew merrier and threatened him, and the
Russian was silent through fear. Thereafter I listened when I could, and little more I learned, but that little
enough. _Ja!_ Lugur is hot for conquest; so Yolara and so the Council. They tire of it here and the Silent
Ones make their minds not too easy, no, even though they jeer at them! And this they plan to rule our
world with their Shining Devil."
The Norseman was silent for a moment; then voice deep, trembling
"Trolldom is awake; Helvede crouches at Earth Gate whining to be loosed into a world already devil ridden!
And we are but three!"
I felt the blood drive out of my heart. But Larry's was the fighting face of the O'Keefes of a thousand years.
Rador glanced at him, arose, stepped through the curtains; returned swiftly with the Irishman's uniform.
"Put it on," he said, bruskly; again fell back into his silence and whatever O'Keefe had been about to say was
submerged in his wild and joyful whoop. He ripped from him glittering tunic and leg swathings.
"Richard is himself again!" he shouted; and each garment as he donned it, fanned his old devilmaycare
confidence to a higher flame. The last scrap of it on, he drew himself up before us.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 104
Page No 107
"Bow down, ye divils!" he cried. "Bang your heads on the floor and do homage to Larry the First, Emperor of
Great Britain, Autocrat of all Ireland, Scotland, England, and Wales, and adjacent waters and islands! Kneel,
ye scuts, kneel."
"Larry," I cried, "are you going crazy?"
"Not a bit of it," he said. "I'm that and more if Comrade Marakinoff is on the level. Whoop! Bring forth the
royal jewels an' put a whole new bunch of golden strings in Tara's harp an' down with the Sassenach forever!
Whoop!"
He did a wild jig.
"Lord how good the old togs feel," he grinned. "The touch of 'em has gone to my head. But it's straight stuff
I'm telling you about my empire."
He sobered.
"Not that it's not serious enough at that. A lot that Olaf's told us I've surmised from hints dropped by Yolara.
But I got the full key to it from the Red himself when he stopped me just beforebefore"he
reddened"well, just before I acquired that brandnew brand of souse.
"Maybe he had a hintmaybe he just surmised that I knew a lot more than I did. And he thought Yolara and
I were going to be loving little turtle doves. Also he figured that Yolara had a lot more influence with the
Unholy Fireworks than Lugur. Also that being a woman she could be more easily handled. All this being so,
what was the logical thing for himself to do? Sure, you get me, Steve! Throw down Lugur and make an
alliance with me! So HE calmly offered to ditch the red dwarf if I would deliver Yolara. My reward from
Russia was to be said emperorship! Can you beat it? Good Lord!"
He went off into a perfect storm of laughter. But not to me in the light of what Russia has done and has
proved herself capable, did this thing seem at all absurd; rather in it I sensed the dawn of catastrophe colossal.
"And yet," he was quiet enough now, "I'm a bit scared. They've got the _Keth_ ray and those
gravitydestroying bombs"
"Gravitydestroying bombs!" I gasped.
"Sure," he said. "The little fairy that sent the trees and stones kiting up from Lugur's garden. Marakinoff
licked his lips over them. They cut off gravity, just about as the shadow screens cut off lightand
consequently whatever's in their range goes shooting just naturally up to the moon
"They get my goat, why deny it?" went on Larry. "With them and the _Keth_ and gentle invisible soldiers
walking around assassinating at willwell, the worst Bolsheviki are only puling babes, eh, Doc?
"I don't mind the Shining One," said O'Keefe, "one splash of a downtown New York highpressure fire hose
would do for it! But the othersare the goods! Believe me!"
But for once O'Keefe's confidence found no echo within me. Not lightly, as he, did I hold that dread mystery,
the Dwellerand a vision passed before me, a vision of an Apocalypse undreamed by the Evangelist.
A vision of the Shining One swirling into our world, a monstrous, glorious flaming pillar of incarnate, eternal
Evil of peoples passing through its radiant embrace into that hideous, unearthly lifeindeath which I had
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 105
Page No 108
seen enfold the sacrificesof armies trembling into dancing atoms of diamond dust beneath the green ray's
rhythmic deathof cities rushing out into space upon the wings of that other demoniac force which Olaf had
watched at workof a haunted world through which the assassins of the Dweller's court stole invisible,
carrying with them every passion of hellof the rallying to the Thing of every sinister soul and of the weak
and the unbalanced, mystics and carnivores of humanity alike; for well I knew that, once loosed, not any
nation could hold this devilgod for long and that swiftly its blight would spread!
And then a world that was all colossal reek of cruelty and terror; a welter of lusts, of hatreds and of torment; a
chaos of horror in which the Dweller waxing ever stronger, the ghastly hordes of those it had consumed
growing ever greater, wreaked its inhuman will!
At the last a ruined planet, a cosmic plague, spinning through the shuddering heavens; its verdant plains, its
murmuring forests, its meadows and its mountains manned only by a countless crew of soulless, mindless
deadalive, their shells illumined with the Dweller's infernal gloryand flaming over this vampirized earth
like a flare from some hell far, infinitely far, beyond the reach of man's farthest flung imaginingthe
Dweller!
Rador jumped to his feet; walked to the whispering globe. He bent over its base; did something with its
mechanism; beckoned to us. The globe swam rapidly, faster than ever I had seen it before. A low humming
arose, changed into a murmur, and then from it I heard Lugur's voice clearly.
"It is to be war then?"
There was a chorus of assentfrom the Council, I thought.
"I will take the tall one named_Larree_." It was the priestess' s voice. "After the three _tal_, you may have
him, Lugur, to do with as you will."
"No!" it was Lugur's voice again, but with a rasp of anger. "All must die."
"He shall die," again Yolara. "But I would that first he see Lakla passand that she know what is to happen
to him."
"No!" I startedfor this was Marakinoff. "Now is no time, Yolara, for one's own desires. This is my counsel.
At the end of the three _tal_ Lakla will come for our answer. Your men will be in ambush and they will slay
her and her escort quickly with the _Keth_. But not till that is done must the three be slainand then
quickly. With Lakla dead we shall go forth to the Silent Onesand I promise you that I will find the way to
destroy them!"
"It is well!" It was Lugur.
"It IS well, Yolara." It was a woman's voice, and I knew it for that old one of ravaged beauty. "Cast from
your mind whatever is in it for this strangereither of love or hatred. In this the Council is with Lugur and
the man of wisdom."
There was a silence. Then came the priestess's voice, sullen butbeaten.
"It is well!"
"Let the three be taken now by Rador to the temple and given to the High Priest Sator"thus Lugur"until
what we have planned comes to pass."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 106
Page No 109
Rador gripped the base of the globe; abruptly it ceased its spinning. He turned to us as though to speak and
even as he did so its bell note sounded peremptorily and on it the colour films began to creep at their
accustomed pace.
"I hear," the green dwarf whispered. "They shall be taken there at once." The globe grew silent. He stepped
toward us.
"You have heard," he turned to us.
"Not on your life, Rador," said Larry. "Nothing doing!" And then in the Murian's own tongue. "We follow
Lakla, Rador. And YOU lead the way." He thrust the pistol close to the green dwarf's side.
Rador did not move.
"Of what use, _Larree_?" he said, quietly. "Me you can slay but in the end you will be taken. Life is not
held so dear in Muria that my men out there or those others who can come quickly will let you byeven
though you slay many. And in the end they will overpower you."
There was a trace of irresolution in O'Keefe's face.
"And," added Rador, "if I let you go I dance with the Shining Oneor worse!"
O'Keefe's pistol hand dropped.
"You're a good sport, Rador, and far be it from me to get you in bad," he said. "Take us to the templewhen
we get therewell, your responsibility ends, doesn't it?"
The green dwarf nodded; on his face a curious expression was it relief? Or was it emotion higher than this?
He turned curtly.
"Follow," he said. We passed out of that gay little pavilion that had come to be home to us even in this alien
place. The guards stood at attention.
"You, Sattoya, stand by the globe," he ordered one of them. "Should the _Afyo Maie_ ask, say that I am on
my way with the strangers even as she has commanded."
We passed through the lines to the _corial_ standing like a great shell at the end of the runway leading into
the green road.
"Wait you here," he said curtly to the driver. The green dwarf ascended to his seat, sought the lever and we
swept onon and out upon the glistening obsidian.
Then Rador faced us and laughed.
"_Larree_," he cried, "I love you for that spirit of yours! And did you think that Rador would carry to the
temple prison a man who would take the chances of torment upon his own shoulders to save him? Or you,
Goodwin, who saved him from the rotting death? For what did I take the _corial_ or lift the veil of silence
that I might hear what threatened you"
He swept the _corial_ to the left, away from the temple approach.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 107
Page No 110
"I am done with Lugur and with Yolara and the Shining One!" cried Rador. "My hand is for you three and for
Lakla and those to whom she is handmaiden!"
The shell leaped forward; seemed to fly.
CHAPTER XXII The Casting of the Shadow
NOW we were racing down toward that last span whose ancientness had set it apart from all the other soaring
arches. The shell's speed slackened; we approached warily.
"We pass there?" asked O'Keefe.
The green dwarf nodded, pointing to the right where the bridge ended in a broad platform held high upon two
gigantic piers, between which ran a spur from the glistening road. Platform and bridge were swarming with
menatarms; they crowded the parapets, looking down upon us curiously but with no evidence of hostility.
Rador drew a deep breath of relief.
"We don't have to break our way through, then?" There was disappointment in the Irishman's voice.
"No use, _Larree_!" Smiling, Rador stopped the _corial_ just beneath the arch and beside one of the piers.
"Now, listen well. They have had no warning, hence does Yolara still think us on the way to the temple. This
is the gateway of the Portaland the gateway is closed by the Shadow. Once I commanded here and I know
its laws. This must I do by craft persuade Serku, the keeper of the gateway, to lift the Shadow; or raise it
myself. And that will be hard and it may well be that in the struggle life will be stripped of us all. Yet is it
better to die fighting than to dance with the Shining One!"
He swept the shell around the pier. Opened a wide plaza paved with the volcanic glass, but black as that
down which we had sped from the chamber of the Moon Pool. It shone like a mirrored lakelet of jet; on each
side of it arose what at first glance seemed towering bulwarks of the same ebon obsidian; at second, revealed
themselves as structures hewn and set in place by men; polished faces pierced by dozens of high, narrow
windows.
Down each facade a stairway fell, broken by small landings on which a door opened; they dropped to a broad
ledge of greyish stone edging the lip of this midnight pool and upon it also fell two wide flights from either
side of the bridge platform. Along all four stairways the guards were ranged; and here and there against the
ledge stood the shells in a curiously comforting resemblance to parked motors in our own world.
The sombre walls bulked high; curved and ended in two obelisked pillars from which, like a tremendous
curtain, stretched a barrier of that tenebrous gloom which, though weightless as shadow itself, I now knew to
be as impenetrable as the veil between life and death. In this murk, unlike all others I had seen, I sensed
movement, a quivering, a tremor constant and rhythmic; not to be seen, yet caught by some subtle sense; as
though through it beat a swift pulse of black light.
The green dwarf turned the _corial_ slowly to the edge at the right; crept cautiously on toward where, not
more than a hundred feet from the barrier, a low, wide entrance opened in the fort. Guarding its threshold
stood two guards, armed with broadswords, doublehanded, terminating in a wide lunette mouthed with
murderous fangs. These they raised in salute and through the portal strode a dwarf huge as Rador, dressed as
he and carrying only the poniard that was the badge of office of Muria's captainry.
The green dwarf swept the shell expertly against the ledge; leaped out.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 108
Page No 111
"Greeting, Serku!" he answered. "I was but looking for the _coria_ of Lakla."
"Lakla!" exclaimed Serku. "Why, the handmaiden passed with her _Akka_ nigh a _va_ ago!"
"Passed!" The astonishment of the green dwarf was so real that half was I myself deceived. "You let her
PASS?"
"Certainly I let her pass" But under the green dwarf's stern gaze the truculence of the guardian faded.
"Why should I not?" he asked, apprehensively.
"Because Yolara commanded otherwise," answered Rador, coldly.
"There came no command to me." Little beads of sweat stood out on Serku's forehead.
"Serku," interrupted the green dwarf swiftly, "truly is my heart wrung for you. This is a matter of Yolara and
of Lugur and the Council; yes, even of the Shining One! And the message was sentand the fate, mayhap,
of all Muria rested upon your obedience and the return of Lakla with these strangers to the Council. Now
truly is my heart wrung, for there are few I would less like to see dance with the Shining One than you,
Serku," he ended, softly.
Livid now was the gateway's guardian, his great frame shaking.
"Come with me and speak to Yolara," he pleaded. "There came no messagetell her"
"Wait, Serku!" There was a thrill as of inspiration in Rador's voice. "This _corial_ is of the swiftestLakla's
are of the slowest. With Lakla scarce a _va_ ahead we can reach her before she enters the Portal. Lift you the
Shadowwe will bring her back, and this will I do for you, Serku."
Doubt tempered Serku's panic.
"Why not go alone, Rador, leaving the strangers here with me?" he askedand I thought not unreasonably.
"Nay, then." The green dwarf was brusk. "Lakla will not return unless I carry to her these men as evidence of
our good faith. Comewe will speak to Yolara and she shall judge you" He started awaybut Serku
caught his arm.
"No, Rador, no!" he whispered, again panicstricken. "Go youas you will. But bring her back! Speed,
Rador!" He sprang toward the entrance. "I lift the Shadow"
Into the green dwarf's poise crept a curious, almost a listening, alertness. He leaped to Serku's side.
"I go with you," I heard. "Some little I can tell you" They were gone.
"Fine work!" muttered Larry. "Nominated for a citizen of Ireland when we get out of this, one Rador of"
The Shadow trembledshuddered into nothingness; the obelisked outposts that had held it framed a ribbon
of roadway, high banked with verdure, vanishing in green distances.
And then from the portal sped a shriek, a death cry! It cut through the silence of the ebon pit like a
whimpering arrow. Before it had died, down the stairways came pouring the guards. Those at the threshold
raised their swords and peered within. Abruptly Rador was between them. One dropped his hilt and gripped
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 109
Page No 112
himthe green dwarf's poniard flashed and was buried in his throat. Down upon Rador's head swept the
second blade. A flame leaped from O'Keefe's hand and the sword seemed to fling itself from its wielder's
grasp another flash and the soldier crumpled. Rador threw himself into the shell, darted to the high
seatand straight between the pillars of the Shadow we flew!
There came a crackling, a darkness of vast wings flinging down upon us. The _corial's_ flight was checked as
by a giant's hand. The shell swerved sickeningly; there was an oddly metallic splintering; it quivered; shot
ahead. Dizzily I picked myself up and looked behind.
The Shadow had fallenbut too late, a bare instant too late. And shrinking as we fled from it, still it seemed
to strain like some fettered Afrit from Eblis, throbbing with wrath, seeking with every malign power it
possessed to break its bonds and pursue. Not until long after were we to know that it had been the dying hand
of Serku, groping out of oblivion, that had cast it after us as a fowler upon an escaping bird.
"Snappy work, Rador!" It was Larry speaking. "But they cut the end off your bus all right!"
A full quarter of the hindward whorl was gone, sliced off cleanly. Rador noted it with anxious eyes.
"That is bad," he said, "but not too bad perhaps. All depends upon how closely Lugur and his men can follow
us."
He raised a hand to O'Keefe in salute.
"But to you, _Larree_, I owe my lifenot even the _Keth_ could have been as swift to save me as that death
flame of yoursfriend!"
The Irishman waved an airy hand.
"Serku"the green dwarf drew from his girdle the bloodstained poniard"Serku I was forced to slay. Even
as he raised the Shadow the globe gave the alarm. Lugur follows with twice ten times ten of his best" He
hesitated. "Though we have escaped the Shadow it has taken toll of our swiftness. May we reach the Portal
before it closes upon Lakla but if we do not" He paused again. "WellI know a way but it is not one
I am gay to followno!"
He snapped open the aperture that held the ball flaming within the dark crystal; peered at it anxiously. I crept
to the torn end of the _corial_. The edges were crumbling, disintegrated. They powdered in my fingers like
dust. Mystified still, I crept back where Larry, sheer happiness pouring from him, was whistling softly and
polishing up his automatic. His gaze fell upon Olaf's grim, sad face and softened.
"Buck up, Olaf!" he said. "We've got a good fighting chance. Once we link up with Lakla and her crowd I'm
betting that we get your wifenever doubt it! The baby" he hesitated awkwardly. The Norseman's eyes
filled; he stretched a hand to the O'Keefe.
"The _Yndling_she is of the _de Dode_," he half whispered, "of the blessed dead. For her I have no fear
and for her vengeance will be given me. _Ja!_ But my Helmashe is of the deadalivelike those we saw
whirling like leaves in the light of the Shining Deviland I would that she too were of _de Dode_and at
rest. I do not know how to fight the Shining Devilno!"
His bitter despair welled up in his voice.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 110
Page No 113
"Olaf," Larry's voice was gentle. "We'll come out on top I know it. Remember one thing. All this stuff that
seems so strange andand, well, sort of supernatural, is just a lot of tricks we're not hep to as yet. Why,
Olaf, suppose you took a Fijian when the war was on and set him suddenly down in London with autos
rushing past, sirens blowing, Archies popping, a dozen enemy planes dropping bombs, and the searchlights
shooting all over the skywouldn't he think he was among thirtythird degree devils in some exclusive
circle of hell? Sure he would! And yet everything he saw would be naturaljust as natural as all this is, once
we get the answer to it. Not that we're Fijians, of course, but the principle is the same."
The Norseman considered this; nodded gravely.
"_Ja!_" he answered at last. "And at least we can fight. That is why I have turned to Thor of the battles, _Ja!_
And ONE have I hope in for mine Helmathe white maiden. Since I have turned to the old gods it has been
made clear to me that I shall slay Lugur and that the _Heks_, the evil witch Yolara, shall also die. But I would
talk with the white maiden."
"All right," said Larry, "but just don't be afraid of what you don't understand. There's another thing"he
hesitated, nervously"there's another thing that may startle you a bit when we meet up with
Laklahererfrogs!"
"Like the frogwoman we saw on the wall?" asked Olaf.
"Yes," went on Larry, rapidly. "It's this wayI figure that the frogs grow rather large where she lives, and
they're a bit different too. Well, Lakla's got a lot of 'em trained. Carry spears and clubs and all that junkjust
like trained seals or monkeys or so on in the circus. Probably a custom of the place. Nothing queer about that,
Olaf. Why people have all kinds of petsarmadillos and snakes and rabbits, kangaroos and elephants and
tigers."
Remembering how the frogwoman had stuck in Larry's mind from the outset, I wondered whether all this
was not more to convince himself than Olaf.
"Why, I remember a nice girl in Paris who had four pet pythons" he went on.
But I listened no more, for now I was sure of my surmise. The road had begun to thrust itself through
highflung, sharply pinnacled masses and rounded outcroppings of rock on which clung patches of the amber
moss.
The trees had utterly vanished, and studding the mosscarpeted plains were only clumps of a willowy shrub
from which hung, like grapes, clusters of white waxen blooms. The light too had changed; gone were the
dancing, sparkling atoms and the silver had faded to a soft, almost ashen greyness. Ahead of us marched a
rampart of coppery cliffs rising, like all these mountainous walls we had seen, into the immensities of haze.
Something long drifting in my subconsciousness turned to startled realization. The speed of the shell was
slackening! The aperture containing the ionizing mechanism was still open; I glanced within, The whirling
ball of fire was not dimmed, but its coruscations, instead of pouring down through the cylinder, swirled and
eddied and shot back as though trying to reenter their source. Rador nodded grimly.
"The Shadow takes its toll," he said.
We topped a riseLarry gripped my arm.
"Look!" he cried, and pointed. Far, far behind us, so far that the road was but a glistening thread, a score of
shining points came speeding.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 111
Page No 114
"Lugur and his men," said Rador.
"Can't you step on her?" asked Larry.
"Step on her?" repeated the green dwarf, puzzled.
"Give her more speed; push her," explained O'Keefe.
Rador looked about him. The coppery ramparts were close, not more than three or four miles distant; in front
of us the plain lifted in a long rolling swell, and up this the _corial_ essayed to gowith a terrifying
lessening of speed. Faintly behind us came shootings, and we knew that Lugur drew close. Nor anywhere was
there sign of Lakla nor her frogmen.
Now we were halfway to the crest; the shell barely crawled and from beneath it came a faint hissing; it
quivered, and I knew that its base was no longer held above the glassy surface but rested on it.
"One last chance!" exclaimed Rador. He pressed upon the control lever and wrenched it from its socket.
Instantly the sparkling ball expanded, whirling with prodigious rapidity and sending a cascade of coruscations
into the cylinder. The shell rose; leaped through the air; the dark crystal split into fragments; the fiery ball
dulled; diedbut upon the impetus of that last thrust we reached the crest. Poised there for a moment, I
caught a glimpse of the road dropping down the side of an enormous mosscovered, bowlshaped valley
whose sharply curved sides ended abruptly at the base of the towering barrier.
Then down the steep, powerless to guide or to check the shell, we plunged in a meteor rush straight for the
annihilating adamantine breasts of the cliffs!
Now the quick thinking of Larry's air training came to our aid. As the rampart reared close he threw himself
upon Rador; hurled him and himself against the side of the flying whorl. Under the shock the finely balanced
machine swerved from its course. It struck the soft, low bank of the road, shot high in air, bounded on
through the thick carpeting, whirled like a dervish and fell upon its side. Shot from it, we rolled for yards, but
the moss saved broken bones or serious bruise.
"Quick!" cried the green dwarf. He seized an arm, dragged me to my feet, began running to the cliff base not
a hundred feet away. Beside us raced O'Keefe and Olaf. At our left was the black road. It stopped
abruptlywas cut off by a slab of polished crimson stone a hundred feet high, and as wide, set within the
coppery face of the barrier. On each side of it stood pillars, cut from the living rock and immense, almost, as
those which held the rainbow veil of the Dweller. Across its face weaved unnameable carvingsbut I had no
time for more than a glance. The green dwarf gripped my arm again.
"Quick!" he cried again. "The handmaiden has passed!"
At the right of the Portal ran a low wall of shattered rock. Over this we raced like rabbits. Hidden behind it
was a narrow path. Crouching, Rador in the lead, we sped along it; three hundred, four hundred yards we
racedand the path ended in a _cul de sac_! To our ears was borne a louder shouting.
The first of the pursuing shells had swept over the lip of the great bowl, poised for a moment as we had and
then began a cautious descent. Within it, scanning the slopes, I saw Lugur.
"A little closer and I'll get him!" whispered Larry viciously. He raised his pistol.
His hand was caught in a mighty grip; Rador, eyes blazing, stood beside him.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 112
Page No 115
"No!" rasped the green dwarf. He heaved a shoulder against one of the boulders that formed the pocket. It
rocked aside, revealing a slit.
"In!" ordered he, straining against the weight of the stone. O'Keefe slipped through. Olaf at his back, I
following. With a lightning leap the dwarf was beside me, the huge rock missing him by a hair breadth as it
swung into place!
We were in Cimmerian darkness. I felt for my pocketflash and recalled with distress that I had left it behind
with my medicine kit when we fled from the gardens. But Rador seemed to need no light.
"Grip hands!" he ordered. We crept, single file, holding to each other like children, through the black. At last
the green dwarf paused.
"Await me here," he whispered. "Do not move. And for your livesbe silent!"
And he was gone.
CHAPTER XXIII Dragon Worm and Moss Death
FOR a small eternityto me at leastwe waited. Then as silent as ever the green dwarf returned. "It is
well," he said, some of the strain gone from his voice. "Grip hands again, and follow."
"Wait a bit, Rador," this was Larry. "Does Lugur know this side entrance? If he does, why not let Olaf and
me go back to the opening and pick them off as they come in? We could hold the lotand in the meantime
you and Goodwin could go after Lakla for help."
"Lugur knows the secret of the Portalif he dare use it," answered the captain, with a curious indirection.
"And now that they have challenged the Silent Ones I think he WILL dare. Also, he will find our tracksand
it may be that he knows this hidden way."
"Well, for God's sake!" O'Keefe's appalled bewilderment was almost ludicrous. "If HE knows all that, and
YOU knew all that, why didn't you let me click him when I had the chance?"
"_Larree_," the green dwarf was oddly humble. "It seemed good to me, tooat first. And then I heard a
command, heard it clearly, to stop youthat Lugur die not now, lest a greater vengeance fail!"
"Command? From whom?" The Irishman's voice distilled out of the blackness the very essence of
bewilderment.
"I thought," Rador was whispering"I thought it came from the Silent Ones!"
"Superstition!" groaned O'Keefe in utter exasperation. "Always superstition! What can you do against it!
"Never mind, Rador." His sense of humour came to his aid. "It's too late now, anyway. Where do we go from
here, old dear?" he laughed.
"We tread the path of one I am not fain to meet," answered Rador. "But if meet we must, point the death
tubes at the pale shield he bears upon his throat and send the flame into the flower of cold fire that is its
centrenor look into his eyes!"
Again Larry gasped, and I with him.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 113
Page No 116
"It's getting too deep for me, Doc," he muttered dejectedly. "Can you make head or tail of it?"
"No," I answered, shortly enough, "but Rador fears something and that's his description of it."
"Sure," he replied, "only it's a code I don't understand." I could feel his grin. "All right for the flower of cold
fire, Rador, and I won't look into his eyes," he went on cheerfully. "But hadn't we better be moving?"
"Come!" said the soldier; again hand in hand we went blindly on.
O'Keefe was muttering to himself.
"Flower of cold fire! Don't look into his eyes! Some joint! Damned superstition." Then he chuckled and
carolled, softly:
"Oh, mama, pin a cold rose on me;
Two young frogmen are in love with me;
Shut my eyes so I can't see."
"Sh!" Rador was warning; he began whispering. "For half a _va_ we go along a way of death. From its peril
we pass into another against whose dangers I can guard you. But in part this is in view of the roadway and it
may be that Lugur will see us. If so, we must fight as best we can. If we pass these two roads safely, then is
the way to the Crimson Sea clear, nor need we fear Lugur nor any. And there is another thing that Lugur
does not knowwhen he opens the Portal the Silent Ones will hear and Lakla and the _Akka_ will be swift
to greet its opener."
"Rador," I asked, "how know YOU all this?"
"The handmaiden is my own sister's child," he answered quietly.
O'Keefe drew a long breath.
"Uncle," he remarked casually in English, "meet the man who's going to be your nephew!" cept by the
avuncular title, which Rador, humorously enough, apparently conceived to be one of respectful endearment.
For me a light broke. Plain now was the reason for his foreknowledge of Lakla's appearance at the feast
where Larry had so narrowly escaped Yolara's spells; plain the determining factor that had cast his lot with
ours, and my confidence, despite his discourse of mysterious perils, experienced a remarkable quickening.
Speculation as to the marked differences in pigmentation and appearance of niece and uncle was dissipated
by my consciousness that we were now moving in a dim halflight. We were in a fairly wide tunnel. Not far
ahead the gleam filtered, pale yellow like sunlight sifting through the leaves of autumn poplars. And as we
drove closer to its source I saw that it did indeed pass through a leafy screen hanging over the passage end.
This Rador drew aside cautiously, beckoned us and we stepped through.
It appeared to be a tunnel cut through soft green mould. Its base was a flat strip of pathway a yard wide from
which the walls curved out in perfect cylindrical form, smoothed and evened with utmost nicety. Thirty feet
wide they were at their widest, then drew toward each other with no break in their symmetry; they did not
close. Above was, roughly, a tenfoot rift, ragged edged, through which poured light like that in the heart of
pale amber, a buttercup light shot through with curiously evanescent bronze shadows.
"Quick!" commanded Rador, uneasily, and set off at a sharp pace.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 114
Page No 117
Now, my eyes accustomed to the strange light, I saw that the tunnel's walls were of moss. In them I could
trace fringe leaf and curly leaf, pressings of enormous bladder caps (Physcomitrium), immense splashes of
what seemed to be the scarletcrested Cladonia, traceries of huge moss veils, crushings of teeth (peristome)
gigantic; spore cases brown and white, saffron and ivory, hot vermilions and cerulean blues, pressed into an
astounding mosaic by some titanic force.
"Hurry!" It was Rador calling. I had lagged behind.
He quickened the pace to a halfrun; we were climbing; panting. The amber light grew stronger; the rift
above us wider. The tunnel curved; on the left a narrow cleft appeared. The green dwarf leaped toward it,
thrust us within, pushed us ahead of him up a steep rocky fissurewellnigh, indeed, a chimney. Up and up
this we scrambled until my lungs were bursting and I thought I could climb no more. The crevice ended; we
crawled out and sank, even Rador, upon a little leafcarpeted clearing circled by lacy tree ferns.
Gasping, legs aching, we lay prone, relaxed, drawing back strength and breath. Rador was first to rise. Thrice
he bent low as in homage, then
"Give thanks to the Silent Onesfor their power has been over us!" he exclaimed.
Dimly I wondered what he meant. Something about the fern leaf at which I had been staring aroused me. I
leaped to my feet and ran to its base. This was no fern, no! It was fern MOSS! The largest of its species I had
ever found in tropic jungles had not been more than two inches high, and this wastwenty feet! The
scientific fire I had experienced in the tunnel returned uncontrollable. I parted the fronds, gazed out
My outlook commanded a vista of milesand that vista! A _Fata Morgana_ of plantdom! A land of
flowered sorcery!
Forests of treehigh mosses spangled over with blooms of every conceivable shape and colour; cataracts and
clusters, avalanches and nets of blossoms in pastels, in dulled metallics, in gorgeous flamboyant hues; some
of them phosphorescent and shining like living jewels; some sparkling as though with dust of opals, of
sapphires, of rubies and topazes and emeralds; thickets of convolvuli like the trumpets of the seven
archangels of Mara, king of illusion, which are shaped from the bows of splendours arching his highest
heaven!
And moss veils like banners of a marching host of Titans; pennons and bannerets of the sunset; gonfalons of
the Jinn; webs of faery; oriflammes of elfland!
Springing up through that polychromatic flood myriads of pediclesslender and straight as spears, or
soaring in spirals, or curving with undulations gracile as the white serpents of Tanit in ancient Carthaginian
grovesand all surmounted by a fantasy of spore cases in shapes of minaret and turret, domes and spires and
cones, caps of Phrygia and bishops' mitres, shapes grotesque and unnameableshapes delicate and lovely!
They hung high poised, nodding and swayinglike goblins hovering over _Titania's_ court; cacophony of
Cathay accenting the _Flower Maiden_ music of "Parsifal"; _bizarrerie_ of the angled, fantastic beings that
people the Javan pantheon watching a bacchanal of houris in Mohammed's paradise !
Down upon it all poured the amber light; dimmed in the distances by huge, drifting darkenings lurid as the
flying mantles of the hurricane.
And through the light, like showers of jewels, myriads of birds, darting, dipping, soaring, and still other
myriads of gigantic, shimmering butterflies.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 115
Page No 118
A sound came to us, reaching out like the first faint susurrus of the incoming tide; sighing, sighing, growing
stronger now its mournful whispering quivered all about us, shook usthen passing like a Presence, died
away in far distances.
"The Portal!" said Rador. "Lugur has entered!"
He, too, parted the fronds and peered back along our path. Peering with him we saw the barrier through
which we had come stretching verdurecovered walls for miles three or more away. Like a mole burrow in a
garden stretched the trail of the tunnel; here and there we could look down within the rift at its top; far off in
it I thought I saw the glint of spears.
"They come!" whispered Rador. "Quick! We must not meet them here!"
And then
"Holy St. Brigid!" gasped Larry.
From the rift in the tunnel's continuation, nigh a mile beyond the cleft through which we had fled, lifted a
crown of hornsof tentacleserect, alert, of mottled gold and crimson; lifted higherand from a
monstrous scarlet head beneath them blazed two enormous, obloid eyes, their depths wells of purplish
phosphorescence; higher stillnoseless, earless, chinless; a livid, worm mouth from which a slender scarlet
tongue leaped like playing flames! Slowly it rose its mighty neck cuirassed with gold and scarlet scales
from whose polished surfaces the amber light glinted like flakes of fire; and under this neck shimmered
something like a palely luminous silvery shield, guarding it. The head of horror mountedand in the shield's
centre, full ten feet across, glowing, flickering, shining outcoldly, was a rose of white flame, a "flower of
cold fire" even as Rador had said.
Now swiftly the Thing upreared, standing like a scaled tower a hundred feet above the rift, its eyes scanning
that movement I had seen along the course of its lair. There was a hissing; the crown of horns fell, whipped
and writhed like the tentacles of an octopus; the towering length dropped back.
"Quick!" gasped Rador and through the fern moss, along the path and down the other side of the steep we
raced.
Behind us for an instant there was a rushing as of a torrent; a faraway, faint, agonized screamingsilence!
"No fear NOW from those who followed," whispered the green dwarf, pausing.
"Sainted St. Patrick!" O'Keefe gazed ruminatively at his automatic. "An' he expected me to kill THAT with
this. Well, as Fergus O'Connor said when they sent him out to slaughter a wild bull with a potato knife: 'Ye'll
niver rayilize how I appreciate the confidence ye show in me!'
"What was it, Doc?" he asked.
"The dragon worm!" Rador said.
"It was Helvede Ormthe hell worm!" groaned Olaf.
"There you go again" blazed Larry; but the green dwarf was hurrying down the path and swiftly we
followed, Larry muttering, Olaf mumbling, behind me.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 116
Page No 119
The green dwarf was signalling us for caution. He pointed through a break in a grove of fiftyfoot cedar
mosseswe were skirting the glassy road! Scanning it we found no trace of Lugur and wondered whether he
too had seen the worm and had fled. Quickly we passed on; drew away from the _coria_ path. The mosses
began to thin; less and less they grew, giving way to low clumps that barely offered us shelter. Unexpectedly
another screen of fern moss stretched before us. Slowly Rador made his way through it and stood hesitating.
The scene in front of us was oddly weird and depressing; in some indefinable waydreadful. Why, I could
not tell, but the impression was plain; I shrank from it. Then, selfanalyzing, I wondered whether it could be
the uncanny resemblance the heaps of curious mossy fungi scattered about had to beast and birdyes, and to
manthat was the cause of it. Our path ran between a few of them. To the left they were thick. They were
viridescent, almost metallic hued verdantique. Curiously indeed were they like distorted images of dog
and deerlike forms, of birdsof DWARFS and here and there the simulacra of the giant frogs! Spore cases,
yellowish green, as large as mitres and much resembling them in shape protruded from the heaps. My
repulsion grew into a distinct nausea.
Rador turned to us a face whiter far than that with which he had looked upon the dragon worm.
"Now for your lives," he whispered, "tread softly here as I doand speak not at all!"
He stepped forward on tiptoe, slowly with utmost caution. We crept after him; passed the heaps beside the
pathand as I passed my skin crept and I shrank and saw the others shrink too with that unnameable
loathing; nor did the green dwarf pause until he had reached the brow of a small hillock a hundred yards
beyond. And he was trembling.
"Now what are we up against?" grumbled O'Keefe.
The green dwarf stretched a hand; stiffened; gazed over to the left of us beyond a lower hillock upon whose
broad crest lay a file of the moss shapes. They fringed it, their mitres having a grotesque appearance of
watching what lay below. The glistening road lay thereand from it came a shout. A dozen of the _coria_
clustered, filled with Lugur's men and in one of them Lugur himself, laughing wickedly!
There was a rush of soldiers and up the low hillock raced a score of them toward us.
"Run!" shouted Rador.
"Not much!" grunted Larryand took swift aim at Lugur. The automatic spat: Olaf's echoed. Both bullets
went wild, for Lugur, still laughing, threw himself into the protection of the body of his shell. But following
the shots, from the file of moss heaps on the crest, came a series of muffled explosions. Under the pistol's
concussions the mitred caps had burst and instantly all about the running soldiers grew a cloud of tiny,
glistening white sporeslike a little cloud of puffball dust many times magnified. Through this cloud I
glimpsed their faces, stricken with agony.
Some turned to fly, but before they could take a second step stood rigid.
The spore cloud drifted and eddied about them; rained down on their heads and half bare breasts, covered
their garmentsand swiftly they began to change! Their features grew indistinctmerged! The glistening
white spores that covered them turned to a pale yellow, grew greenish, spread and swelled, darkened. The
eyes of one of the soldiers glinted for a momentand then were covered by the swift growth!
Where but a few moments before had been men were only grotesque heaps, swiftly melting, swiftly rounding
into the the semblance of the mounds that lay behind usand already beginning to take on their gleam of
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 117
Page No 120
ancient viridescence !
The Irishman was gripping my arm fiercely; the pain brought me back to my senses.
"Olaf's right," he gasped. "This IS hell! I'm sick." And he was, frankly and without restraint. Lugur and his
others awakened from their nightmare; piled into the _coria_, wheeled, raced away.
"On!" said Rador thickly. Two perils have we passed the Silent Ones watch over us!"
Soon we were again among the familiar and so unfamiliar moss giants. I knew what I had seen and this time
Larry could not call mesuperstitious. In the jungles of Borneo I had examined that other swiftly developing
fungus which wreaks the vengeance of some of the hill tribes upon those who steal their women; gripping
with its microscopic hooks into the flesh; sending quick, tiny rootlets through the skin down into the
capillaries, sucking life and thriving and never to be torn away until the living thing it clings to has been
sapped dry. Here was but another of the species in which the development's rate was incredibly accelerated.
Some of this I tried to explain to O'Keefe as we sped along, reassuring him.
"But they turned to moss before our eyes!" he said.
Again I explained, patiently. But he seemed to derive no comfort at all from my assurances that the
phenomena were entirely natural and, aside from their more terrifying aspect, of peculiar interest to the
botanist.
"I know," was all he would say. "But suppose one of those things had burst while we were going
throughGod!"
I was wondering how I could with comparative safety study the fungus when Rador stopped; in front of us
was again the road ribbon.
"Now is all danger passed," he said. "The way lies open and Lugur has fled"
There was a flash from the road. It passed me like a little lariat of light. It struck Larry squarely between the
eyes, spread over his face and drew itself within!
"Down!" cried Rador, and hurled me to the ground. My head struck sharply; I felt myself grow faint; Olaf fell
beside me; I saw the green dwarf draw down the O'Keefe; he collapsed limply, face still, eyes staring. A
shoutand from the roadway poured a host of Lugur's men; I could hear Lugur bellowing.
There came a rush of little feet; soft, fragrant draperies brushed my face; dimly I watched Lakla bend over the
Irishman.
She straightenedher arms swept out and the writhing vine, with its tendrilled heads of ruby bloom, five
flames of misty incandescence, leaped into the faces of the soldiers now close upon us. It darted at their
throats, striking, coiling, and striking again; coiling and uncoiling with incredible rapidity and flying from
leverage points of throats, of faces, of breasts like a spring endowed with consciousness, volition and
hatredand those it struck stood rigid as stone with faces masks of inhuman fear and anguish; and those still
unstricken fled.
Another rush of feetand down upon Lugur's forces poured the frogmen, their booming giant leading,
thrusting with their lances, tearing and rending with talons and fangs and spurs.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 118
Page No 121
Against that onslaught the dwarfs could not stand. They raced for the shells; I heard Lugur shouting,
menacingly and then Lakla's voice, pealing like a golden bugle of wrath.
"Go, Lugur!" she cried. "Gothat you and Yolara and your Shining One may die together! Death for you,
Lugur death for you all! Remember Lugurdeath!"
There was a great noise within my headno matter, Lakla was hereLakla herebut too lateLugur had
outplayed us; moss death nor dragon worm had frightened him awayhe had crept back to trap usLakla
had come too lateLarry was deadLarry! But I had heard no banshee wailingand Larry had said he
could not die without that warningno, Larry was not dead. So ran the turbulent current of my mind.
A horny arm lifted me; two enormous, oddly gentle saucer eyes were staring into mine; my head rolled; I
caught a glimpse of the Golden Girl kneeling beside the O'Keefe.
The noise in my head grew thunderouswas carrying me away on its thunderswept me into soft, blind
darkness.
CHAPTER XXIV The Crimson Sea
I WAS in the heart of a rose pearl, swinging, swinging; no, I was in a rosy dawn cloud, pendulous in space.
Consciousness flooded me, in reality I was in the arms of one of the man frogs, carrying me as though I were
a babe, and we were passing through some place suffused with glow enough like heart of pearl or dawn cloud
to justify my awakening vagaries.
Just ahead walked Lakla in earnest talk with Rador, and content enough was I for a time to watch her. She
had thrown off the metallic robes; her thick braids of golden brown hair with their flame glints of bronze
were twined in a high coronal meshed in silken net of green; little clustering curls escaped from it, clinging to
the nape of the proud white neck, shyly kissing it. From her shoulders fell a loose, sleeveless garment of
shimmering green belted with a high golden girdle; skirt folds dropping barely below the knees.
She had cast aside her buskins, too, and the slender, higharched feet were sandalled. Between the buckled
edges of her kirtle I caught gleams of translucent ivory as exquisitely moulded, as delectably rounded, as
those revealed so naively beneath the hem.
Something was knocking at the doors of my consciousness some tragic thing. What was it? Larry! Where
was Larry? I remembered; raised my head abruptly; saw at my side another frogman carrying O'Keefe, and
behind him, Olaf, step instinct with grief, following like some faithful, wistful dog who has lost a loved
master. Upon my movement the monster bearing me halted, looked down inquiringly, uttered a deep,
booming note that held the quality of interrogation.
Lakla turned; the clear, golden eyes were sorrowful, the sweet mouth drooping; but her loveliness, her
gentleness, that undefinable synthesis of all her tender self that seemed always to circle her with an
atmosphere of lucid normality, lulled my panic.
"Drink this," she commanded, holding a small vial to my lips.
Its contents were aromatic, unfamiliar but astonishingly effective, for as soon as they passed my lips I felt a
surge of strength; consciousness was restored.
"Larry!" I cried. "Is he dead?"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 119
Page No 122
Lakla shook her head; her eyes were troubled.
"No," she said; "but he is like one deadand yet unlike"
"Put me down," I demanded of my bearer.
He tightened his hold; round eyes upon the Golden Girl. She spokein sonorous, reverberating
monosyllablesand I was set upon my feet; I leaped to the side of the Irishman. He lay limp, with a
disquieting, abnormal sequacity, as though every muscle were utterly flaccid; the antithesis of the _rigor
mortis_, thank God, but terrifyingly toward the other end of its arc; a syncope I had never known. The flesh
was stone cold; the pulse barely perceptible, long intervalled; the respiration undiscoverable; the pupils of the
eyes were enormously dilated; it was as though life had been drawn from every nerve.
"A light flashed from the road. It struck his face and seemed to sink in," I said.
"I saw," answered Rador; "but what it was I know not; and I thought I knew all the weapons of our rulers."
He glanced at me curiously. "Some talk there has been that the stranger who came with you, Double Tongue,
was making new death tools for Lugur," he ended.
Marakinoff! The Russian at work already in this storehouse of devastating energies, fashioning the weapons
for his plots! The Apocalyptic vision swept back upon me
"He is not dead." Lakla's voice was poignant. "He is not dead; and the Three have wondrous healing. They
can restore him if they willand they will, they WILL!" For a moment she was silent. "Now their gods help
Lugur and Yolara," she whispered; "for come what may, whether the Silent Ones be strong or weak, if he
dies, surely shall I fall upon them and I will slay those twoyea, though I, too perish!"
"Yolara and Lugur shall both die." Olaf's eyes were burning. "But Lugur is mine to slay."
That pity I had seen before in Lakla's eyes when she looked upon the Norseman banished the white wrath
from them. She turned, half hurriedly, as though to escape his gaze.
"Walk with us," she said to me, "unless you are still weak."
I shook my head, gave a last look at O'Keefe; there was nothing I could do; I stepped beside her. She thrust a
white arm into mine protectingly, the wonderfully moulded hand with its long, tapering fingers catching
about my wrist; my heart glowed toward her.
"Your medicine is potent, handmaiden," I answered. "And the touch of your hand would give me strength
enough, even had I not drunk it," I added in Larry's best manner.
Her eyes danced, trouble flying.
"Now, that was well spoken for such a man of wisdom as Rador tells me you are," she laughed; and a little
pang shot through me. Could not a lover of science present a compliment without it always seeming to be as
unusual as plucking a damask rose from a cabinet of fossils?
Mustering my philosophy, I smiled back at her. Again I noted that broad, classic brow, with the little tendrils
of shining bronze caressing it, the tilted, delicate, nutbrown brows that gave a curious touch of innocent
_diablerie_ to the lovely faceflowerlike, pure, highbred, a touch of roguishness, subtly alluring, sparkling
over the maiden Madonnaness that lay ever like a delicate, luminous suggestion beneath it; the long, black,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 120
Page No 123
curling lashesthe tender, rounded, bare left breast
"I have always liked you," she murmured naively, "since first I saw you in that place where the Shining One
goes forth into your world. And I am glad you like my medicine as well as that you carry in the black box
that you left behind," she added swiftly.
"How know you of that, Lakla?" I gasped.
"Oft and oft I came to him there, and to you, while you lay sleeping. How call you HIM?" She paused.
"Larry!" I said.
"Larry!" she repeated it excellently. "And you?"
"Goodwin," said Rador.
I bowed quite as though I were being introduced to some charming young lady met in that old life now
seemingly aeons removed.
"YesGoodwin." she said. "Oft and oft I came. Sometimes I thought you saw me. And HEdid he not
dream of me sometime?" she asked wistfully.
"He did." I said, "and watched for you." Then amazement grew vocal. "But how came you?" I asked.
"By a strange road," she whispered, "to see that all was well with HIMand to look into his heart; for I
feared Yolara and her beauty. But I saw that she was not in his heart." A blush burned over her, turning even
the little bare breast rosy. "It is a strange road," she went on hurriedly. "Many times have I followed it and
watched the Shining One bear back its prey to the blue pool; seen the woman HE seeks" she made a quick
gesture toward Olaf"and a babe cast from her arms in the last pang of her mother love; seen another
woman throw herself into the Shining One's embrace to save a man she loved; and I could not help!" Her
voice grew deep, thrilled. "The friend, it comes to me, who drew you here, Goodwin!"
She was silent, walking as one who sees visions and listens to voices unheard by others, Rador made a
warning gesture; I crowded back my questions, glanced about me. We were passing over a smooth strand,
hard packed as some beach of longthrustback ocean. It was like crushed garnets, each grain stained deep
red, faintly sparkling. On each side were distances, the floor stretching away into them bare of vegetation
stretching on and on into infinitudes of rosy mist, even as did the space above.
Flanking and behind us marched the giant batrachians, fivescore of them at least, black scale and crimson
scale lustrous and gleaming in the rosaceous radiance; saucer eyes shining circles of phosphorescence green,
purple, red; spurs clicking as they crouched along with a gait at once grotesque and formidable.
Ahead the mist deepened into a ruddier glow; through it a long, dark line began to appearthe mouth I
thought of the caverned space through which we were going; it was just before us; over uswe stood bathed
in a flood of rubescence !
A sea stretched before usa crimson sea, gleaming like that lost lacquer of royal coral and the Flame
Dragon's blood which Fu S'cze set upon the bower he built for his stolen sun maidenthat going toward it
she might think it the sun itself rising over the summer seas. Unmoved by wave or ripple, it was placid as
some deep woodland pool when night rushes up over the world.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 121
Page No 124
It seemed moltenor as though some hand great enough to rock earth had distilled here from conflagrations
of autumn sunsets their flaming essences.
A fish broke through, large as a shark, bluntheaded, flashing bronze, ridged and mailed as though with
serrate plates of armour. It leaped high, shaking from it a sparkling spray of rubies; dropped and shot up a
geyser of fiery gems.
Across my line of vision, moving stately over the sea, floated a half globe, luminous, diaphanous, its
iridescence melting into turquoise, thence to amethyst, to orange, to scarlet shot with rose, to vermilion, a
translucent green, thence back into the iridescence; behind it four others, and the least of them ten feet in
diameter, and the largest no less than thirty. They drifted past like bubbles blown from froth of rainbows by
pipes in mouths of Titans' young. Then from the base of one arose a tangle of shimmering strands, long,
slender whiplashes that played about and sank slowly again beneath the crimson surface.
I gaspedfor the fish had been a _ganoid_that ancient, armoured form that was perhaps the most
intelligent of all life on our planet during the Devonian era, but which for age upon age had vanished, save
for its fossils held in the embrace of the stone that once was their soft bottom beds; and the halfglobes were
_Medusae_, jellyfishbut of a size, luminosity, and colour unheard of.
Now Lakla cupped her mouth with pink palms and sent a clarion note ringing out. The ledge on which we
stood continued a few hundred feet before us, falling abruptly, though from no great height to the Crimson
Sea; at right and left it extended in a long semicircle. Turning to the right whence she had sent her call, I saw
rising a mile or more away, veiled lightly by the haze, a rainbow, a gigantic prismatic arch, flattened, I
thought, by some quality of the strange atmosphere. It sprang from the ruddy strand, leaped the crimson tide,
and dropped three miles away upon a precipitous, jagged upthrust of rock frowning black from the lacquered
depths.
And surmounting a higher ledge beyond this upthrust a huge dome of dull gold, Cyclopean, striking eyes and
mind with something unhumanly alien, baffling; sending the mind groping, as though across the deserts of
space, from some farflung star, should fall upon us linked sounds, coherent certainly, meaningful surely,
vaguely familiaryet never to be translated into any symbol or thought of our own particular planet.
The sea of crimson lacquer, with its floating moons of luminous colourthis bow of prismed stone leaping
to the weird isle crowned by the anomalous, aureate excrescence the half human batrachiansthe elfland
through which we had passed, with all its hidden wonders and terrors I felt the foundations of my
cherished knowledge shaking. Was this all a dream? Was this body of mine lying somewhere, fighting a
fevered death, and all these but images floating through the breaking chambers of my brain? My knees shook;
involuntarily I groaned.
Lakla turned, looked at me anxiously, slipped a soft arm behind me, held me till the vertigo passed.
"Patience," she said. "The bearers come. Soon you shall rest."
I looked; down toward us from the bow's end were leaping swiftly another score of the frogmen. Some bore
litters, high, handled, not unlike palanquins
"Asgard!" Olaf stood beside me, eyes burning, pointing to the arch. "Bifrost Bridge, sharp as sword edge,
over which souls go to Valhalla. And SHEshe is a Valkyra sword maiden, _Ja!_"
I gripped the Norseman's hand. It was hot, and a pang of remorse shot through me. If this place had so shaken
me, how must it have shaken Olaf? It was with relief that I watched him, at Lakla's gentle command, drop
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 122
Page No 125
into one of the litters and lie back, eyes closed, as two of the monsters raised its yoke to their scaled
shoulders. Nor was it without further relief that I myself lay back on the soft velvety cushions of another.
The cavalcade began to move. Lakla had ordered O'Keefe placed beside her, and she sat, knees crossed
Orient fashion, leaning over the pale head on her lap, the white, tapering fingers straying fondly through his
hair.
Presently I saw her reach up, slowly unwind the coronal of her tresses, shake them loose, and let them fall
like a veil over her and him.
Her head bent low; I heard a soft sobbingI turned away my gaze, lorn enough in my own heart, God knew!
CHAPTER XXV The Three Silent Ones
THE ARCH was closerand in my awe I forgot for the moment Larry and aught else. For this was no
rainbow, no thing born of light and mist, no Bifrost Bridge of myth no! It was a flying arch of stone,
stained with flares of Tyrian purples, of royal scarlets, of blues dark as the Gulf Stream's ribbon, sapphires
soft as midday May skies, splashes of chromes and greensa palette of giantry, a bridge of wizardry; a
hundred, nay, a thousand, times greater than that of Utah which the Navaho call Nonnegozche and worship,
as well they may, as a god, and which is itself a rainbow in eternal rock.
It sprang from the ledge and winged its prodigious length in one low arc over the sea's crimson breast, as
though in some ancient paroxysm of earth it had been hurled molten, crystallizing into that stupendous span
and still flaming with the fires that had moulded it.
Closer we came and closer, while I watched spellbound; now we were at its head, and the litterbearers swept
upon it. All of five hundred feet wide it was, surface smooth as a city road, sides low walled, curving inward
as though in the jettingout of its making the edges of the plastic rock had curled.
On and on we sped; the high thrusting precipices upon which the bridge's far end rested, frowned close; the
enigmatic, dully shining dome loomed ever greater. Now we had reached that end; were passing over a
smooth plaza whose level floor was enclosed, save for a rift in front of us, by the fanged tops of the black
cliff's.
From this rift stretched another span, half a mile long, perhaps, widening at its centre into a broad platform,
continuing straight to two massive gates set within the face of the second cliff wall like panels, and of the
same dull gold as the dome rising high beyond. And this smaller arch leaped a pit, an abyss, of which the
outer precipices were the rim holding back from the pit the red flood.
We were rapidly approaching; now upon the platform; my bearers were striding closely along the side; I
leaned far out a giddiness seized me! I gazed down into depth upon vertiginous depth; an abyss
indeedan abyss dropping to world's base like that in which the Babylonians believed writhed Talaat, the
serpent mother of Chaos; a pit that struck down into earth's heart itself,
Now, what was thatdistance upon unfathomable distance below? A stupendous glowing like the green fire
of life itself. What was it like? I had it! It was like the corona of the sun in eclipsethat burgeoning that
makes of our luminary when moon veils it an incredible blossoming of splendours in the black heavens.
And strangely, strangely, it was like the Dweller's beauty when with its dazzling spirallings and writhings it
raced amid its storm of crystal bell sounds!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 123
Page No 126
The abyss was behind us; we had paused at the golden portals; they swung inward. A wide corridor filled
with soft light was before us, and on its threshold stoodbizarre, yellow gems gleaming, huge muzzle wide
in what was evidently meant for a smile of welcomethe woman frog of the Moon Pool wall.
Lakla raised her head; swept back the silken tent of her hair and gazed at me with eyes misty from weeping.
The frogwoman crept to her side; gazed down upon Larry; spoke SPOKEto the Golden Girl in a swift
stream of the sonorous, reverberant monosyllables; and Lakla answered her in kind. The webbed digits swept
over O'Keefe's face, felt at his heart; she shook her head and moved ahead of us up the passage.
Still borne in the litters we went on, winding, ascending until at last they were set down in a great hall
carpeted with soft fragrant rushes and into which from high narrow slits streamed the crimson light from
without.
I jumped over to Larry, there had been no change in his condition; still the terrifying limpness, the slow,
infrequent pulsation. Rador and Olafand the fever now seemed to be gone from himcame and stood
beside me, silent.
"I go to the Three," said Lakla. "Wait you here." She passed through a curtaining; then as swiftly as she had
gone she returned through the hangings, tresses braided, a swathing of golden gauze about her.
"Rador," she said, "bear you Larryfor into your heart the Silent Ones would look. And fear nothing," she
added at the green dwarfs disconcerted, almost fearful start.
Rador bowed, was thrust aside by Olaf.
"No," said the Norseman; "I will carry him."
He lifted Larry like a child against his broad breast. The dwarf glanced quickly at Lakla; she nodded.
"Come!" she commanded, and held aside the folds.
Of that journey I have few memories. I only know that we went through corridor upon corridor; successions
of vast halls and chambers, some carpeted with the rushes, others with rugs into which the feet sank as into
deep, soft meadows; spaces illumined by the rubrous light, and spaces in which softer lights held sway.
We paused before a slab of the same crimson stone as that the green dwarf had called the portal, and upon its
polished surface weaved the same unnameable symbols. The Golden Girl pressed upon its side; it slipped
softly back; a torrent of opalescence gushed out of the openingand as one in a dream I entered.
We were, I knew, just under the dome; but for the moment, caught in the flood of radiance, I could see
nothing. It was like being held within a fire opalso brilliant, so flashing, was it. I closed my eyes, opened
them; the lambency cascaded from the vast curves of the globular walls; in front of me was a long, narrow
opening in them, through which, far away, I could see the end of the wizards' bridge and the ledged mouth of
the cavern through which we had come; against the light from within beat the crimson light from
withoutand was checked as though by a barrier.
I felt Lakla's touch; turned.
A hundred paces away was a dais, its rim raised a yard above the floor. From the edge of this rim streamed
upward a steady, coruscating mist of the opalescence, veined even as was that of the Dweller's shining core
and shot with milky shadows like curdled moonlight; up it stretched like a wall.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 124
Page No 127
Over it, from it, down upon me, gazed three facestwo clearly male, one a woman's. At the first I thought
them statues, and then the eyes of them gave the lie to me; for the eyes were alive, terribly, and if I could
admit the word SUPERNATURALLYalive.
They were thrice the size of the human eye and triangular, the apex of the angle upward; black as jet,
pupilless, filled with tiny, leaping red flames,
Over them were foreheads, not as ourshigh and broad and visored; their sides drawn forward into a vertical
ridge, a prominence, an upright wedge, somewhat like the visored heads of a few of the great lizardsand
the heads, long, narrowing at the back, were fully twice the size of mankind' s!
Upon the brows were capsand with a fearful certainty I knew that they were NOT capslong, thick
strands of gleaming yellow, feathered scales thin as sequins! Sharp, curving noses like the beaks of the giant
condors; mouths thin, austere; long, powerful, pointed chins; theFLESH of the faces white as the
whitest marble; and wreathing up to them, covering all their bodies, the shimmering, curdled, misty fires of
opalescence!
Olaf stood rigid; my own heart leaped wildly. What what were these beings?
I forced myself to look againand from their gaze streamed a current of reassurance, of good willnay, of
intense spiritual strength. I saw that they were not fierce, not ruthless, not inhuman, despite their strangeness;
no, they were kindly; in some unmistakable way, benign and sorrowfulso sorrowful! I straightened, gazed
back at them fearlessly. Olaf drew a deep breath, gazed steadily too, the hardness, the despair wiped from his
face.
Now Lakla drew closer to the dais; the three pairs of eyes searched hers, the woman's with an ineffable
tenderness; some message seemed to pass between the Three and the Golden Girl. She bowed low, turned to
the Norseman.
"Place Larry there," she said softly"there at the feet of the Silent Ones."
She pointed into the radiant mist; Olaf started, hesitated, stared from Lakla to the Three, searched for a
moment their eyesand something like a smile drifted through them. He stepped forward, lifted O'Keefe, set
him squarely within the covering light. It wavered, rolled upward, swirled about the body, steadied
againand within it there was no sign of Larry!
Again the mist wavered, shook, and seemed to climb higher, hiding the chins, the beaked noses, the brows of
that incredible Trinitybut before it ceased to climb, I thought the yellow feathered heads bent; sensed a
movement as though they lifted something.
The mist fell; the eyes gleamed out again, inscrutable.
And groping out of the radiance, pausing at the verge of the dais, leaping down from it, came Larry, laughing,
filled with life, blinking as one who draws from darkness into sunshine. He saw Lakla, sprang to her, gripped
her in his arms.
"Lakla!" he cried. "Mavourneen!" She slipped from his embrace, blushing, glancing at the Three shyly,
halffearfully. And again I saw the tenderness creep into the inky, flameshot orbs of the woman being; and
a tenderness in the others tooas though they regarded some wellbeloved child.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 125
Page No 128
"You lay in the arms of Death, Larry," she said. "And the Silent Ones drew you from him. Do homage to the
Silent Ones, Larry, for they are good and they are mighty!"
She turned his head with one of the long, white hands and he looked into the faces of the Three; looked
long, was shaken even as had been Olaf and myself; was swept by that same wave of power and
ofofwhat can I call it?HOLINESS that streamed from them.
Then for the first time I saw real awe mount into his face. Another moment he staredand dropped upon one
knee and bowed his head before them as would a worshipper before the shrine of his saint. AndI am not
ashamed to tell it I joined him; and with us knelt Lakla and Olaf and Rador.
The mist of fiery opal swirled up about the Three; hid them.
And with a long, deep, joyous sigh Lakla took Larry's hand, drew him to his feet, and silently we followed
them out of that hall of wonder.
But why, in going, did the thought come to me that from where the Three sat throned they ever watched the
cavern mouth that was the door into their abode; and looked down ever into the unfathomable depth in which
glowed and pulsed that mystic flower, colossal, awesome, of green flame that had seemed to me fire of life
itself?
CHAPTER XXVI The Wooing of Lakla
I HAD SLEPT soundly and dreamlessly; I wakened quietly in the great chamber into which Rador had
ushered O'Keefe and myself after that culminating experience of crowded, nerveracking hoursthe facing
of the Three.
Now, lying gazing upward at the highvaulted ceiling, I heard Larry's voice:
"They look like birds." Evidently he was thinking of the Three; a silencethen: "Yes, they look like
BIRDSand they look, and it's meaning no disrespect to them I am at all, they look like LIZARDS"and
another silence"they look like some sort of gods, and, by the good swordarm of Brian Boru, they look
human, too! And it's NONE of them they are either, so whatwhat thewhat the sainted St. Bridget are
they?" Another short silence, and then in a tone of awed and absolute conviction: "That's it, sure! That's what
they areit all hangs inthey couldn't be anything else"
He gave a whoop; a pillow shot over and caught me across the head.
"Wake up!" shouted Larry. "Wake up, ye seething caldron of fossilized superstitions! Wake up, ye
bogyhaunted man of scientific unwisdom!"
Under pillow and insults I bounced to my feet, filled for a moment with quite real wrath; he lay back, roaring
with laughter, and my anger was swept away.
"Doc," he said, very seriously, after this, "I know who the Three are!"
"Yes?" I queried, with studied sarcasm.
"Yes?" he mimicked. "Yes! Yeye" He paused under the menace of my look, grinned. "Yes, I know," he
continued. "They're of the Tuatha De, the old ones, the great people of Ireland, THAT'S who they are!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 126
Page No 129
I knew, of course, of the Tuatha De Danann, the tribes of the god Danu, the halflegendary, halfhistorical
clan who found their home in Erin some four thousand years before the Christian era, and who have left so
deep an impress upon the Celtic mind and its myths.
"Yes," said Larry again, "the Tuatha Dethe Ancient Ones who had spells that could compel Mananan, who
is the spirit of all the seas, an' Keithor, who is the god of all green living things, an' even Hesus, the unseen
god, whose pulse is the pulse of all the firmament; yes, an' Orchil too, who sits within the earth an' weaves
with the shuttle of mystery and her three looms of birth an' life an' deatheven Orchil would weave as they
commanded!"
He was silentthen:
"They are of themthe mighty oneswhy else would I have bent my knee to them as I would have to the
spirit of my dead mother? Why else would Lakla, whose goldbrown hair is the hair of Eilidh the Fair, whose
mouth is the sweet mouth of Deirdre, an' whose soul walked with mine ages agone among the fragrant green
myrtle of Erin, serve them?" he whispered, eyes full of dream.
"Have you any idea how they got here?" I asked, not unreasonably.
"I haven't thought about that," he replied somewhat testily. "But at once, me excellent man o' wisdom, a
number occur to me. One of them is that this little party of three might have stopped here on their way to
Ireland, an' for good reasons of their own decided to stay a while; an' another is that they might have come
here afterward, havin' got wind of what those rats out there were contemplatin', and have stayed on the job till
the time was ripe to save Ireland from 'em; the rest of the world, too, of course," he added magnanimously,
"but Ireland in particular. And do any of those reasons appeal to ye?"
I shook my head.
"Well, what do you think?" he asked wearily.
"I think," I said cautiously, "that we face an evolution of highly intelligent beings from ancestral sources
radically removed from those through which mankind ascended. These halfhuman, highly developed
batrachians they call the _Akka_ prove that evolution in these caverned spaces has certainly pursued one
different path than on earth. The Englishman, Wells, wrote an imaginative and very entertaining book
concerning an invasion of earth by Martians, and he made his Martians enormously specialized cuttlefish.
There was nothing inherently improbable in Wells' choice. Man is the ruling animal of earth today solely by
reason of a series of accidents; under another series spiders or ants, or even elephants, could have become the
dominant race.
"I think," I said, even more cautiously, "that the race to which the Three belong never appeared on earth's
surface; that their development took place here, unhindered through aeons. And if this be true, the structure of
their brains, and therefore all their reactions, must be different from ours. Hence their knowledge and
command of energies unfamiliar to usand hence also the question whether they may not have an entirely
different sense of values, of justiceand that is rather terrifying," I concluded.
Larry shook his head.
"That last sort of knocks your argument, Doc," he said. "They had sense of justice enough to help ME
outand certainly they know lovefor I saw the way they looked at Lakla; and sorrowfor there was no
mistaking that in their faces.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 127
Page No 130
"No," he went on. "I hold to my own idea. They're of the Old People. The little leprechaun knew his way
here, an' I'll bet it was they who sent the word. An' if the O'Keefe banshee comes herewhich save the
mark!I'll bet she'll drop in on the Silent Ones for a social visit before she an' her clan get busy. Well, it'll
make her feel more at home, the good old body. No, Doc, no," he concluded, "I'm right; it all fits in too well
to be wrong."
I made a last despairing attempt.
"Is there anything anywhere in Ireland that would indicate that the Tuatha De ever looked like the Three?" I
asked and again I had spoken most unfortunately.
"Is there?" he shouted. "Is there? By the kilt of Cormack MacCormack, I'm glad ye reminded me. It was
worryin' me a little meself. There was Daghda, who could put on the head of a great boar an' the body of a
giant fish and cleave the waves an' tear to pieces the birlins of any who came against Erin; an' there was
Rinn"
How many more of the metamorphoses of the Old People I might have heard, I do not know, for the curtains
parted and in walked Rador.
"You have rested well," he smiled, "I can see. The handmaiden bade me call you. You are to eat with her in
her garden."
Down long corridors we trod and out upon a gardened terrace as beautiful as any of those of Yolara's city;
bowered, blossoming, fragrant, set high upon the cliffs beside the domed castle. A table, as of milky jade,
was spread at one corner, but the Golden Girl was not there. A little path ran on and up, hemmed in by the
mass of verdure. I looked at it longingly; Rador saw the glance, interpreted it, and led me up the stepped
sharp slope into a rock embrasure.
Here I was above the foliage, and everywhere the view was clear. Below me stretched the incredible bridge,
with the frog people hurrying back and forth upon it. A pinnacle at my side hid the abyss. My eyes followed
the cavern ledge. Above it the rock rose bare, but at the ends of the semicircular strand a luxuriant vegetation
began, stretching from the crimson shores back into far distances. Of browns and reds and yellows, like an
autumn forest, was the foliage, with here and there patches of darkgreen, as of conifers. Five miles or more,
on each side, the forests swept, and then were lost to sight in the haze.
I turned and faced an immensity of crimson waters, unbroken, a true sea, if ever there was one. A breeze
blew the first real wind I had encountered in the hidden places; under it the surface, that had been as
molten lacquer, rippled and dimpled. Little waves broke with a spray of rosepearls and rubies. The giant
Medusae driftedstately, luminous kaleidoscopic elfin moons.
Far down, peeping around a jutting tower of the cliff, I saw dipping with the motion of the waves a floating
garden. The flowers, too, were luminousindeed sparklinggleaming brilliants of scarlet and vermilions
lighter than the flood on which they lay, mauves and odd shades of reddishblue. They gleamed and shone
like a little lake of jewels.
Rador broke in upon my musings.
"Lakla comes! Let us go down."
It was a shy Lakla who came slowly around the end of the path and, blushing furiously, held her hands out to
Larry. And the Irishman took them, placed them over his heart, kissed them with a tenderness that had been
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 128
Page No 131
lacking in the halfmocking, halffierce caresses he had given the priestess. She blushed deeper, holding out
the tapering fingersthen pressed them to her own heart.
"I like the touch of your lips, Larry," she whispered. "They warm me here"she pressed her heart
again"and they send little sparkles of light through me." Her brows tilted perplexedly, accenting the
nuance of diablerie, delicate and fascinating, that they cast upon the flower face.
"Do you?" whispered the O'Keefe fervently. "Do you, Lakla?" He bent toward her. She caught the amused
glance of Rador; drew herself aside halfhaughtily.
"Rador," she said, "is it not time that you and the strong one, Olaf, were setting forth?"
"Truly it is, handmaiden," he answered respectfully enoughyet with a current of laughter under his words.
"But as you know the strong one, Olaf, wished to see his friends here before we were goneand he comes
even now," he added, glancing down the pathway, along which came striding the Norseman.
As he faced us I saw that a transformation had been wrought in him. Gone was the pitiful seeking, and gone
too the just as pitiful hope. The set face softened as he looked at the Golden Girl and bowed low to her. He
thrust a hand to O'Keefe and to me.
"There is to be battle," he said. "I go with Rador to call the armies of these frog people. As for meLakla
has spoken. There is no hope forfor mine Helma in life, but there is hope that we destroy the Shining Devil
and give _mine_ Helma peace. And with that I am well content, _ja!_ Well content!" He gripped our hands
again. "We will fight!" he muttered. "_Ja!_ And I will have vengeance!" The sternness returned; and with a
salute Rador and he were gone.
Two great tears rolled from the golden eyes of Lakla.
"Not even the Silent Ones can heal those the Shining One has taken," she said. "He asked meand it was
better that I tell him. It is part of the Three'sPUNISHMENTbut of that you will soon learn," she went on
hurriedly. "Ask me no questions now of the Silent Ones. I thought it better for Olaf to go with Rador, to busy
himself, to give his mind other than sorrow upon which to feed."
Up the path came five of the frogwomen, bearing platters and ewers. Their bracelets and anklets of jewels
were tinkling; their middles covered with short kirtles of woven cloth studded with the sparkling ornaments.
And here let me say that if I have given the impression that the _Akka_ are simply magnified frogs, I regret
it. Froglike they are, and hence my phrase for thembut as unlike the frog, as we know it, as man is unlike
the chimpanzee. Springing, I hazard, from the stegocephalia, the ancestor of the frogs, these batrachians
followed a different line of evolution and acquired the upright position just as man did his from the
fourfooted folk.
The great staring eyes, the shape of the muzzle were froglike, but the highly developed brain had set upon the
head and shape of it vital differences. The forehead, for instance, was not low, flat, and retreatingits frontal
arch was well defined. The head was, in a sense, shapely, and with the females the great horny carapace that
stood over it like a fantastic helmet was much modified, as were the spurs that were so formidable in the
male; colouration was different also. The torso was upright; the legs a little bent, giving them their crouching
gaitbut I wander from my subject.1
*1 The _Akka_ are viviparous. The female produces progeny at fiveyear intervals, never more than two at a
time. They are monogamous, like certain of our own _Ranidae_. Pending my monograph upon what little I
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 129
Page No 132
had time to learn of their interesting habits and customs, the curious will find instruction and entertainment in
Brandes and Schvenichen' s _Brutpfleige der Schwanzlosen Bat rachier_, p. 395; and Lilian V. Sampson's
_Unusual Modes of Breeding among Anura_, Amer. Nat. xxxiv., 1900.W. T. G.
They set their burdens down. Larry looked at them with interest.
"You surely have those things well trained, Lakla," he said.
"Things!" The handmaiden arose, eyes flashing with indignation. "You call my _Akka_ things!"
"Well," said Larry, a bit taken aback, "what do you call them?"
"My _Akka are a PEOPLE," she retorted. "As much a people as your race or mine. They are good and loyal,
and they have speech and arts, and they slay not, save for food or to protect themselves. And I think them
beautiful, Larry, BEAUTIFUL!" She stamped her foot. "And you call themTHINGS!"
Beautiful! These? Yet, after all, they were, in their grotesque fashion. And to Lakla, surrounded by them,
from babyhood, they were not strange, at all. Why shouldn't she think them beautiful? The same thought must
have struck O'Keefe, for he flushed guiltily.
"I think them beautiful, too, Lakla," he said remorsefully. "It's my not knowing your tongue too well that
traps me. TRULY, I think them beautifulI'd tell them so, if I knew their talk."
Lakla dimpled, laughedspoke to the attendants in that strange speech that was unquestionably a language;
they bridled, looked at O'Keefe with fantastic coquetry, cracked and boomed softly among themselves.
"They say they like YOU better than the men of Muria," laughed Lakla.
"Did I ever think I'd be swapping compliments with lady frogs!" he murmured to me. "Buck up, Larrykeep
your eyes on the captive Irish princess!" he muttered to himself.
"Rador goes to meet one of the _ladala_ who is slipping through with news," said the Golden Girl as we
addressed ourselves to the food. "Then, with Nak, he and Olaf go to muster the _Akka_for there will be
battle, and we must prepare. Nak," she added, "is he who went before me when you were dancing with
Yolara, Larry." She stole a swift, mischievous glance at him. "He is headman of all the _Akka_."
"Just what forces can we muster against them when they come, darlin'?" said Larry.
"Darlin'?"the Golden Girl had caught the caress of the word"what's that?"
"It's a little word that means Lakla," he answered. "It doesthat is, when I say it; when you say it, then it
means Larry."
"I like that word," mused Lakla.
"You can even say Larry darlin'!" suggested O'Keefe.
"Larry darlin'!" said Lakla. "When they come we shall have first of all my _Akka_"
"Can they fight, _mavourneen_?" interrupted Larry.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 130
Page No 133
"Can they fight! My _Akka_!" Again her eyes flashed. "They will fight to the last of themwith the spears
that give the swift rotting, covered, as they are, with the jelly of those _Saddu_ there" She pointed through
a rift in the foliage across which, on the surface of the sea, was floating one of the moon globesand now I
know why Rador had warned Larry against a plunge there. "With spears and clubs and with teeth and nails
and spursthey are a strong and brave people, Larrydarlin', and though they hurl the _Keth_ at them, it is
slow to work upon them, and they slay even while they are passing into the nothingness!"
"And have we none of the _Keth_?" he asked.
"No"she shook her head"none of their weapons have we here, although it wasit was the Ancient Ones
who shaped them."
"But the Three are of the Ancient Ones?" I cried. "Surely they can tell"
"No," she said slowly. "Nothere is something you must knowand soon; and then the Silent Ones say you
will understand. You, especially, Goodwin, who worship wisdom."
"Then," said Larry, "we have the _Akka_; and we have the four men of us, and among us three guns and
about a hundred cartridgesan'an' the power of the Threebut what about the Shining One,
Fireworks"
"I do not know." Again the indecision that had been in her eyes when Yolara had launched her defiance crept
back. "The Shining One is strongand he has hisslaves!"
"Well, we'd better get busy good and quick!" the O'Keefe's voice rang. But Lakla, for some reason of her
own, would pursue the matter no further. The trouble fled from her eyes they danced.
"Larry darlin'?" she murmured. "I like the touch of your lips"
"You do?" he whispered, all thought flying of anything but the beautiful, provocative face so close to his.
"Then, _acushla_, you're goin' to get acquainted with 'em! Turn your head, Doc!" he said.
And I turned it. There was quite a long silence, broken by an interested, soft outburst of gentle boomings
from the serving frogmaids. I stole a glance behind me. Lakla's head lay on the Irishman's shoulder, the
golden eyes misty sunpools of love and adoration; and the O'Keefe, a new look of power and strength upon
his clearcut features, was gazing down into them with that look which rises only from the heart touched for
the first time with that true, allpowerful love, which is the pulse of the universe itself, the real music of the
spheres of which Plato dreamed, the love that is stronger than death itself, immortal as the high gods and the
true soul of all that mystery we call life.
Then Lakla raised her hands, pressed down Larry's head, kissed him between the eyes, drew herself with a
trembling little laugh from his embrace.
"The future Mrs. Larry O'Keefe, Goodwin," said Larry to me a little unsteadily.
I took their handsand Lakla kissed me!
She turned to the boomingsmilingfrogmaids; gave them some command, for they filed away down the
path. Suddenly I felt, well, a little superfluous.
"If you don't mind," I said, "I think I'll go up the path there again and look about."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 131
Page No 134
But they were so engrossed with each other that they did not even hear meso I walked away, up to the
embrasure where Rador had taken me. The movement of the batrachians over the bridge had ceased. Dimly at
the far end I could see the cluster of the garrison. My thoughts flew back to Lakla and to Larry.
What was to be the end?
If we won, if we were able to pass from this place, could she live in our world? A product of these caverns
with their atmosphere and light that seemed in some subtle way to be both food and drinkhow would she
react to the unfamiliar foods and air and light of outer earth? Further, here so far as I was able to discover,
there were no malignant bacilli what immunity could Lakla have then to those microscopic evils without,
which only long ages of sickness and death have bought for us a modicum of protection? I began to be
oppressed. Surely they bad been long enough by themselves. I went down the path.
I heard Larry.
"It's a green land, _mavourneen_. And the sea rocks and dimples around itblue as the heavens, green as the
isle itself, and foam horses toss their white manes, and the great clean winds blow over it, and the sun shines
down on it like your eyes, _acushla_"
"And are you a king of Ireland, Larry darlin'?" Thus Lakla
But enough!
At last we turned to goand around the corner of the path I caught another glimpse of what I have called the
lake of jewels. I pointed to it.
"Those are lovely flowers, Lakla," I said. "I have never seen anything like them in the place from whence we
come."
She followed my pointing fingerlaughed.
"Come," she said, "let me show you them."
She ran down an intersecting way, we following; came out of it upon a little ledge close to the brink, three
feet or more I suppose about it. The Golden Girl's voice rang out in a highpitched, tremulous, throbbing call.
The lake of jewels stirred as though a breeze had passed over it; stirred, shook, and then began to move
swiftly, a shimmering torrent of shining flowers down upon us! She called again, the movement became more
rapid; the gem blooms streamed closercloser, wavering, shifting, winding at our very feet. Above them
hovered a little radiant mist. The Golden Girl leaned over; called softly, and up from the sparkling mass shot
a green vine whose heads were five flowers of flaming rubyshot up, flew into her hand and coiled about
the white arm, its quintette of lambent blossoms regarding us!
It was the thing Lakla had called the _Yekta_; that with which she had threatened the priestess; the thing that
carried the dreadful deathand the Golden Girl was handling it like a rose!
Larry sworeI looked at the thing more closely. It was a hydroid, a development of that strange
animalvegetable that, sometimes almost microscopic, waves in the sea depths like a cluster of flowers
paralyzing its prey with the mysterious force that dwells in its blossom heads!1
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 132
Page No 135
*1 The _Yekta_ of the Crimson Sea, are as extraordinary developments of hydroid forms as the giant
_Medusae_, of which, of course, they are not too remote cousins. The closest resemblances to them in outer
water forms are among the _Gymnoblastic Hydroids_, notably _Clavetella prolifera_, a most interesting
ambulatory form of six tentacles. Almost every bather in Southern waters, Northern too, knows the pain that
contact with certain "jelly fish" produces. The _Yekta's_ development was prodigious and, to us, monstrous.
It secretes in its five heads an almost incredibly swiftly acting poison which I suspect, for I had no chance to
verify the theory, destroys the entire nervous system to the accompaniment of truly infernal agony; carrying
at the same time the illusion that the torment stretches through infinities of time. Both ether and nitrous oxide
gas produce in the majority this sensation of time extension, without of course the pain symptom. What Lakla
called the _Yekta_ kiss is I imagine about as close to the orthodox idea of Hell as can be conceived. The
secret of her control over them I had no opportunity of learning in the rush of events that followed.
Knowledge of the appalling effects of their touch came, she told me, from those few "who had been kissed so
lightly" that they recovered. Certainly nothing, not even the Shining One, was dreaded by the Murians as
these wereW. T. G.
"Put it down, Lakla," the distress in O'Keefe's voice was deep. Lakla laughed mischievously, caught the real
fear for her in his eyes; opened her hand, gave another faint call and back it flew to its fellows.
"Why, it wouldn't hurt me, Larry!" she expostulated. "They know me!"
"Put it down!" he repeated hoarsely.
She sighed, gave another sweet, prolonged call. The lake of gemsrubies and amethysts, mauves and
scarlettinged blueswavered and shook even as it had beforeand swept swiftly back to that place
whence she had drawn them!
Then, with Larry and Lakla walking ahead, white arm about his brown neck; the O'Keefe still expostulating,
the handmaiden laughing merrily, we passed through her bower to the domed castle.
Glancing through a cleft I caught sight again of the far end of the bridge; noted among the clustered figures of
its garrison of the frogmen a movement, a flashing of green fire like marshlights on spear tips; wondered
idly what it was, and then, other thoughts crowding in, followed along, head bent, behind the pair who had
found in what was Olaf's hell, their true paradise.
CHAPTER XXVII The Coming of Yolara
"NEVER was there such a girl!" Thus Larry, dreamily, leaning head in hand on one of the wide divans of the
chamber where Lakla had left us, pleading service to the Silent Ones.
"An', by the faith and the honour of the O'Keefes, an' by my dead mother's soul may God do with me as I do
by her!" he whispered fervently.
He relapsed into openeyed dreaming.
I walked about the room, examining itthe first opportunity I had gained to inspect carefully any of the
rooms in the abode of the Three. It was octagonal, carpeted with the thick rugs that seemed almost as though
woven of soft mineral wool, faintly shimmering, palest blue. I paced its diagonal; it was fifty yards; the
ceiling was arched, and either of pale rose metal or metallic covering; it collected the light from the high,
slitted windows, and shed it, diffused, through the room.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 133
Page No 136
Around the octagon ran a low gallery not two feet from the floor, balustraded with slender pillars, close set;
broken at opposite curtained entrances over which hung thick, dullgold curtainings giving the same
suggestion of metallic or mineral substance as the rugs. Set within each of the eight sides, above the balcony,
were colossal slabs of lapis lazuli, inset with graceful but unplaceable designs in scarlet and sapphire blue.
There was the great divan on which mused Larry; two smaller ones, half a dozen low seats and chairs carved
apparently of ivory and of dull soft gold.
Most curious were tripods, strong, pikelike legs of golden metal four feet high, holding small circles of the
lapis with intaglios of one curious symbol somewhat resembling the ideographs of the Chinese.
There was no dustnowhere in these caverned spaces had I found this constant companion of ours in the
world overhead. My eyes caught a sparkle from a corner. Pursuing it I found upon one of the low seats a flat,
clear crystal oval, remarkably like a lens. I took it and stepped up on the balcony. Standing on tiptoe I found I
commanded from the bottom of a window slit a view of the bridge approach. Scanning it I could see no trace
of the garrison there, nor of the green spear flashes. I placed the crystal to my eyesand with a disconcerting
abruptness the cavern mouth leaped before me, apparently not a hundred feet away; decidedly the crystal was
a very excellent lensbut where were the guards?
I peered closely. Nothing! But now against the aperture I saw a score or more of tiny, dancing sparks. An
optical illusion, I thought, and turned the crystal in another direction. There were no sparklings there. I turned
it back again and there they were. And what were they like? Realization came to methey were like the
little, dancing, radiant atoms that had played for a time about the emptiness where had stood Sorgar of the
Lower Waters before he bad been shaken into the nothingness! And that green light I had noticed the
_Keth_!
A cry on my lips, I turned to Larryand the cry died as the heavy curtainings at the entrance on my right
undulated, parted as though a body had slipped through, shook and parted again and againwith the dreadful
passing of unseen things!
"Larry!" I cried. "Here! Quick!"
He leaped to his feet, gazed about wildlyand disappeared ! Yesvanished from my sight like the snuffed
flame of a candle or as though something moving with the speed of light itself had snatched him away!
Then from the divan came the sounds of struggle, the hissing of straining breaths, the noise of Larry cursing.
I leaped over the balustrade, drawing my own pistolwas caught in a pair of mighty arms, my elbows
crushed to my sides, drawn down until my face pressed close to a broad, hairy breastand through that
obstacleformless, shadowless, transparent as air itselfI could still see the battle on the divan!
Now there were two sharp reports; the struggle abruptly ceased. From a point not a foot over the great couch,
as though oozing from the air itself, blood began to drop, faster and ever faster, pouring out of nothingness.
And out of that same air, now a dozen feet away, leaped the face of Larrybodyless, poised six feet above
the floor, blazing with ragefloating weirdly, uncannily to a hideous degree, in vacancy.
His hands flashed outarmless; they wavered, appearing, disappearingswiftly tearing something from
him. Then there, feet hidden, stiff on legs that vanished at the ankles, striking out into vision with all the
dizzy abruptness with which he had been stricken from sight was the O'Keefe, a smoking pistol in hand.
And ever that red stream trickled out of vacancy and spread over the couch, dripping to the floor.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 134
Page No 137
I made a mighty movement to escape; was held more firmlyand then close to the face of Larry, flashing
out with that terrifying instantaneousness even as had his, was the head of Yolara, as devilishly mocking as I
had ever seen it, the cruelty shining through it like delicate white flames from helland beautiful!
"Stir not! Strike notuntil I command!" She flung the words beyond her, addressed to the invisible ones
who had accompanied her; whose presences I sensed filling the chamber. The floating, beautiful head,
crowned high with cornsilk hair, darted toward the Irishman. He took a swift step backward. The eyes of the
priestess deepened toward purple; sparkled with malice.
"So," she said. "So, _Larree_you thought you could go from me so easily!" She laughed softly. "In my
hidden hand I hold the _Keth_ cone," she murmured. "Before you can raise the death tube I can smite
youand will. And consider, _Larree_, if the handmaiden, the _choya_ comes, I can vanish so"the
mocking head disappeared, burst forth again "and slay her with the _Keth_or bid my people seize her
and bear her to the Shining One!"
Tiny beads of sweat stood out on O'Keefe's forehead, and I knew he was thinking not of himself, but of
Lakla.
"What do you want with me, Yolara?" he asked hoarsely.
"Nay," came the mocking voice. "Not Yolara to you, _Larree_call me by those sweet names you taught
me Honey of the Wild Beees, Net of Hearts" Again her laughter tinkled.
"What do you want with me?" his voice was strained, the lips rigid.
"Ah, you are afraid, _Larree_." There was diabolic jubilation in the words. "What should I want but that you
return with me? Why else did I creep through the lair of the dragon worm and pass the path of perils but to
ask you that? And the _choya_ guards you not well." Again she laughed. "We came to the cavern's end and,
there were her _Akka_. And the _Akka_ can see usas shadows. But it was my desire to surprise you with
my coming, Larree," the voice was silken. "And I feared that they would hasten to be first to bring you that
message to delight in your joy. And so, _Larree_, I loosed the _Keth_ upon themand gave them peace and
rest within the nothingness. And the portal below was openalmost in welcome!"
Once more the malignant, silver pealing of her laughter.
"What do you want with me?" There was wrath in his eyes, and plainly he strove for control.
"Want!" the silver voice hissed, grew calm. "Do not Siya and Siyana grieve that the rite I pledged them is but
half doneand do they not desire it finished? And am I not beautiful? More beautiful than your _choya_?"
The fiendishness died from the eyes; they grew blue, wondrous; the veil of invisibility slipped down from the
neck, the shoulders, half revealing the gleaming breasts. And weird, weird beyond all telling was that
exquisite head and bust floating there in airand beautiful, sinisterly beautiful beyond all telling, too. So
even might Lilith, the serpent woman, have shown herself tempting Adam!
"And perhaps," she said, "perhaps I want you because I hate you; perhaps because I love youor perhaps for
Lugur or perhaps for the Shining One."
"And if I go with you?" He said it quietly.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 135
Page No 138
"Then shall I spare the handmaidenandwho knows? take back my armies that even now gather at the
portal and let the Silent Ones rot in peace in their abodefrom which they had no power to keep me," she
added venomously.
"You will swear that, Yolara; swear to go without harming the handmaiden?" he asked eagerly. The little
devils danced in her eyes. I wrenched my face from the smothering contact.
"Don't trust her, Larry!" I criedand again the grip choked me.
"Is that devil in front of you or behind you, old man?" he asked quietly, eyes never leaving the priestess. "If
he's in front I'll take a chance and wing himand then you scoot and warn Lakla."
But I could not answer; nor, remembering Yolara's threat, would I, had I been able.
"Decide quickly!" There was cold threat in her voice.
The curtains toward which O'Keefe had slowly, step by step, drawn close, opened. They framed the
handmaiden! The face of Yolara changed to that gorgon mask that had transformed it once before at sight of
the Golden Girl. In her blind rage she forgot to cast the occulting veil. Her hand darted like a snake out of the
folds; poising itself with the little silver cone aimed at Lakla.
But before it was wholly poised, before the priestess could loose its force, the handmaiden was upon her.
Swift as the lithe white wolf hound she leaped, and one slender hand gripped Yolara's throat, the other the
wrist that lifted the quivering death; white limbs wrapped about the hidden ones, I saw the golden head bend,
the hand that held the _Keth_ swept up with a vicious jerk; saw Lakla's teeth sink into the wristthe blood
spurt forth and heard the priestess shriek. The cone fell, bounded toward me; with all my strength I wrenched
free the hand that held my pistol, thrust it against the pressing breast and fired,
The clasp upon me relaxed; a red rain stained me; at my feet a little pillar of blood jetted; a hand thrust itself
from nothingness, clawedand was still.
Now Yolara was down, Lakla meshed in her writhings and fighting like some wild mother whose babes are
serpent menaced. Over the two of them, astride, stood the O'Keefe, a pike from one of the high tripods in his
handthrusting, parrying, beating on every side as with a broadsword against poniardclutching hands that
thrust themselves out of vacancy striving to strike him; stepping here and there, always covering, protecting
Lakla with his own body even as a caveman of old who does battle with his mate for their lives.
The swordclub struckand on the floor lay the half body of a dwarf, writhing with vanishments and
reappearings of legs and arms. Beside him was the shattered tripod from which Larry had wrenched his
weapon. I flung myself upon it, dashed it down to break loose one of the remaining supports, struck in
midfall one of the unseen even as his dagger darted toward me! The seat splintered, leaving in my clutch a
golden bar. I jumped to Larry's side, guarding his back, whirling it like a staff; felt it crunch
oncetwicethrough unseen bone and muscle.
At the door was a booming. Into the chamber rushed a dozen of the frogmen. While some guarded the
entrances, others leaped straight to us, and forming a circle about us began to strike with talons and spurs at
unseen things that screamed and sought to escape. Now here and there about the blue rugs great stains of
blood appeared; heads of dwarfs, torn arms and gashed bodies, half occulted, half revealed. And at last the
priestess lay silent, vanquished, white body gleaming with that uncannyfragmentarinessfrom her torn
robes. Then O'Keefe reached down, drew Lakla from her. Shakily, Yolara rose to her feet. The handmaiden,
face still blazing with wrath, stepped before her; with difficulty she steadied her voice.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 136
Page No 139
"Yolara," she said, "you have defied the Silent Ones, you have desecrated their abode, you came to slay these
men who are the guests of the Silent Ones and me, who am their handmaiden why did you do these
things?"
"I came for him!" gasped the priestess; she pointed to O'Keefe.
"Why?" asked Lakla.
"Because he is pledged to me," replied Yolara, all the devils that were hers in her face. "Because he wooed
me! Because he is mine!"
"That is a lie!" The handmaiden's voice shook with rage. "It is a lie! But here and now he shall choose,
Yolara. And if you he choose, you and he shall go forth from here unmolested for Yolara, it is his
happiness that I most desire, and if you are that happinessyou shall go together. And now, Larry, choose!"
Swiftly she stepped beside the priestess; swiftly wrenched the last shreds of the hiding robes from her.
There they stoodYolara with but the filmiest net of gauze about her wonderful body; gleaming flesh
shining through it; serpent womanand wonderful, too, beyond the dreams even of Phidiasand hellfire
glowing from the purple eyes.
And Lakla, like a girl of the Vikings, like one of those warrior maids who stood and fought for dun and babes
at the side of those old heroes of Larry's own green isle; translucent ivory lambent through the rents of her
torn draperies, and in the wide, golden eyes flaming wrath, indeednot the diabolic flames of the priestess
but the righteous wrath of some soul that looking out of paradise sees vile wrong in the doing.
"Lakla," the O'Keefe's voice was subdued, hurt, "there IS no choice. I love you and only youand have from
the moment I saw you. It's not easythis. God, Goodwin, I feel like an utter cad," he flashed at me. "There is
no choice, Lakla," he ended, eyes steady upon hers.
The priestess's face grew deadlier still.
"What will you do with me?" she asked.
"Keep you," I said, "as hostage."
O'Keefe was silent; the Golden Girl shook her head.
"Well would I like to," her face grew dreaming; "but the Silent Ones sayNO; they bid me let you go,
Yolara"
"The Silent Ones," the priestess laughed. "YOU, Lakla! You fear, perhaps, to let me tarry here too close!"
Storm gathered again in the handmaiden's eyes; she forced it back.
"No," she answered, the Silent Ones so commandand for their own purposes. Yet do I think, Yolara, that
you will have little time to feed your wickednesstell that to Lugur and to your Shining One!" she added
slowly.
Mockery and disbelief rode high in the priestess's pose. "Am I to return alonelike this?" she asked.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 137
Page No 140
"Nay, Yolara, nay; you shall be accompanied," said Lakla; "and by those who will guardand
WATCHyou well. They are here even now."
The hangings parted, and into the chamber came Olaf and Rador.
The priestess met the fierce hatred and contempt in the eyes of the Norsemanand for the first time lost her
bravado.
"Let not HIM go with me," she gaspedher eyes searched the floor frantically.
"He goes with you," said Lakla, and threw about Yolara a swathing that covered the exquisite, alluring body.
"And you shall pass through the Portal, not skulk along the path of the worm!"
She bent to Rador, whispered to him; he nodded; she had told him, I supposed, the secret of its opening.
"Come," he said, and with the iceeyed giant behind her, Yolara, head bent, passed out of those hangings
through which, but a little before, unseen, triumph in her grasp, she had slipped.
Then Lakla came to the unhappy O'Keefe, rested her hands on his shoulders, looked deep into his eyes.
"DID you woo her, even as she said?" she asked.
The Irishman flushed miserably.
"I did not," he said. "I was pleasant to her, of course, because I thought it would bring me quicker to you,
darlin'."
She looked at him doubtfully; then
"I think you must have been VERYpleasant!" was all she saidand leaning, kissed him forgivingly
straight on the lips. An extremely direct maiden was Lakla, with a truly sovereign contempt for anything she
might consider nonessentials; and at this moment I decided she was wiser even than I had thought her.
He stumbled, feet vanishing; reached down and picked up something that in the grasping turned his hand to
air.
"One of the invisible cloaks," he said to me. "There must be quite a lot of them aboutI guess Yolara
brought her full staff of murderers. They're a bit shopworn, probably but we're considerably better off with
'em in our hands than in hers. And they may come in handywho knows?"
There was a choking rattle at my feet; half the head of a dwarf raised out of vacancy; beat twice upon the
floor in death throes; fell back. Lakla shivered; gave a command. The frogmen moved about; peering here
and there; lifting unseen folds revealing in stark rigidity torn form after form of the priestess's men.
Lakla had been righther _Akka_ were thorough fighters!
She called, and to her came the frogwoman who was her attendant. To her the handmaiden spoke, pointing
to the batrachians who stood, paws and forearms melted beneath the robes they had gathered. She took them
and passed out more grotesque than ever, shattering into streaks of vacancies, reappearing with flickers of
shining scale and yellow gems as the tattered pennants of invisibility fluttered about her.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 138
Page No 141
The frogmen reached down, swung each a dead dwarf in his arms, and filed, booming triumphantly away
And then I remembered the cone of the _Keth_ which had slipped from Yolara's hand; knew it had been that
for which her wild eyes searched. But look as closely as we might, search in every nook and corner as we did,
we could not find it. Had the dying hand of one of her men clutched it and had it been borne away with them?
With the thought Larry and I raced after the scaled warriors, searched every body they carried. It was not
there. Perhaps the priestess had found it, retrieved it swiftly without our seeing.
Whatever was truethe cone was gone. And what a weapon that one little holder of the shaking death would
have been for us!
CHAPTER XXVIII In the Lair of the Dweller
IT IS WITH marked hesitation that I begin this chapter, because in it I must deal with an experience so
contrary to every known law of physics as to seem impossible. Until this time, barring, of course, the mystery
of the Dweller, I had encountered nothing that was not susceptible of naturalistic explanation; nothing, in a
word, outside the domain of science itself; nothing that I would have felt hesitancy in reciting to my
colleagues of the International Association of Science. Amazing, unfamiliarADVANCEDas many of
the phenomena were, still they lay well within the limits of what we have mapped as the possible; in regions,
it is true, still virgin to the mind of man, but toward which that mind is steadily advancing.
But thiswell, I confess that I have a theory that is naturalistic; but so abstruse, so difficult to make clear
within the short confines of the space I have to give it, so dependent upon conceptions that even the
highesttrained scientific brains find difficult to grasp, that I despair.
I can only say that the thing occurred; that it took place in precisely the manner I am about to narrate, and that
I experienced it.
Yet, in justice to myself, I must open up some paths of preliminary approach toward the heart of the
perplexity. And the first path is the realization that our world WHATEVER it is, is certainly NOT the world
as we see it! Regarding this I shall refer to a discourse upon "Gravitation and the Principle of Relativity," by
the distinguished English physicist, Dr. A. S. Eddington, which I had the pleasure of hearing him deliver
before the Royal Institution.1
*1 Reprinted in full in _Nature_, in which those sufficiently interested may peruse it.W. T. G.
I realize, of course, that it is not true logic to argue "The world is not as we think it istherefore
everything we think impossible is possible in it." Even if it BE different, it is governed by LAW. The truly
impossible is that which is outside law, and as nothing CAN be outside law, the impossible CANNOT exist.
The crux of the matter then becomes our determination whether what we think is impossible may or may not
be possible under laws still beyond our knowledge.
I hope that you will pardon me for this somewhat academic digression, but I felt it was necessary, and it has,
at least, put me more at ease. And now to resume.
We had watched, Larry and I, the frogmen throw the bodies of Yolara's assassins into the crimson waters.
As vultures swoop down upon the dying, there came sailing swiftly to where the dead men floated, dozens of
the luminous globes. Their slender, varicoloured tentacles whipped out; the giant iridescent bubbles
CLIMBED over the cadavers. And as they touched them there was the swift dissolution, the melting away
into putrescence of flesh and bone that I had witnessed when the dart touched fruit that time I had saved
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 139
Page No 142
Radorand upon this the Medusae gorged; pulsing lambently; their wondrous colours shifting, changing,
glowing stronger; elfin moons now indeed, but satellites whose glimmering beauty was fed by death;
alembics of enchantment whose glorious hues were sucked from horror.
Sick, I turned awayO'Keefe as pale as I; passed back into the corridor that had opened on the ledge from
which we had watched; met Lakla hurrying toward us. Before she could speak there throbbed faintly about us
a vast sighing. It grew into a murmur, a whispering, shook usthen passing like a presence, died away in far
distance.
"The Portal has opened," said the handmaiden. A fainter sighing, like an echo of the other, mourned about us.
"Yolara is gone," she said, "the Portal is closed. Now must we hasten for the Three have commanded that
you, Goodwin, and Larry and I tread that strange road of which I have spoken, and which Olaf may not take
lest his heart breakand we must return ere he and Rador cross the bridge."
Her hand sought Larry's.
"Come!" said Lakla, and we walked on; down and down through hall after hall, flight upon flight of
stairways. Deep, deep indeed, we must be beneath the domed castleLakla paused before a curved, smooth
breast of the crimson stone rounding gently into the passage. She pressed its side; it revolved; we entered; it
closed behind us.
The room, thehollowin which we stood was faceted like a diamond; and like a cut brilliant its sides
glistened though dully. Its shape was a deep oval, and our path dropped down to a circular polished base,
roughly two yards in diameter. Glancing behind me I saw that in the closing of the entrance there had been
left no trace of it save the steps that led from where that entrance had beenand as I looked these steps
TURNED, leaving us isolated upon the circle, only the faceted walls about usand in each of the gleaming
faces the three of us reflecteddimly. It was as though we were within a diamond egg whose graven angles
bad been turned INWARD.
But the oval was not perfect; at my right a screen cut it a screen that gleamed with fugitive, fleeting
luminescences stretching from the side of our standing place up to the tip of the chamber; slightly convex
and crisscrossed by millions of fine lines like those upon a spectroscopic plate, but with this differencethat
within each line I sensed the presence of multitudes of finer lines, dwindling into infinitude, ultramicroscopic,
traced by some instrument compared to whose delicacy our finest tool would be as a crowbar to the needle of
a micrometer.
A foot or two from it stood something like the standee of a compass, bearing, like it a cradled dial under
whose crystal ran concentric rings of prisoned, lambent vapours, faintly blue. From the edge of the dial jutted
a little shelf of crystal, a keyboard, in which were cut eight small cups.
Within these cups the handmaiden placed her tapering fingers. She gazed down upon the disk; pressed a
digitand the screen behind us slipped noiselessly into another angle.
"Put your arm around my waist, Larry, darlin', and stand close," she murmured. "You, Goodwin, place your
arm over my shoulder."
Wondering, I did as she bade; she pressed other fingers upon the shelf's indentationsthree of the rings of
vapour spun into intense light, raced around each other; from the screen behind us grew a radiance that held
within itself all spectrumsnot only those seen, but those UNSEEN by man's eyes. It waxed brilliant and
ever more brilliant, all suffusing, passing through me as day streams through a window pane!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 140
Page No 143
The enclosing facets burst into a blaze of coruscations, and in each sparkling panel I saw our images, shaken
and torn like pennants in a whirlwind. I turned to lookwas stopped by the handmaiden's swift command:
"Turn noton your life!"
The radiance behind me grew; was a rushing tempest of light in which I was but the shadow of a shadow. I
heard, but not with my earsnay with MIND itselfa vast roaring; an ORDERED tumult of sound that
came hurling from the outposts of space; approachingrushinghurricane out of the heart of the
cosmoscloser, closer. It wrapped itself about us with unearthly mighty arms.
And brilliant, ever more brilliant, streamed the radiance through us.
The faceted walls dimmed; in front of me they melted, diaphanously, like a gelatinous wall in a blast of
flame; through their vanishing, under the torrent of driving light, the unthinkable, impalpable tornado, I
began to move, slowly then ever more swiftly!
Still the roaring grew; the radiance streamedever faster we went. Cutting down through the length, the
EXTENSION of me, dropped a wall of rock, foreshortened, clenched close; I caught a glimpse of the elfin
gardens; they whirled, contracted, into a thinsliceof colour that was a part of me; another wall of rock
shrinking into a thin wedge through which I flew, and that at once took its place within me like a card slipped
beside those others!
Flashing around me, and from Lakla and O'Keefe, were nimbuses of flickering scarlet flames. And always
the steady hurling forwardappallingly mechanical.
Another barrier of rocka gleam of white waters incorporating themselves into myDRAWING
OUTeven as were the flowered moss lands, the slicing, rocky wallsstill another rampart of cliff,
dwindling instantly into the vertical plane of those others. Our flight checked; we seemed to hover within,
then to sway onwardslowly, cautiously.
A mist danced ahead of mea mist that grew steadily thinner. We stopped, waveredthe mist cleared.
I looked out into translucent, green distances; shot with swift prismatic gleamings; waves and pulsings of
luminosity like midday sun glow through green, tropic waters: dancing, scintillating veils of sparkling atoms
that flew, hither and yon, through depths of nebulous splendour!
And Lakla and Larry and I were, I saw, like shadow shapes upon a smooth breast of stone twenty feet or
more above the surface of this placea surface spangled with tiny white blossoms gleaming wanly through
creeping veils of phosphorescence like smoke of moon fire. We were shadows and yet we had substance;
we were incorporated with, a part of, the rockand yet we were living flesh and blood; we stretchednor
will I qualify thiswe STRETCHED through mile upon mile of space that weirdly enough gave at one and
the same time an absolute certainty of immense horizontal lengths and a vertical concentration that contained
nothing of length, nothing of space whatever; we stood THERE upon the face of the stoneand still we were
HERE within the faceted oval before the screen of radiance!
"Steady!" It was Lakla's voiceand not beside me THERE, but at my ear close before the screen. "Steady,
Goodwin! Andsee!"
The sparkling haze cleared. Enormous reaches stretched before me. Shimmering up through them, and as
though growing in some medium thicker than air, was mass upon mass of verdurefruiting trees and trees
laden with pale blossoms, arbours and bowers of pallid blooms, like that sea fruit of obliviongrapes of
Lethethat cling to the tideswept walls of the caverns of the Hebrides.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 141
Page No 144
Through them, beyond them, around and about them, drifted and eddied a hordegreat as that with which
Tamerlane swept down upon Rome, vast as the myriads which Genghis Khan rolled upon the califsmen
and women and childrenclothed in tatters, half nude and wholly naked; slanteyed Chinese, sloeeyed
Malays, islanders black and brown and yellow, fiercefaced warriors of the Solomons with grizzled locks
fantastically bedizened; Papuans, feline Javans, Dyaks of hill and shore; hooknosed Phoenicians, Romans,
straightbrowed Greeks, and Vikings centuries BEYOND their lives: scores of the blackhaired Murians;
white faces of our own Westernersmen and women and children drifting, eddyingeach stamped with
that mingled horror and rapture, eyes filled with ecstasy and terror entwined, marked by God and devil in
embracethe seal of the Shining Onethe deadalive; the lost ones!
The loot of the Dweller!
Soulsick, I gazed. They lifted to us visages of dread; they swept down toward us, glaring upwarda bank
against which other and still other waves of faces rolled, were checked, paused; until as far as I could see, like
billows piled upon an evergrowing barrier, they stretched beneath usstaringstaring!
Now there was a movementfar, far away; a concentrating of the lambency; the deadalive swayed,
oscillated, separated forming a long lane against whose outskirts they crowded with avid, hungry
insistence.
First only a luminous cloud, then a whirling pillar of splendours through the lane camethe Shining One. As
it passed, the deadalive swirled in its wake like leaves behind a whirlwind, eddying, twisting; and as the
Dweller raced by them, brushing them with its spirallings and tentacles, they shone forth with unearthly,
awesome gleamingslike vessels of alabaster in which wicks flare suddenly. And when it had passed they
closed behind it, staring up at us once more.
The Dweller paused beneath us.
Out of the drifting ruck swam the body of Throckmartin! Throckmartin, my friend, to find whom I had gone
to the pallid moon door; my friend whose call I had so laggardly followed. On his face was the Dweller's
dreadful stamp; the lips were bloodless; the eyes were wide, lucent, something like pale, phosphorescence
gleaming within themand soulless.
He stared straight up at me, unwinking, unrecognizing. Pressing against his side was a woman, young and
gentle, and lovelylovely even through the mask that lay upon her face. And her wide eyes, like
Throckmartin's, glowed with the lurking, unholy fires. She pressed against him closely; though the hordes
kept up the faint churning, these two kept ever together, as though bound by unseen fetters.
And I knew the girl for Edith, his wife, who in vain effort to save him had cast herself into the Dweller's
embrace!
"Throckmartin!" I cried. "Throckmartin! I'm here!"
Did he hear? I know now, of course, he could not.
But then I waitedhope striving to break through the nightmare hands that gripped my heart.
Their wide eyes never left me. There was another movement about them, others pushed past them; they
drifted back, swaying, eddyingand still staring were lost in the awful throng.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 142
Page No 145
Vainly I strained my gaze to find them again, to force some sign of recognition, some awakening of the clean
life we know. But they were gone. Try as I would I could not see themnor Stanton and the northern woman
named Thora who had been the first of that tragic party to be taken by the Dweller.
"Throckmartin!" I cried again, despairingly. My tears blinded me.
I felt Lakla's light touch.
"Steady," she commanded, pitifully. "Steady, Goodwin. You cannot help themnow! Steady andwatch!"
Below us the Shining One had pausedspiralling, swirling, vibrant with all its transcendent, devilish beauty;
had paused and was contemplating us. Now I could see clearly that nucleus, that core shot through with
flashing veins of radiance, that evershifting shape of glory through the shroudings of shimmering, misty
plumes, throbbing lacy opalescences, vaporous spirallings of prismatic phantom fires. Steady over it hung the
seven little moons of amethyst, of saffron, of emerald and azure and silver, of rose of life and moon white.
They poised themselves like a diadem calm, serene, immobileand down from them into the Dweller,
piercing plumes and swirls and spirals, ran countless tiny strands, radiations, finer than the finest spun thread
of spider's web, gleaming filaments through which seemed to runPOWERfrom the seven globes;
likeyes, that was it miniatures of the seven torrents of moon flame that poured through the
septichromatic, high crystals in the Moon Pool's chamber roof.
Swam out of the coruscating haze theface!
Both of man and of woman it waslike some ancient, androgynous deity of Etruscan fanes long dust, and
yet neither woman nor man; human and unhuman, seraphic and sinister, benign and maleficand still no
more of these four than is flame, which is beautiful whether it warms or devours, or wind whether it feathers
the trees or shatters them, or the wave which is wondrous whether it caresses or kills.
Subtly, undefinably it was of our world and of one not ours. Its lineaments flowed from another sphere, took
fleeting familiar formand as swiftly withdrew whence they had come; something amorphous,
unearthlyas of unknown unheeding, unseen gods rushing through the depths of starhung space; and still of
our own earth, with the very soul of earth peering out from it, caught within itand in some
unholyway debased.
It had eyeseyes that were now only shadows darkening within its luminosity like veils falling, and falling,
OPENING windows into the unknowable; deepening into softly glowing blue pools, blue as the Moon Pool
itself; then flashing out, and this only when thefacebore its most human resemblance, into twin stars
large almost as the crown of little moons; and with that same baffling suggestion of peepholes into a world
untrodden, alien, perilous to man!
"Steady!" came Lakla's voice, her body leaned against mine.
I gripped myself, my brain steadied, I looked again. And I saw that of body, at least body as we know it, the
Shining One had nonenothing but the throbbing, pulsing core streaked with lightning veins of rainbows;
and around this, never still, sheathing it, the swirling, glorious veilings of its hell and heaven born radiance.
So the Dweller stoodand gazed.
Then up toward us swept a reaching, questing spiral!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 143
Page No 146
Under my hand Lakla's shoulder quivered; DeadAlive and their master vanishedI danced, flickered,
WITHIN the rock; felt a swift sense of shrinking, of withdrawal; slice upon slice the carded walls of stone, of
silvery waters, of elfin gardens slipped from me as cards are withdrawn from a pack, one by oneslipped,
wheeled, flattened, and lengthened out as I passed through them and they passed from me.
Gasping, shaken, weak, I stood within the faceted oval chamber; arm still about the handmaiden's white
shoulder; Larry's hand still clutching her girdle.
The roaring, impalpable gale from the cosmos was retreating to the outposts of spacewas still; the intense,
streaming, flooding radiance lesseneddied.
"Now have you beheld," said Lakla, "and well you trod the road. And now shall you hear, even as the Silent
Ones have commanded, what the Shining One isand how it came to be."
The steps flashed back; the doorway into the chamber opened.
Larry as silent as Iwe followed her through it.
CHAPTER XXIX The Shaping of the Shining One
WE REACHED what I knew to be Lakla's own boudoir, if I may so call it. Smaller than any of the other
chambers of the domed castle in which we had been, its intimacy was revealed not only by its faint fragrance
but by its high mirrors of polished silver and various oddly wrought articles of the feminine toilet that lay
here and there; things I afterward knew to be the work of the artisans of the _Akka_ and no mean metal
workers were they. One of the window slits dropped almost to the floor, and at its base was a wide,
comfortably cushioned seat commanding a view of the bridge and of the cavern ledge. To this the
handmaiden beckoned us; sank upon it, drew Larry down beside her and motioned me to sit close to him.
"Now this," she said, "is what the Silent Ones have commanded me to tell you two: To you Larry, that
knowing you may weigh all things in your mind and answer as your spirit bids you a question that the Three
will askand what that is I know not," she murmured, "and I, they say, must answer, tooand itfrightens
me!"
The great golden eyes widened; darkened with dread; she sighed, shook her head impatiently.
"Not like us, and never like us," she spoke low, wonderingly, "the Silent Ones say were they. Nor were those
from which they sprang like those from which we have come. Ancient, ancient beyond thought are the
_Taithu_, the race of the Silent Ones. Far, far below this place where now we sit, close to earth heart itself
were they born; and there they dwelt for time upon time, _laya_ upon _laya_ upon _laya_with others, not
like them, some of which have vanished time upon time agone, others that still dwellbelowin their
cradle.
"It is hard"she hesitated"hard to tell thisthat slips through my mindbecause I know so little that
even as the Three told it to me it passed from me for lack of place to stand upon," she went on, quaintly.
"Something there was of time when earth and sun were but cold mists in the the heavenssomething of
these mists drawing together, whirling, whirling, faster and fasterdrawing as they whirled more and more
of the mistsgrowing larger, growing warmforming at last into the globes they are, with others spinning
around the sunsomething of regions within this globe where vast fire was prisoned and bursting forth tore
and rent the young orbof one such bursting forth that sent what you call moon flying out to company us
and left behind those spaces whence we now dwelland ofof life particles that here and there below grew
into the race of the Silent Ones, and those othersbut not the _Akka_ which, like you, they say came from
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 144
Page No 147
aboveand all this I do not understanddo you, Goodwin?" she appealed to me.
I noddedfor what she had related so fragmentarily was in reality an excellent approach to the
ChamberlainMoulton theory of a coalescing nebula contracting into the sun and its planets.
Astonishing was the recognition of this theory. Even more so was the reference to the life particles, the idea
of Arrhenius, the great Swede, of life starting on earth through the dropping of minute, life SPORES,
propelled through space by the driving power of light and, encountering favourable environment here,
developing through the vast ages into man and every other living thing we know.1
*1 Professor Svante August Arrhenius, in his _Worlds in the Making_ the conception that life is
universally diffused, constantly emitted from all habitable worlds in the form of spores which traverse space
for years and ages, the majority being ultimately destroyed by the heat of some blazing star, but some few
finding a restingplace on globes which have reached the habitable stage.W. T. G.
Nor was it incredible that in the ancient nebula that was the matrix of our solar system similar, or rather
DISSIMILAR, particles in all but the subtle essence we call life, might have become entangled and, resisting
every cataclysm as they had resisted the absolute zero of outer space, found in these caverned spaces their
proper environment to develop into the race of the Silent Ones andonly THEY could tell what else!
"They say," the handmaiden's voice was surer, "they say that in theircradlenear earth's heart they grew;
grew untroubled by the turmoil and disorder which flayed the surface of this globe. And they say it was a
place of light and that strength came to them from earth heartstrength greater than you and those from
which you sprang ever derived from sun.
"At last, ancient, ancient beyond all thought, they say again, was this timethey began to know,
totorealize themselves. And wisdom came ever more swiftly. Up from their cradle, because they did
not wish to dwell longer with thoseothersthey came and found this place.
"When all the face of earth was covered with waters in which lived only tiny, hungry things that knew naught
save hunger and its satisfaction, THEY had attained wisdom that enabled them to make paths such as we
have just travelled and to look out upon those waters! And _laya_ upon _laya_ thereafter, time upon time,
they went upon the paths and watched the flood recede; saw great bare flats of steaming ooze appear on
which crawled and splashed larger things which had grown from the tiny hungry ones; watched the flats rise
higher and higher and green life begin to clothe them; saw mountains uplift and vanish.
"Ever the green life waxed and the things which crept and crawled grew greater and took ever different
forms; until at last came a time when the steaming mists lightened and the things which had begun as little
more than tiny hungry mouths were huge and monstrous, so huge that the tallest of my _Akka_ would not
have reached the knee of the smallest of them.
"But in none of these, in NONE, was thererealization of themselves, say the Three; naught but hunger
driving, always driving them to still its crying.
"So for time upon time the race of the Silent Ones took the paths no more, placing aside the halfthought that
they had of making their way to earth face even as they had made their way from beside earth heart. They
turned wholly to the seeking of wisdomand after other time on time they attained that which killed even
the faintest shadow of the halfthought. For they crept far within the mysteries of life and death, they
mastered the illusion of space, they lifted the veils of creation and of its twin destruction, and they stripped
the covering from the flaming jewel of truthbut when they had crept within those mysteries they bid me
tell YOU, Goodwin, they found ever other mysteries veiling the way; and after they had uncovered the jewel
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 145
Page No 148
of truth they found it to be a gem of infinite facets and therefore not wholly to be read before eternity's
unthinkable end!
"And for this they were gladbecause now throughout eternity might they and theirs pursue knowledge over
ways illimitable.
"They conquered lightlight that sprang at their bidding from the nothingness that gives birth to all things
and in which lie all things that are, have been and shall be; light that streamed through their bodies cleansing
them of all dross; light that was food and drink; light that carried their vision afar or bore to them images out
of space opening many windows through which they gazed down upon life on thousands upon thousands of
the rushing worlds; light that was the flame of life itself and in which they bathed, ever renewing their own.
They set radiant lamps within the stones, and of black light they wove the sheltering shadows and the
shadows that slay.
"Arose from this people those Threethe Silent Ones. They led them all in wisdom so that in the Three
grew pride. And the Three built them this place in which we sit and set the Portal in its place and withdrew
from their kind to go alone into the mysteries and to map alone the facets of Truth Jewel.
"Then there came the ancestors of the_Akka_; not as they are now, and glowing but faintly within them
the spark of selfrealization. And the _Taithu_ seeing this spark did not slay them. But they took the
ancient, long untrodden paths and looked forth once more upon earth face. Now on the land were vast forests
and a chaos of green life. On the shores things scaled and fanged, fought and devoured each other, and in the
green life moved bodies great and small that slew and ran from those that would slay.
"They searched for the passage through which the _Akka_ had come and closed it. Then the Three took them
and brought them here; and taught them and blew upon the spark until it burned ever stronger and in time
they became much as they are nowmy _Akka_.
"The Three took counsel after this and said'We have strengthened life in these until it has become
articulate; shall we not CREATE life?'" Again she hesitated, her eyes rapt, dreaming. "The Three are
speaking," she murmured. "They have my tongue"
And certainly, with an ease and rapidity as though she were but a voice through which minds far more facile,
more powerful poured their thoughts, she spoke.
"Yea," the golden voice was vibrant. "We said that what we would create should be of the spirit of life itself,
speaking to us with the tongues of the farflung stars, of the winds, of the waters, and of all upon and within
these. Upon that universal matrix of matter, that mother of all things that you name the ether, we laboured.
Think not that her wondrous fertility is limited by what ye see on earth or what has been on earth from its
beginning. Infinite, infinite are the forms the mother bears and countless are the energies that are part of her.
"By our wisdom we had fashioned many windows out of our abode and through them we stared into the faces
of myriads of worlds, and upon them all were the children of ether even as the worlds themselves were her
children.
"Watching we learned, and learning we formed that ye term the Dweller, which those without namethe
Shining One. Within the Universal Mother we shaped it, to be a voice to tell us her secrets, a lamp to go
before us lighting the mysteries. Out of the ether we fashioned it, giving it the soul of light that still ye know
not nor perhaps ever may know, and with the essence of life that ye saw blossoming deep in the abyss and
that is the pulse of earth heart we filled it. And we wrought with pain and with love, with yearning and with
scorching pride and from our travail came the Shining Oneour child!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 146
Page No 149
"There is an energy beyond and above ether, a purposeful, sentient force that laps like an ocean the
furthestflung star, that transfuses all that ether bears, that sees and speaks and feels in us and in you, that is
incorporate in beast and bird and reptile, in tree and grass and all living things, that sleeps in rock and stone,
that finds sparkling tongue in jewel and star and in all dwellers within the firmament. And this ye call
consciousness!
"We crowned the Shining One with the seven orbs of light which are the channels between it and the
sentience we sought to make articulate, the portals through which flow its currents and so flowing, become
choate, vocal, selfrealizant within our child.
"But as we shaped, there passed some of the essence of our pride; in giving will we had given power,
perforce, to exercise that will for good or for evil, to speak or to be silent, to tell us what we wished of that
which poured into it through the seven orbs or to withhold that knowledge itself; and in forging it from the
immortal energies we had endowed it with their indifference; open to all consciousness it held within it the
pole of utter joy and the pole of utter woe with all the arc that lies between; all the ecstasies of the countless
worlds and suns and all their sorrows; all that ye symbolize as gods and all ye symbolize as devilsnot
negativing each other, for there is no such thing as negation, but holding them together, balancing them,
encompassing them, pole upon pole!"
So THIS was the explanation of the entwined emotions of joy and terror that had changed so appallingly
Throckmartin' s face and the faces of all the Dweller's slaves!
The handmaiden's eyes grew bright, alert, again; the brooding passed from her face; the golden voice that had
been so deep found its own familiar pitch.
"I listened while the Three spoke to you," she said. "Now the shaping of the Shining One had been a long,
long travail and time had flown over the outer world _laya_ upon _laya_. For a space the Shining One was
content to dwell here; to be fed with the foods of light: to open the eyes of the Three to mystery upon mystery
and to read for them facet after facet of the gem of truth. Yet as the tides of consciousness flowed through it
they left behind shadowings and echoes of their burdens; and the Shining One grew stronger, always stronger
of ITSELF WITHIN ITSELF. Its will strengthened and now not always was it the will of the Three; and the
pride that was woven in the making of it waxed, while the love for them that its creators had set within it
waned.
"Not ignorant were the _Taithu_ of the work of the Three. First there were a few, then more and more who
coveted the Shining One and who would have had the Three share with them the knowledge it drew in for
them. But the Silent Ones in their pride, would not.
"There came a time when its will was now ALL its own, and it rebelled, turning its gaze to the wider spaces
beyond the Portal, offering itself to the many there who would serve it; tiring of the Three, their control and
their abode.
"Now the Shining One has its limitations, even as we. Over water it can pass, through air and through fire;
but pass it cannot, through rock or metal. So it sent a messagehow I know notto the _Taithu_ who
desired it, whispering to them the secret of the Portal. And when the time was ripe they opened the Portal and
the Shining One passed through it to them; nor would it return to the Three though they commanded, and
when they would have forced it they found that it had hived and hidden a knowledge that they could not
overcome.
"Yet by their arts the Three could have shattered the seven shining orbs; but they would not becausethey
loved, it!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 147
Page No 150
"Those to whom it had gone built for it that place I have shown you, and they bowed to it and drew wisdom
from it. And ever they turned more and more from the ways in which the _Taithu_ had walkedfor it
seemed that which came to the Shining One through the seven orbs had less and less of good and more and
more of the power you call evil. Knowledge it gave and understanding, yes; but not that which, clear and
serene, lights the paths of right wisdom; rather were they flares pointing the dark roads that lead toto the
ultimate evil!
"Not all of the race of the Three followed the counsel of the Shining One. There were many, many, who
would have none of it nor of its power. So were the _Taithu_ split; and to this place where there had been
none, came hatred, fear and suspicion. Those who pursued the ancient ways went to the Three and pleaded
with them to destroy their workand they would not, for still they loved it.
"Stronger grew the Dweller and less and less did it lay before its worshippersfor now so they had
becomethe fruits of its knowledge; and it grewrestlessturning its gaze upon earth face even as it had
turned it from the Three. It whispered to the _Taithu_ to take again the paths and look out upon the world.
Lo! above them was a great fertile land on which dwelt an unfamiliar race, skilled in arts, seeking and finding
wisdommankind! Mighty builders were they; vast were their cities and huge their temples of stone.
"They called their lands Muria and they worshipped a god Thanaroa whom they imagined to be the maker of
all things, dwelling far away. They worshipped as closer gods, not indifferent but to be prayed to and to be
propitiated, the moon and the sun. Two kings they had, each with his council and his court. One was high
priest to the moon and the other high priest to the sun.
"The mass of this people were blackhaired, but the sun king and his nobles were ruddy with hair like mine;
and the moon king and his followers were like Yolaraor Lugur. And this, the Three say, Goodwin, came
about because for time upon time the law had been that whenever a ruddyhaired or ashentressed child was
born of the blackhaired it became dedicated at once to either sun god or moon god, later wedding and bearing
children only to their own kind. Until at last from the blackhaired came no more of the lightlocked ones,
but the ruddy ones, being stronger, still arose from them."
CHAPTER XXX The Building of the Moon Pool
SHE PAUSED, running her long fingers through her own bronzeflecked ringlets. Selective breeding this,
with a vengeance, I thought; an ancient experiment in heredity which of course would in time result in the
stamping out of the tendency to depart from type that lies in all organisms; resulting, obviously, at last, in
three fixed forms of blackhaired, ruddyhaired, and silverhairedbut this, with a shock of realization it
came to me, was also an accurate description of the darkpolled _ladala_, their fairhaired rulers and of the
goldenbrown tressed Lakla!
Howquestions began to stream through my mind; silenced by the handmaiden's voice.
"Above, far, far above the abode of the Shining One," she said, "was their greatest temple, holding the shrines
both of sun and moon. All about it were other temples hidden behind mighty walls, each enclosing its own
space and squared and ruled and standing within a shallow lake; the sacred city, the city of the gods of this
land"
"It is the NanMatal that she is describing," I thought.
"Out upon all this looked the _Taithu_ who were now but the servants of the Shining One as it had been the
messenger of the Three," she went on. "When they returned the Shining One spoke to them, promising them
dominion over all that they had seen, yea, UNDER IT dominion of all earth itself and later perhaps of other
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 148
Page No 151
earths!
"In the Shining One had grown craft, cunning; knowledge to gain that which it desired. Therefore it told its
_Taithu_ and mayhap told them truththat not yet was it time for THEM to go forth; that slowly must
they pass into that outer world, for they had sprung from heart of earth and even it lacked power to swirl
unaided into and through the above. Then it counselled them, instructing them what to do. They hollowed the
chamber wherein first I saw you, cutting their way to it that path down which from it you sped.
"It revealed to them that the force that is within moon flame is kin to the force that is within it, for the
chamber of its birth was the chamber too of moon birth and into it went the subtle essence and powers that
flow in that earth child: and it taught them how to make that which fills what you call the Moon Pool whose
opening is close behind its Veil hanging upon the gleaming cliffs.
"When this was done it taught them how to make and how to place the seven lights through which moon
flame streams into Moon Poolthe seven lights that are kin to its own seven orbs even as its fires are kin to
moon firesand which would open for it a path that it could tread. And all this the _Taithu_ did, working so
secretly that neither those of their race whose faces were set against the Shining One nor the busy men above
know aught of it.
"When it was done they moved up the path, clustering within the Moon Pool Chamber. Moon flame streamed
through the seven globes, poured down upon the pool; they saw mists arise, embrace, and become one with
the moon flameand then up through Moon Pool, shaping itself within the mists of light, whirling,
radiantthe Shining One!
"Almost free, almost loosed upon the world it coveted!
"Again it counselled them, and they pierced the passage whose portal you found first; set the fires within its
stones, and revealing themselves to the moon king and his priests spake to them even as the Shining One had
instructed.
"Now was the moon king filled with fear when he looked upon the _Taithu_, shrouded with protecting mists
of light in Moon Pool Chamber, and heard their words. Yet, being crafty, he thought of the power that would
be his if he heeded and how quickly the strength of the sun king would dwindle. So he and his made a pact
with the Shining One's messengers.
"When next the moon was round and poured its flames down upon Moon Pool, the _Taithu_ gathered there
again, watched the child of the Three take shape within the pillars, speed awayand out! They heard a
mighty shouting, a tumult of terror, of awe and of worship; a silence; a vast sighingand they waited,
wrapped in their mists of light, for they feared to follow nor were they near the paths that would have enabled
them to look without.
"Another tumultand back came the Shining One, murmuring with joy, pulsing, triumphant, and clasped
within its vapours a man and woman, ruddyhaired, goldeneyed, in whose faces rapture and horror lay side
by sidegloriously, hideously. And still holding them it danced above the Moon Pool andsank!
"Now must I be brief. _Lat_ after _lat_ the Shining One went forth, returning with its sacrifices. And stronger
after each it grewand gayer and more cruel. Ever when it passed with its prey toward the pool, the
_Taithu_ who watched felt a swift, strong intoxication, a drunkenness of spirit, streaming from it to them.
And the Shining One forgot what it had promised them of dominionand in this new evil delight they too
forgot.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 149
Page No 152
"The outer land was torn with hatred and open strife. The moon king and his kind, through the guidance of
the evil _Taithu_ and the favour of the Shining One, had become powerful and the sun king and his were
darkened. And the moon priests preached that the child of the Three was the moon god itself come to dwell
with them.
"Now vast tides arose and when they withdrew they took with them great portions of this country. And the
land itself began to sink. Then said the moon king that the moon had called to ocean to destroy because wroth
that another than he was worshipped. The people believed and there was slaughter. When it was over there
was no more a sun king nor any of the ruddyhaired folk; slain were they, slain down to the babe at breast.
"But still the tides swept higher; still dwindled the land!
"As it shrank multitudes of the fleeing people were led through Moon Pool Chamber and carried here. They
were what now are called the _ladala_, and they were given place and set to work; and they thrived. Came
many of the fairhaired; and they were given dwellings. They sat beside the evil _Taithu_; they became drunk
even as they with the dancing of the Shining One; they learnednot all; only a little part but little
enoughof their arts. And ever the Shining One danced more gaily out there within the black amphitheatre;
grew ever strongerand ever the hordes of its slaves behind the Veil increased.
"Nor did the _Taithu_ who clung to the old ways check this they could not. By the sinking of the land
above, their own spaces were imperilled. All of their strength and all of their wisdom it took to keep this land
from perishing; nor had they help from those others mad for the poison of the Shining One; and they had no
time to deal with them nor the earth race with whom they had foregathered.
"At last came a slow, vast flood. It rolled even to the bases of the walled islets of the city of the godsand
within these now were all that were left of my people on earth face.
"I am of those people," she paused, looking at me proudly, "one of the daughters of the sun king whose seed
is still alive in the _ladala_!"
As Larry opened his mouth to speak she waved a silencing hand.
"This tide did not recede," she went on. "And after a time the remnant, the moon king leading them, joined
those who had already fled below. The rocks became still, the quakings ceased, and now those Ancient Ones
who had been labouring could take breath. And anger grew within them as they looked upon the work of their
evil kin. Again they sought the Threeand the Three now knew what they had done and their pride was
humbled. They would not slay the Shining One themselves, for still they loved it; but they instructed these
others how to undo their work; how also they might destroy the evil _Taithu_ were it necessary.
"Armed with the wisdom of the Three they went forth but now the Shining One was strong indeed. They
could not slay it!
"Nay, it knew and was prepared; they could not even pass beyond its Veil nor seal its abode. Ah, strong,
strong, mighty of will, full of craft and cunning had the Shining One become. So they turned upon their kind
who had gone astray and made them perish, to the last. The Shining One came not to the aid of its
servantsthough they called; for within its will was the thought that they were of no further use to it; that it
would rest awhile and dance with themwho had so little of the power and wisdom of its _Taithu_ and
therefore no reins upon it. And while this was happening blackhaired and fairhaired ran and hid and were
but shaking vessels of terror.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 150
Page No 153
"The Ancient Ones took counsel. This was their decision; that they would go from the gardens before the
Silver Waters leaving, since they could not kill it, the Shining One with its worshippers. They sealed the
mouth of the passage that leads to the Moon Pool Chamber and they changed the face of the cliff so that none
might tell where it had been. But the passage itself they left openhaving foreknowledge I think, of a thing
that was to come to pass in the far future perhaps it was your journey here, my Larry and Goodwin
verily I think so. And they destroyed all the ways save that which we three trod to the Dweller's abode.
"For the last time they went to the Threeto pass sentence upon them. This was the doomthat here they
should remain, alone, among the _Akka_, served by them, until that time dawned when they would have will
to destroy the evil they had createdand even nowloved; nor might they seek death, nor follow their
judges until this had come to pass. This was the doom they put upon the Three for the wickedness that had
sprung from their pride, and they strengthened it with their arts that it might not be broken.
"Then they passedto a far land they had chosen where the Shining One could not go, beyond the Black
Precipices of Doul, a green land"
"Ireland!" interrupted Larry, with conviction, "I knew it."
"Since then time upon time had passed," she went on, unheeding. "The people called this place Muria after
their sunken land and soon they forgot where had been the passage the _Taithu_ had sealed. The moon king
became the Voice of the Dweller and always with the Voice is a woman of the moon king's kin who is its
priestess.
"And many have been the journeys upward of the Shining One, through the Moon Poolreturning with still
others in its coils.
"And now again has it grown restless, longing for the wider spaces. It has spoken to Yolara and to Lugur
even as it did to the dead _Taithu_, promising them dominion. And it has grown stronger, drawing to itself
power to go far on the moon stream where it will. Thus was it able to seize your friend, Goodwin, and Olaf's
wife and babeand many more. Yolara and Lugur plan to open way to earth face; to depart with their court
and under the Shining One grasp the world!
"And this is the tale the Silent Ones bade me tell you and it is done."
Breathlessly I had listened to the stupendous epic of a longlost world. Now I found speech to voice the
question ever with me, the thing that lay as close to my heart as did the welfare of Larry, indeed the whole
object of my quest the fate of Throckmartin and those who had passed with him into the Dweller's lair;
yes, and of Olaf's wife, too.
"Lakla," I said, "the friend who drew me here and those he loved who went before himcan we not save
them?"
"The Three say no, Goodwin." There was again in her eyes the pity with which she had looked upon Olaf.
"The Shining OneFEEDSupon the flame of life itself, setting in its place its own fires and its own will.
Its slaves are only shells through which it gleams. Death, say the Three, is the best that can come to them; yet
will that be a boon great indeed."
"But they have souls, _mavourneen_," Larry said to her. "And they're alive stillin a way. Anyhow, their
souls have not gone from them."
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 151
Page No 154
I caught a hope from his wordssceptic though I am holding that the existence of soul has never been
proved by dependable laboratory methodsfor they recalled to me that when I had seen Throckmartin, Edith
had been close beside him.
"It was days after his wife was taken, that the Dweller seized Throckmartin," I cried. "How, if their wills,
their life, were indeed gone, how did they find each other mid all that horde? How did they come together in
the Dweller's lair?"
"I do not know," she answered, slowly. "You say they lovedand it is true that love is stronger even than
death!"
"One thing I DON'T understand"this was Larry again "is why a girl like you keeps coming out of the
blackhaired crowd; so frequently and one might say, so regularly, Lakla. Aren't there ever any redheaded
boysand if they are what becomes of them?"
"That, Larry, I cannot answer," she said, very frankly. "There was a pact of some kind; how made or by
whom I know not. But for long the Murians feared the return of the _Taithu_ and greatly they feared the
Three. Even the Shining One feared those who had created itfor a time; and not even now is it eager to
face themTHAT I know. Nor are Yolara and Lugur so SURE. It may be that the Three commanded it: but
how or why I know not. I only know that it is truefor here am I and from where else would I have come?"
"From Ireland," said Larry O'Keefe, promptly. "And that's where you're going. For 'tis no place for a girl like
you to have been brought upLakla; what with people like frogs, and a halfgod three quarters devil, and
red oceans, an' the only Irish things yourself and the Silent Ones up there, bless their hearts. It's no place for
ye, and by the soul of St. Patrick, it's out of it soon ye'll be gettin'!"
Larry! Larry! If it had but been trueand I could see Lakla and you beside me now!
CHAPTER XXXI Larry and the FrogMen
LONG had been her tale in the telling, and too long, perhaps, have I been in the repeatingbut not every day
are the mists rolled away to reveal undreamed secrets of earthyouth. And I have set it down here, adding
nothing, taking nothing from it; translating liberally, it is true, but constantly striving, while putting it into
ideaforms and phraseology to be readily understood by my readers, to keep accurately to the spirit. And this,
I must repeat, I have done throughout my narrative, wherever it has been necessary to record conversation
with the Murians.
Rising, I found I was painfully stiffas musclebound as though I had actually trudged many miles. Larry,
imitating me, gave an involuntary groan.
"Faith, _mavourneen_," he said to Lakla, relapsing unconsciously into English, "your roads would never wear
out shoeleather, but they've got their kick, just the same!"
She understood our plight, if not his words; gave a soft little cry of mingled pity and selfreproach; forced us
back upon the cushions.
"Oh, but I'm sorry!" mourned Lakla, leaning over us. "I had forgottenfor those new to it the way is a weary
one, indeed"
She ran to the doorway, whistled a clear high note down the passage. Through the hangings came two of the
frogmen. She spoke to them rapidly. They crouched toward us, what certainly was meant for an amiable
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 152
Page No 155
grin wrinkling the grotesque muzzles, baring the glistening rows of needleteeth. And while I watched them
with the fascination that they never lost for me, the monsters calmly swung one arm around our knees, lifted
us up like babiesand as calmly started to walk away with us!
"Put me down! Put me down, I say!" The O'Keefe's voice was both outraged and angry; squinting around I
saw him struggling violently to get to his feet. The _Akka_ only held him tighter, booming comfortingly,
peering down into his flushed face inquiringly.
"But, Larrydarlin'!" Lakla's tones werewell, maternally surprised"you're stiff and sore, and Kra
can carry you quite easily."
"I WON'T be carried!" sputtered the O'Keefe. "Damn it, Goodwin, there are such things as the unities even
here, an' for a lieutenant of the Royal Air Force to be picked up an' carted around like alike a bundle of
ragsit's not discipline ! Put me down, ye _omadhaun_, or I'll poke ye in the snout!" he shouted to his
bearerwho only boomed gently, and stared at the handmaiden, plainly for further instructions.
"But, Larrydear!"Lakla was plainly distressed"it will HURT you to walk; and I don't WANT you to
hurt, Larry darlin'!"
"Holy shade of St. Patrick!" moaned Larry; again he made a mighty effort to tear himself from the
frogman's grip; gave up with a groan. "Listen, _alanna_!" he said plaintively. "When we get to Ireland, you
and I, we won't have anybody to pick us up and carry us about every time we get a bit tired. And it's getting
me in bad habits you are!"
"Oh, YES, we will, Larry!" cried the handmaiden, "because many, oh, many, of my _Akka_ will go with us!"
"Will you tell thisBOOB!to put me down!" gritted the now thoroughly aroused O'Keefe. I couldn't help
laughing; he glared at me.
"Boooob?" exclaimed Lakla.
"Yes, booooob!" said O'Keefe, "an' I have no desire to explain the word in my present position, light of my
soul!"
The handmaiden sighed, plainly dejected. But she spoke again to the _Akka_, who gently lowered the
O'Keefe to the floor.
"I don't understand," she said hopelessly, "if you want to walk, why, of course, you shall, Larry." She turned
to me.
"Do you?" she asked.
"I do not," I said firmly.
"Well, then," murmured Lakla, "go you, Larry and Goodwin, with Kra and Gulk, and let them minister to
you. After, sleep a littlefor not soon will Rador and Olaf return. And let me feel your lips before you go,
Larrydarlin'!" She covered his eyes caressingly with her soft little palms; pushed him away.
"Now go," said Lakla, "and rest!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 153
Page No 156
Unashamed I lay back against the horny chest of Gulk; and with a smile noticed that Larry, even if he had
rebelled at being carried, did not disdain the support of Kra's shining, blackscaled arm which, slipping
around his waist, halflifted him along.
They parted a hanging and dropped us softly down beside a little pool, sparkling with the clear water that had
heretofore been brought us in the wide basins. Then they began to undress us. And at this point the O'Keefe
gave up.
"Whatever they're going to do we can't stop 'em, Doc!" he moaned. "Anyway, I feel as though I've been
pulled through a knothole, and I don't careI don't careas the song says."
When we were stripped we were lowered gently into the water. But not long did the _Akka_ let us splash
about the shallow basin. They lifted us out, and from jars began deftly to anoint and rub us with aromatic
unguents.
I think that in all the medley of grotesque, of tragic, of baffling, strange and perilous experiences in that
underground world none was more bizarre than thisvaleting. I began to laugh, Larry joined me, and then
Kra and Gulk joined in our merriment with deep batrachian cachinnations and gruntings. Then, having
finished apparelling us and still chuckling, the two touched our arms and led us out, into a room whose
circular sides were ringed with soft divans. Still smiling, I sank at once into sleep.
How long I slumbered I do not know. A low and thunderous booming coming through the deep window slit,
reverberated through the room and awakened me. Larry yawned; arose briskly.
"Sounds as though the bass drums of every jazz band in New York were serenading us!" he observed.
Simultaneously we sprang to the window; peered through.
We were a little above the level of the bridge, and its full length was plain before us. Thousands upon
thousands of the _Akka_ were crowding upon it, and far away other hordes filled like a glittering thicket both
sides of the cavern ledge's crescent strand. On black scale and orange scale the crimson light fell, picking
them off in little flickering points.
Upon the platform from which sprang the smaller span over the abyss were Lakla, Olaf, and Rador; the
handmaiden clearly acting as interpreter between them and the giant she had called Nak, the Frog King.
"Come on!" shouted Larry.
Out of the open portal we ran; over the World Heart Bridgeand straight into the group.
"Oh!" cried Lakla, "I didn't want you to wake up so soon, Larrydarlin'!"
"See here, _mavourneen_!" Indignation thrilled in the Irishman' s voice. "I'm not going to be done up with
babyribbons and laid away in a cradle for safekeeping while a fight is on; don't think it. Why didn't you
call me?"
"You needed rest!" There was indomitable determination in the handmaiden's tones, the eternal maternal
shining defiant from her eyes. "You were tired and you hurt! You shouldn't have got up!"
"Needed the rest!" groaned Larry. "Look here, Lakla, what do you think I am?"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 154
Page No 157
"You're all I have," said that maiden firmly, "and I'm going to take care of you, Larrydarlin'! Don't you
ever think anything else."
"Well, pulse of my heart, considering my delicate health and general fragility, would it hurt me, do you think,
to be told what's going on?" he asked.
"Not at all, Larry!" answered the handmaiden serenely. "Yolara went through the Portal. She was very,
VERY angry"
"She was all the devil's woman that she is!" rumbled Olaf.
"Rador met the messenger," went on the Golden Girl calmly. "The _ladala_ are ready to rise when Lugur and
Yolara lead their hosts against us. They will strike at those left behind. And in the meantime we shall have
disposed my _Akka_ to meet Yolara's men. And on that disposal we must all take counsel, you, Larry, and
Rador, Olaf and Goodwin and Nak, the ruler of the _Akka_."
"Did the messenger give any idea when Yolara expects to make her little call?" asked Larry.
"Yes," she answered. "They prepare, and we may expect them in" She gave the equivalent of about
thirtysix hours of our time.
"But, Lakla," I said, the doubt that I had long been holding finding voice, "should the Shining One
comewith its slavesare the Three strong enough to cope with it?"
There was troubled doubt in her own eyes.
"I do not know," she said at last, frankly. "You have heard their story. What they promise is that they will
help. I do not knowany more than do you, Goodwin!"
I looked up at the dome beneath which I knew the dread Trinity stared forth; even down upon us. And despite
the awe, the assurance, I had felt when I stood before them I, too, doubted.
"Well," said Larry, "you and I, uncle," he turned to Rador, "and Olaf here had better decide just what part of
the battle we'll lead"
"Lead!" the handmaiden was appalled. "YOU lead, Larry? Why you are to stay with Goodwin and with
meup there, there we can watch."
"Heart's beloved," O'Keefe was stern indeed. "A thousand times I've looked Death straight in the face, peered
into his eyes. Yes, and with ten thousand feet of space under me an' bursting shells tickling the ribs of the
boat I was in. An' d'ye think I'll sit now on the grandstand an' watch while a game like this is being pulled?
Ye don't know your future husband, soul of my delight!"
And so we started toward the golden opening, squads of the frogmen following us soldierly and
disappearing about the huge structure. Nor did we stop until we came to the handmaiden's boudoir. There we
seated ourselves.
"Now," said Larry, "two things I want to know. First how many can Yolara muster against us; second, how
many of these _Akka_ have we to meet them?"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 155
Page No 158
Rador gave our equivalent for eighty thousand men as the force Yolara could muster without stripping her
city. Against this force, it appeared, we could count, roughly, upon two hundred thousand of the _Akka_.
"And they're some fighters!" exclaimed Larry. "Hell, with odds like that what're you worrying about? It's
over before it's begun."
"But, _Larree_," objected Rador to this, "you forget that the nobles will have the _Keth_and other things;
also that the soldiers have fought against the _Akka_ before and will be shielded very well from their spears
and clubsand that their blades and javelins can bite through the scales of Nak's warriors. They have many
things"
"Uncle," interjected O'Keefe, "one thing they have is your nerve. Why, we're more than two to one. And take
it from me"
Without warning dropped the tragedy!
CHAPTER XXXII "Your Love; Your Lives; Your Souls!"
LAKLA had taken no part in the talk since we had reached her bower. She had seated herself close to the
O'Keefe. Glancing at her I had seen steal over her face that brooding, listening look that was hers whenever
in that mysterious communion with the Three. It vanished; swiftly she arose; interrupted the Irishman without
ceremony.
"Larry darlin'," said the handmaiden. "The Silent Ones summon us!"
"When do we go?" I asked; Larry's face grew bright with interest.
"The time is now," she saidand hesitated. "Larry dear, put your arms about me," she faltered, "for there is
something cold that catches at my heartand I am afraid."
At his exclamation she gathered herself together; gave a shaky little laugh.
"It's because I love you so that fear has power to plague me," she told him.
Without another word he bent and kissed her; in silence we passed on, his arm still about her girdled waist,
golden head and black close together. Soon we stood before the crimson slab that was the door to the
sanctuary of the Silent Ones. She poised uncertainly before it; then with a defiant arching of the proud little
head that sent all the bronzeflecked curls flying, she pressed. It slipped aside and once more the opalescence
gushed out, flooding all about us.
Dazzled as before, I followed through the lambent cascades pouring from the high, carved walls; paused, and
my eyes clearing, looked upstraight into the faces of the Three. The angled orbs centred upon the
handmaiden; softened as I had seen them do when first we had faced them. She smiled up; seemed to listen.
"Come closer," she commanded, "close to the feet of the Silent Ones."
We moved, pausing at the very base of the dais. The sparkling mists thinned; the great heads bent slightly
over us; through the veils I caught a glimpse of huge columnar necks, enormous shoulders covered with
draperies as of paleblue fire.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 156
Page No 159
I came back to attention with a start, for Lakla was answering a question only heard by her, and, answering it
aloud, I perceived for our benefit; for whatever was the mode of communication between those whose
handmaiden she was, and her, it was clearly independent of speech.
"He has been told," she said, "even as you commanded."
Did I see a shadow of pain flit across the flickering eyes? Wondering, I glanced at Lakla's face and there was
a dawn of foreboding and bewilderment. For a little she held her listening attitude; then the gaze of the Three
left her; focused upon the O'Keefe.
"Thus speak the Silent Onesthrough Lakla, their handmaiden," the golden voice was like low trumpet
notes. "At the threshold of doom is that world of yours above. Yea, even the doom, Goodwin, that ye
dreamed and the shadow of which, looking into your mind they see, say the Three. For not upon earth and
never upon earth can man find means to destroy the Shining One."
She listened againand the foreboding deepened to an amazed fear.
"They say, the Silent Ones," she went on, "that they know not whether even they have power to destroy.
Energies we know nothing of entered into its shaping and are part of it; and still other energies it has gathered
to itself"she paused; a shadow of puzzlement crept into her voice "and other energies still, forces that ye
DO know and symbolize by certain nameshatred and pride and lust and many others which are forces real
as that hidden in the _Keth_; and among themfear, which weakens all those others" Again she paused.
"But within it is nothing of that greatest of all, that which can make powerless all the evil others, that which
we call love," she ended softly.
"I'd like to be the one to put a little more FEAR in the beast," whispered Larry to me, grimly in our own
English. The three weird heads bent, ever so slightlyand I gasped, and Larry grew a little white as Lakla
nodded
"They say, Larry," she said, "that there you touch one side of the heart of the matterfor it is through the
way of fear the Silent Ones hope to strike at the very life of the Shining One!"
The visage Larry turned to me was eloquent of wonder; and mine reflected itfor what REALLY were this
Three to whom our minds were but open pages, so easily read? Not long could we conjecture; Lakla broke
the little silence.
"This, they say, is what is to happen. First will come upon us Lugur and Yolara with all their host. Because of
fear the Shining One will lurk behind within its lair; for despite all, the Dweller DOES dread the Three, and
only them. With this host the Voice and the priestess will strive to conquer. And if they do, then will they be
strong enough, too, to destroy us all. For if they take the abode they banish from the Dweller all fear and
sound the end of the Three.
"Then will the Shining One be all free indeed; free to go out into the world, free to do there as it wills!
"But if they do not conquerand the Shining One comes not to their aid, abandoning them even as it
abandoned its own _Taithu_then will the Three be loosed from a part of their doom, and they will go
through the Portal, seek the Shining One beyond the Veil, and, piercing it through fear's opening, destroy it."
"That's quite clear," murmured the O'Keefe in my ear. "Weaken the moralethen smash. I've seen it happen
a dozen times in Europe. While they've got their nerve there's not a thing you can do; get their nerveand
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 157
Page No 160
not a thing can they do. And yet in both cases they're the same men."
Lakla had been listening again. She turned, thrust out hands to Larry, a wild hope in her eyesand yet a
hope half shamed.
"They say," she cried, "that they give us choice. Remembering that your world doom hangs in the balance,
we have choicechoice to stay and help fight Yolara's armiesand they say they look not lightly on that
help. Or choice to go and if so be you choose the latter, then will they show another way that leads into
your world!"
A flush had crept over the O'Keefe's face as she was speaking. He took her hands and looked long into the
golden eyes; glancing up I saw the Trinity were watching them intently imperturbably.
"What do you say, _mavourneen_?" asked Larry gently. The handmaiden hung her head; trembled.
"Your words shall be mine, O one I love," she whispered. "So going or staying, I am beside you."
"And you, Goodwin?" he turned to me. I shrugged my shouldersafter all I had no one to care.
"lt's up to you, Larry," I remarked, deliberately choosing his own phraseology.
The O'Keefe straightened, squared his shoulders, gazed straight into the flameflickering eyes.
"We stick!" he said briefly.
Shamefacedly I recall now that at the time I thought this colloquialism not only irreverent, but in somewhat
bad taste. I am glad to say I was alone in that bit of weakness. The face that Lakla turned to Larry was radiant
with love, and although the shamed hope had vanished from the sweet eyes, they were shining with adoring
pride. And the marble visages of the Three softened, and the little flames died down.
"Wait," said Lakla, "there is one other thing they say we must answer before they will hold us to that
promise wait"
She listened, and then her face grew whitewhite as those of the Three themselves; the glorious eyes
widened, stark terror filling them; the whole lithe body of her shook like a reed in the wind.
"Not that!" she cried out to the Three. "Oh, not that! Not Larrylet me go even as you willbut not him!"
She threw up frantic hands to the womanbeing of the Trinity. "Let ME bear it alone," she wailed.
"Alonemother! Mother!"
The Three bent their heads toward her, their faces pitiful, and from the eyes of the woman One rolledtears!
Larry leaped to Lakla's side.
_"Mavourneen!"_ he cried. "Sweetheart, what have they said to you?"
He glared up at the Silent Ones, his hand twitching toward the highhung pistol holster.
The handmaiden swung to him; threw white arms around his neck; held her head upon his heart until her
sobbing ceased.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 158
Page No 161
"This theysaythe Silent Ones," she gasped and then all the courage of her came back. "O heart of mine!"
she whispered to Larry, gazing deep into his eyes, his anxious face cupped between her white palms. "This
they saythat should the Shining One come to succour Yolara and Lugur, should it conquer its
fearanddo thisthen is there but one way left to destroy itand to save your world."
She swayed; he gripped her tightly.
"But one wayyou and I must gotogetherinto its embrace! Yea, we must pass within itloving each
other, loving the world, realizing to the full all that we sacrifice and sacrificing all, our love, our lives,
perhaps even that you call soul, O loved one; must give ourselves ALL to the Shining One gladly, freely,
our love for each other flaming high within usthat this curse shall pass away! For if we do this, pledge the
Three, then shall that power of love we carry into it weaken for a time all that evil which the Shining One has
becomeand in that time the Three can strike and slay!"
The blood rushed from my heart; scientist that I am, essentially, my reason rejected any such solution as this
of the activities of the Dweller. Was it not, the thought flashed, a propitiation by the Three out of their own
weakness and as it flashed I looked up to see their eyes, full of sorrow, on mineand knew they read the
thought. Then into the whirling vortex of my mind came steadying reflectionsof history changed by the
power of hate, of passion, of ambition, and most of all, by love. Was there not actual dynamic energy in these
thingswas there not a Son of Man who hung upon a cross on Calvary?
"Dear love o' mine," said the O'Keefe quietly, "is it in your heart to say YES to this?"
"Larry," she spoke low, "what is in your heart is in mine; but I did so want to go with you, to live with
youtoto bear you children, Larryand to see the sun."
My eyes were wet; dimly through them I saw his gaze on me.
"If the world IS at stake," he whispered, "why of course there's only one thing to do. God knows I never was
afraid when I was fighting up thereand many a better man than me has gone West with shell and bullet for
the same idea; but these things aren't shell and bulletbut I hadn't Lakla thenand it's the damned DOUBT
I have behind it all."
He turned to the Threeand did I in their poise sense a rigidity, an anxiety that sat upon them as alienly as
would divinity upon men?
"Tell me this, Silent Ones," he cried. "If we do this, Lakla and I, is it SURE you are that you can slay
theThing, and save my world? Is it SURE you are?"
For the first and the last time, I heard the voice of the Silent Ones. It was the manbeing at the right who
spoke.
"We are sure," the tones rolled out like deepest organ notes, shaking, vibrating, assailing the ears as strangely
as their appearance struck the eyes. Another moment the O'Keefe stared at them. Once more he squared his
shoulders; lifted Lakla's chin and smiled into her eyes.
"We stick!" he said again, nodding to the Three.
Over the visages of the Trinity fell benignity that was awesome; the tiny flames in the jet orbs vanished,
leaving them wells in which brimmed serenity, hopean extraordinary joyfulness. The woman sat upright,
tender gaze fixed upon the man and girl. Her great shoulders raised as though she had lifted her arms and had
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 159
Page No 162
drawn to her those others. The three faces pressed together for a fleeting moment; raised again. The woman
bent forwardand as she did so, Lakla and Larry, as though drawn by some outer force, were swept upon
the dais.
Out from the sparkling mist stretched two hands, enormously long, sixfingered, thumbless, a faint tracery of
golden scales upon their white backs, utterly unhuman and still in some strange way beautiful, radiating
power and all womanly!
They stretched forth; they touched the bent heads of Lakla and the O'Keefe; caressed them, drew them
together, softly stroked themlovingly, with more than a touch of benediction. And withdrew!
The sparkling mists rolled up once more, hiding the Silent Ones. As silently as once before we had gone we
passed out of the place of light, beyond the crimson stone, back to the handmaiden's chamber.
Only once on our way did Larry speak.
"Cheer up, darlin'," he said to her, "it's a long way yet before the finish. An' are you thinking that Lugur and
Yolara are going to pull this thing off? Are you?"
The handmaiden only looked at him, eyes love and sorrow filled.
"They are!" said Larry. "They are! Like HELL they are!"
CHAPTER XXXIII The Meeting of Titans
IT IS NOT my intention, nor is it possible no matter how interesting to me, to set down _ad seriatim_ the
happenings of the next twelve hours. But a few will not be denied recital.
O'Keefe regained cheerfulness.
"After all, Doc," be said to me, "it's a beautiful scrap we're going to have. At the worst the worst is no more
than the leprechaun warned about. I would have told the Taitha De about the banshee raid he promised me;
but I was a bit taken off my feet at the time. The old girl an' all the clan'll be along, said the little green man,
an' I bet the Three will be damned glad of it, take it from me."
Lakla, shiningeyed and half fearful too:
"I have other tidings that I am afraid will please you little, Larrydarlin'. The Silent Ones say that you must
not go into battle yourself. You must stay here with me, and with Goodwinfor ififthe Shining One
does come, then must we be here to meet it. And you might not be, you know, Larry, if you fight," she said,
looking shyly up at him from under the long lashes.
The O'Keefe's jaw dropped.
"That's about the hardest yet," he answered slowly. "Still I see their point; the lamb corralled for the altar
has no right to stray out among the lions," he added grimly. "Don't worry, sweet," he told her. "As long as
I've sat in the game I'll stick to the rules."
Olaf took fierce joy in the coming fray. "The Norns spin close to the end of this web," he rumbled. "_Ja!_
And the threads of Lugur and the Heks woman are between their fingers for the breaking! Thor will be with
me, and I have fashioned me a hammer in glory of Thor." In his hand was an enormous mace of black metal,
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 160
Page No 163
fully five feet long, crowned with a massive head.
I pass to the twelve hours' closing.
At the end of the _coria_ road where the giant fernland met the edge of the cavern's ruby floor, hundreds of
the _Akka_ were stationed in ambush, armed with their spears tipped with the rotting death and their
nailstudded, metalheaded clubs. These were to attack when the Murians debauched from the _corials_. We
had little hope of doing more here than effect some attrition of Yolara's hosts, for at this place the captains of
the Shining One could wield the _Keth_ and their other uncanny weapons freely. We had learned, too, that
every forge and artisan had been put to work to make an armour Marakinoff had devised to withstand the
natural battle equipment of the frogpeopleand both Larry and I had a disquieting faith in the Russian's
ingenuity.
At any rate the numbers against us would be lessened.
Next, under the direction of the frogking, levies commanded by subsidiary chieftains had completed rows of
rough walls along the probable route of the Murians through the cavern. These afforded the _Akka_ a fair
protection behind which they could hurl their darts and spearscuriously enough they had never developed
the bow as a weapon.
At the opening of the cavern a strong barricade stretched almost to the two ends of the crescent strand;
almost, I say, because there had not been time to build it entirely across the mouth.
And from edge to edge of the titanic bridge, from where it sprang outward at the shore of the Crimson Sea to
a hundred feet away from the golden door of the abode, barrier after barrier was piled.
Behind the wall defending the mouth of the cavern, waited other thousands of the _Akka_. At each end of the
unfinished barricade they were mustered thickly, and at right and left of the crescent where their forest began,
more legions were assembled to make way up to the ledge as opportunity offered.
Rank upon rank they manned the bridge barriers; they swarmed over the pinnacles and in the hollows of the
island's ragged outer lip; the domed castle was a hive of them, if I may mix my metaphorsand the rocks
and gardens that surrounded the abode glittered with them.
"Now," said the handmaiden, "there's nothing else we can dosave wait."
She led us out through her bower and up the little path that ran to the embrasure.
Through the quiet came a sound, a sighing, a halfmournful whispering that beat about us and fled away.
"They come!" cried Lakla, the light of battle in her eyes. Larry drew her to him, raised her in his arms, kissed
her.
"A woman!" acclaimed the O'Keefe. "A real woman and mine!"
With the cry of the Portal there was movement among the _Akka_, the glint of moving spears, flash of
metaltipped clubs, rattle of horny spurs, rumblings of battlecries.
And we waitedwaited it seemed interminably, gaze fastened upon the low wall across the cavern mouth.
Suddenly I remembered the crystal through which I had peered when the hidden assassins had crept upon us.
Mentioning it to Lakla, she gave a little cry of vexation, a command to her attendant; and not long that
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 161
Page No 164
faithful if unusual lady had returned with a tray of the glasses. Raising mine, I saw the lines furthest away
leap into sudden activity. Spurred warrior after warrior leaped upon the barricade and over it. Flashes of
intense, green light, mingled with gleams like lightning strokes of concentrated moon rays, sprang from
behind the wallsprang and struck and burned upon the scales of the batrachians.
"They come!" whispered Lakla.
At the far ends of the crescent a terrific milling had begun. Here it was plain the _Akka_ were holding.
Faintly, for the distance was great, I could see fresh force upon force rush up and take the places of those who
had fallen.
Over each of these ends, and along the whole line of the barricade a mist of dancing, diamonded atoms began
to rise; sparking, coruscating points of diamond dust that darted and danced.
What had once been Lakla's guardiansdancing now in the nothingness!
"God, but it's hard to stay here like this!" groaned the O'Keefe; Olaf's teeth were bared, the lips drawn back in
such a fighting grin as his ancestors berserk on their raven ships must have borne; Rador was livid with rage;
the handmaiden' s nostrils flaring wide, all her wrathful soul in her eyes.
Suddenly, while we looked, the rocky wall which the _Akka_ had built at the cavern mouthwas not! It
vanished, as though an unseen, unbelievably gigantic hand had with the lightning's speed swept it away. And
with it vanished, too, long lines of the great amphibians close behind it.
Then down upon the ledge, dropping into the Crimson Sea, sending up geysers of ruby spray, dashing on the
bridge, crushing the frogmen, fell a shower of stone, mingled with distorted shapes and fragments whose
scales still flashed meteoric as they hurled from above.
"That which makes things fall upward," hissed Olaf. "That which I saw in the garden of Lugur!"
The fiendish agency of destruction which Marakinoff had revealed to Larry; the force that cut off gravitation
and sent all things within its range racing outward into space!
And now over the debris upon the ledge, striking with long sword and daggers, here and there a captain
flashing the green ray, moving on in ordered squares, came the soldiers of the Shining One. Nearer and nearer
the verge of the ledge they pushed Nak's warriors. Leaping upon the dwarfs, smiting them with spear and
club, with teeth and spur, the _Akka_ fought like devils. Quivering under the ray, they leaped and dragged
down and slew.
Now there was but one long line of the frogmen at the very edge of the cliff.
And ever the clouds of dancing, diamonded atoms grew thicker over them all!
That last thin line of the _Akka_ was going; yet they fought to the last, and none toppled over the lip without
at least one of the armoured Murians in his arms.
My gaze dropped to the foot of the cliffs. Stretched along their length was a wide ribbon of beautya
shimmering multitude of gleaming, pulsing, prismatic moons; glowing, glowing ever brighter, ever more
wondrousthe gigantic Medusae globes feasting on dwarf and frogman alike!
Across the waters, faintly, came a triumphant shouting from Lugur's and Yolara's men!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 162
Page No 165
Was the ruddy light of the place lessening, growing paler, changing to a faint rose? There was an exclamation
from Larry; something like hope relaxed the drawn muscles of his face. He pointed to the aureate dome
wherein sat the Threeand then I saw!
Out of it, through the long transverse slit through which the Silent Ones kept their watch on cavern, bridge,
and abyss, a torrent of the opalescent light was pouring. It cascaded like a waterfall, and as it flowed it spread
whirling out, in columns and eddies, clouds and wisps of misty, curdled coruscations. It hung like a veil over
all the islands, filtering everywhere, driving back the crimson light as though possessed of impenetrable
substanceand still it cast not the faintest shadowing upon our vision.
"Good God!" breathed Larry. "Look!"
The radiance was marchingMARCHINGdown the colossal bridge. It moved swiftly, in some
unthinkable way INTELLIGENTLY. It swathed the _Akka_, and closer, ever closer it swept toward the
approach upon which Yolara's men had now gained foothold.
From their ranks came flash after flash of the green ray aimed at the abode! But as the light sped and
struck the opalescence it was blotted out! The shimmering mists seemed to enfold, to dissipate it.
Lakla drew a deep breath.
"The Silent Ones forgive me for doubting them," she whispered; and again hope blossomed on her face even
as it did on Larry's.
The frogmen were gaining. Clothed in the armour of that mist, they pressed back from the bridgehead the
invaders. There was another prodigious movement at the ends of the crescent, and racing up, pressing against
the dwarfs, came other legions of Nak's warriors. And reenforcing those out on the prodigious arch, the
frogmen stationed in the gardens below us poured back to the castle and out through the open Portal.
"They're licked!" shouted Larry. "They're"
So quickly I could not follow the movement his automatic leaped to his handspoke, once and again and
again. Rador leaped to the head of the little path, sword in hand; Olaf, shouting and whirling his mace,
followed. I strove to get my own gun quickly.
For up that path were running twoscore of Lugur's men, while from below Lugur's own voice roared.
"Quick! Slay not the handmaiden or her lover! Carry them down. Quick! But slay the others!"
The handmaiden raced toward Larry, stopped, whistled shrillyagain and again. Larry's pistol was empty,
but as the dwarfs rushed upon him I dropped two of them with mine. It jammedI could not use it; I sprang
to his side. Rador was down, struggling in a heap of Lugur's men. Olaf, a Viking of old, was whirling his
great hammer, and striking, striking through armour, flesh, and bone.
Larry was down, Lakla flew to him. But the Norseman, now streaming blood from a dozen wounds, caught a
glimpse of her coming, turned, thrust out a mighty hand, sent her reeling back, and then with his hammer
cracked the skulls of those trying to drag the O'Keefe down the path.
A cry from Laklathe dwarfs had seized her, had lifted her despite her struggles, were carrying her away.
One I dropped with the butt of my useless pistol, and then went down myself under the rush of another.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 163
Page No 166
Through the clamour I heard a booming of the _Akka_, closer, closer; then through it the bellow of Lugur. I
made a mighty effort, swung a hand up, and sunk my fingers in the throat of the soldier striving to kill me.
Writhing over him, my fingers touched a poniard; I thrust it deep, staggered to my feet.
The O'Keefe, shielding Lakla, was battling with a long sword against a half dozen of the soldiers. I started
toward him, was struck, and under the impact hurled to the ground. Dizzily I raised myselfand leaning
upon my elbow, stared and moved no more. For the dwarfs lay dead, and Larry, holding Lakla tightly, was
staring even as I, and ranged at the head of the path were the _Akka_, whose booming advance in obedience
to the handmaiden's call I had heard.
And at what we all stared was Olaf, crimson with his wounds, and Lugur, in bloodred armour, locked in
each other's grip, struggling, smiting, tearing, kicking, and swaying about the little space before the
embrasure. I crawled over toward the O'Keefe. He raised his pistol, dropped it.
"Can't hit him without hitting Olaf," he whispered. Lakla signalled the frogmen; they advanced toward the
twobut Olaf saw them, broke the red dwarf's hold, sent Lugur reeling a dozen feet away.
"No!" shouted the Norseman, the ice of his paleblue eyes glinting like frozen flames, blood streaming down
his face and dripping from his hands. "No! Lugur is mine! None but me slays him! Ho, you Lugur" and
cursed him and Yolara and the Dweller hideouslyI cannot set those curses down here.
They spurred Lugur. Mad now as the Norseman, the red dwarf sprang. Olaf struck a blow that would have
killed an ordinary man, but Lugur only grunted, swept in, and seized him about the waist; one mighty arm
began to creep up toward Huldricksson's throat.
"'Ware, Olaf!" cried O'Keefe; but Olaf did not answer. He waited until the red dwarf's hand was close to his
shoulder; and then, with an incredibly rapid movement once before had I seen something like it in a
wrestling match between Papuanshe had twisted Lugur around; twisted him so that Olaf's right arm lay
across the tremendous breast, the left behind the neck, and Olaf's left leg held the Voice's armoured thighs
viselike against his right knee while over that knee lay the small of the red dwarf's back.
For a second or two the Norseman looked down upon his enemy, motionless in that paralyzing grip. And
thenslowly he began to break him!
Lakla gave a little cry; made a motion toward the two. But Larry drew her head down against his breast,
hiding her eyes; then fastened his own upon the pair, whitefaced, stern.
Slowly, ever so slowly, proceeded Olaf. Twice Lugur moaned. At the end he screamedhorribly. There was
a cracking sound, as of a stout stick snapped.
Huldricksson stooped, silently. He picked up the limp body of the Voice, not yet dead, for the eyes rolled, the
lips strove to speak; lifted it, walked to the parapet, swung it twice over his head, and cast it down to the red
waters!
CHAPTER XXXIV The Coming of the Shining One
THE NORSEMAN turned toward us. There was now no madness in his eyes; only a great weariness. And
there was peace on the once tortured face.
"Helma," he whispered, "I go a little before! Soon you will come to meto me and the Yndling who will
await you Helma, _mine liebe!_"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 164
Page No 167
Blood gushed from his mouth; he swayed, fell. And thus died Olaf Huldricksson.
We looked down upon him; nor did Lakla, nor Larry, nor I try to hide our tears. And as we stood the _Akka_
brought to us that other mighty fighter, Rador; but in him there was life, and we attended to him there as best
we could.
Then Lakla spoke.
"We will bear him into the castle where we may give him greater care," she said. "For, lo! the hosts of Yolara
have been beaten back; and on the bridge comes Nak with tidings."
We looked over the parapet. It was even as she had said. Neither on ledge nor bridge was there trace of living
men of Muriaonly heaps of slain that lay everywhereand thick against the cavern mouth still danced the
flashing atoms of those the green ray had destroyed.
"Over!" exclaimed Larry incredulously. "We live then heart of mine!"
"The Silent Ones recall their veils," she said, pointing to the dome. Back through the slitted opening the
radiance was streaming; withdrawing from sea and island; marching back over the bridge with that same
ordered, intelligent motion. Behind it the red light pressed, like skirmishers on the heels of a retreating army.
"And yet" faltered the handmaiden as we passed into her chamber, and doubtful were the eyes she turned
upon the O'Keefe.
"I don't believe," he said, "there's a kick left in them"
What was that sound beating into the chamber faintly, so faintly? My heart gave a great throb and seemed to
stop for an eternity. What was itcoming nearer, ever nearer? Now Lakla and O'Keefe heard it, life ebbing
from lips and cheeks.
Nearer, nearera music as of myriads of tiny crystal bells, tinkling, tinklinga storm of pizzicati upon
violins of glass! Nearer, nearernot sweetly now, nor luring; noraging, wrathful, sinister beyond words;
sweeping on; nearer
The Dweller! The Shining One!
We leaped to the narrow window; peered out, aghast. The bell notes swept through and about us, a hurricane.
The crescent strand was once more a ferment. Back, back were the _Akka_ being swept, as though by
brooms, tottering on the edge of the ledge, falling into the waters. Swiftly they were finished; and where they
had fought was an eddying throng clothed in tatters or naked, swaying, drifting, arms tossing like
marionettes of Satan.
The deadalive! The slaves of the Dweller!
They swayed and tossed, and then, like water racing through an opened dam, they swept upon the
bridgehead. On and on they pushed, like the bore of a mighty tide. The frogmen strove against them,
clubbing, spearing, tearing them. But even those worst smitten seemed not to fall. On they pushed, driving
forward, irresistiblea battering ram of flesh and bone. They clove the masses of the _Akka_, pressing them
to the sides of the bridge and over. Through the open gates they forced themfor there was no room for the
frogmen to stand against that implacable tide.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 165
Page No 168
Then those of the _Akka_ who were left turned their backs and ran. We heard the clang of the golden wings
of the portal, and none too soon to keep out the first of the Dweller's dreadful hordes.
Now upon the cavern ]edge and over the whole length of the bridge there were none but the deadalive, men
and women, blackpolled _ladala_, sloeeyed Malays, slanteyed Chinese, men of every race that sailed the
seasmilling, turning, swaying, like leaves caught in a sluggish current.
The bell notes became sharper, more insistent. At the cavern mouth a radiance began to growa gleaming
from which the atoms of diamond dust seemed to try to flee. As the radiance grew and the crystal notes rang
nearer, every head of that hideous multitude turned stiffly, slowly toward the right, looking toward the far
bridge end; their eyes fixed and glaring; every face an inhuman mask of rapture and of horror!
A movement shook them. Those in the centre began to stream back, faster and ever faster, leaving motionless
deep ranks on each side. Back they flowed until from golden doors to cavern mouth a wide lane stretched,
walled on each side by the deadalive.
The far radiance became brighter; it gathered itself at the end of the dreadful lane; it was shot with sparklings
and with pulsings of polychromatic light. The crystal storm was intolerable, piercing the ears with countless
tiny lances; brighter still the radiance
From the cavern swirled the Shining One!
The Dweller paused, seemed to scan the island of the Silent Ones half doubtfully; then slowly, stately, it
drifted out upon the bridge. Closer it drew; behind it glided Yolara at the head of a company of her dwarfs,
and at her side was the hag of the Council whose face was the withered, shattered echo of her own.
Slower grew the Dweller's pace as it drew nearer. Did I sense in it a doubt, an uncertainty? The
crystaltongued, unseen choristers that accompanied it subtly seemed to reflect the doubt; their notes were
not sure, no longer insistent; rather was there in them an undertone of hesitancy, of warning ! Yet on came
the Shining One until it stood plain beneath us, searching with those eyes that thrust from and withdrew into
unknown spheres, the golden gateway, the cliff face, the castle's rounded bulkand more intently than any
of these, the dome wherein sat the Three.
Behind it each face of the deadalive turned toward it, and those beside it throbbed and gleamed with its
luminescence.
Yolara crept close, just beyond the reach of its spirals. She murmuredand the Dweller bent toward her, its
seven globes steady in their shining mists, as though listening. It drew erect once more, resumed its doubtful
scrutiny. Yolara' s face darkened; she turned abruptly, spoke to a captain of her guards. A dwarf raced back
between the palisades of deadalive.
Now the priestess cried out, her voice ringing like a silver clarion.
"Ye are done, ye Three! The Shining One stands at your door, demanding entrance. Your beasts are slain and
your power is gone. Who are ye, says the Shining One, to deny it entrance to the place of its birth?"
"Ye do not answer," she cried again, "yet know we that ye hear! The Shining One offers these terms: Send
forth your handmaiden and that lying stranger she stole; send them forth to usand perhaps ye may live. But
if ye send them not forth, then shall ye too dieand soon!"
We waited, silent, even as did Yolaraand again there was no answer from the Three.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 166
Page No 169
The priestess laughed; the blue eyes flashed.
"It is ended!" she cried. "If you will not open, needs must we open for you!"
Over the bridge was marching a long double file of the dwarfs. They bore a smoothed and handled treetrunk
whose head was knobbed with a huge hall of metal. Past the priestess, past the Shining One, they carried it;
fifty of them to each side of the ram; and behind them steppedMarakinoff !
Larry awoke to life.
"Now, thank God," he rasped, "I can get that devil, anyway !"
He drew his pistol, took careful aim. Even as he pressed the trigger there rang through the abode a
tremendous clanging. The ram was battering at the gates. O'Keefe's bullet went wild. The Russian must have
heard the shot; perhaps the missile was closer than we knew. He made a swift leap behind the guards; was
lost to sight.
Once more the thunderous clanging rang through the castle.
Lakla drew herself erect; down upon her dropped the listening aloofness. Gravely she bowed her head.
"It is time, O love of mine." She turned to O'Keefe. "The Silent Ones say that the way of fear is closed, but
the way of love is open. They call upon us to redeem our promise!"
For a hundred heartbeats they clung to each other, breast to breast and lip to lip. Below, the clangour was
increasing, the great trunk swinging harder and faster upon the metal gates. Now Lakla gently loosed the
arms of the O'Keefe, and for another instant those two looked into each other's souls. The handmaiden smiled
tremulously.
"I would it might have been otherwise, Larry darlin'," she whispered. "But at leastwe pass together, dearest
of mine!"
She leaped to the window.
"Yolara!" the golden voice rang out sweetly. The clanging ceased. "Draw back your men. We open the Portal
and come forth to you and the Shining OneLarry and I."
The priestess's silver chimes of laughter rang out, cruel, mocking.
"Come, then, quickly," she jeered. "For surely both the Shining One and I yearn for you!" Her maliceladen
laughter chimed high once more. "Keep us not lonely long!" the priestess mocked.
Larry drew a deep breath, stretched both hands out to me.
"It's goodby, I guess, Doc." His voice was strained. "Goodby and good luck, old boy. If you get out, and
you WILL, let the old _Dolphin_ know I'm gone. And carry on, pal and always remember the O'Keefe
loved you like a brother."
I squeezed his hands desperately. Then out of my balanceshaking woe a strange comfort was born.
"Maybe it's not goodby, Larry!" I cried. "The banshee has not cried!"
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 167
Page No 170
A flash of hope passed over his face; the old reckless grin shone forth.
"It's so!" he said. "By the Lord, it's so!"
Then Lakla bent toward me, and for the second time kissed me.
"Come!" she said to Larry. Hand in hand they moved away, into the corridor that led to the door outside of
which waited the Shining One and its priestess.
And unseen by them, wrapped as they were within their love and sacrifice, I crept softly behind. For I had
determined that if enter the Dweller's embrace they must, they should not go alone.
They paused before the Golden Portals; the handmaiden pressed its opening lever; the massive leaves rolled
back.
Heads high, proudly, serenely, they passed through and out upon the hither span. I followed.
On each side of us stood the Dweller's slaves, faces turned rigidly toward their master. A hundred feet away
the Shining One pulsed and spiralled in its evilly glorious lambency of sparkling plumes.
Unhesitating, always with that same high serenity, Lakla and the O'Keefe, hands clasped like little children,
drew closer to that wondrous shape. I could not see their faces, but I saw awe fall upon those of the watching
dwarfs, and into the burning eyes of Yolara crept a doubt. Closer they drew to the Dweller, and closer, I
following them step by step. The Shining One's whirling lessened; its tinklings were faint, almost stilled. It
seemed to watch them apprehensively. A silence fell upon us all, a thick silence, brooding, ominous,
palpable. Now the pair were face to face with the child of the Threeso near that with one of its misty
tentacles it could have enfolded them.
And the Shining One drew back!
Yes, drew backand back with it stepped Yolara, the doubt in her eyes deepening. Onward paced the
handmaiden and the O'Keefeand step by step, as they advanced, the Dweller withdrew; its bell notes
chiming out, puzzled questioning half fearful!
And back it drew, and back until it had reached the very centre of that platform over the abyss in whose
depths pulsed the green fires of earth heart. And there Yolara gripped herself; the hell that seethed within her
soul leaped out of her eyes, a cry, a shriek of rage, tore from her lips.
As at a signal, the Shining One flamed high; its spirals and eddying mists swirled madly, the pulsing core of
it blazed radiance. A score of coruscating tentacles swept straight upon the pair who stood intrepid,
unresisting, awaiting its embrace. And upon me, lurking behind them.
Through me swept a mighty exaltation. It was the end thenand I was to meet it with them.
Something drew us back, back with an incredible swiftness, and yet as gently as a summer breeze sweeps a
bit of thistledown! Drew us back from those darting misty arms even as they were a hairbreadth from us! I
heard the Dweller' s bell notes burst out ragingly! I heard Yolara scream.
What was that?
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 168
Page No 171
Between the three of us and them was a ring of curdled moon flames, swirling about the Shining One and its
priestess, pressing in upon them, enfolding them!
And within it I glimpsed the faces of the Threeimplacable, sorrowful, filled with a supernal power!
Sparks and flashes of white flame darted from the ring, penetrating the radiant swathings of the Dweller,
striking through its pulsing nucleus, piercing its seven crowning orbs.
Now the Shining One's radiance began to dim, the seven orbs to dull; the tiny sparkling filaments that ran
from them down into the Dweller's body snapped, vanished! Through the battling nebulosities Yolara's face
swam forthhorrorfilled, distorted, inhuman!
The ranks of the deadalive quivered, moved, writhed, as though each felt the torment of the Thing that had
enslaved them. The radiance that the Three wielded grew more intense, thicker, seemed to expand. Within it,
suddenly, were scores of flaming trianglesscores of eyes like those of the Silent Ones!
And the Shining One's seven little moons of amber, of silver, of blue and amethyst and green, of rose and
white, split, shattered, were gone! Abruptly the tortured crystal chimings ceased.
Dulled, all its soulshaking beauty dead, blotched and shadowed squalidly, its gleaming plumes tarnished, its
dancing spirals stripped from it, that which had been the Shining One wrapped itself about Yolarawrapped
and drew her into itself; writhed, swayed, and hurled itself over the edge of the bridgedown, down into the
green fires of the unfathomable abysswith its priestess still enfolded in its coils!
From the dwarfs who had watched that terror came screams of panic fear. They turned and ran, racing
frantically over the bridge toward the cavern mouth.
The serried ranks of the deadalive trembled, shook. Then from their faces tied the horror of wedded ecstasy
and anguish. Peace, utter peace, followed in its wake.
And as fields of wheat are bent and fall beneath the wind, they fell. No longer deadalive, now all of the
blessed dead, freed from their dreadful slavery!
Abruptly from the sparkling mists the cloud of eyes was gone. Faintly revealed in them were only the heads
of the Silent Ones. And they drew before us; were before us! No flames now in their ebon eyesfor the
flickering fires were quenched in great tears, streaming down the marble white faces. They bent toward us,
over us; their radiance enfolded us. My eyes darkened. I could not see. I felt a tender hand upon my
headand panic and frozen dread and nightmare web that held me fled.
Then they, too, were gone.
Upon Larry's breast the handmaiden was sobbingsobbing out her heartbut this time with the joy of one
who is swept up from the very threshold of hell into paradise.
CHAPTER XXXV "LarryFarewell!"
"MY HEART, Larry" It was the handmaiden's murmur. "My heart feels like a bird that is flying from a
nest of sorrow."
We were pacing down the length of the bridge, guards of the _Akka_ beside us, others following with those
companies of _ladala_ that had rushed to aid us; in front of us the bandaged Rador swung gently within a
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 169
Page No 172
litter; beside him, in another, lay Nak, the frogkingmuch less of him than there had been before the battle
began, but living.
Hours had passed since the terror I have just related. My
first task had been to search for Throckmartin and his wife among the fallen multitudes strewn thick as
autumn leaves along the flying arch of stone, over the cavern ledge, and back, back as far as the eye could
reach.
At last, Lakla and Larry helping, we found them. They lay close to the bridgeend, not partedlocked tight
in each other's arms, pallid face to face, her hair streaming over his breast! As though when that unearthly life
the Dweller had set within them passed away, their own had come back for one fleeting instantand they
had known each other, and clasped before kindly death had taken them.
"Love is stronger than all things." The handmaiden was weeping softly. "Love never left them. Love was
stronger than the Shining One. And when its evil fled, love went with themwherever souls go."
Of Stanton and Thora there was no trace; nor, after our discovery of those other two, did I care to look more.
They were deadand they were free.
We buried Throckmartin and Edith beside Olaf in Lakla's bower. But before the body of my old friend was
placed within the grave I gave it a careful and sorrowful examination. The skin was firm and smooth, but
cold; not the cold of death, but with a chill that set my touching fingers tingling unpleasantly. The body was
bloodless; the course of veins and arteries marked by faintly indented white furrows, as though their walls
had long collapsed. Lips, mouth, even the tongue, was paper white. There was no sign of dissolution as we
know it; no shadow or stain upon the marble surface. Whatever the force that, streaming from the Dweller or
impregnating its lair, had energized the deadalive, it was barrier against putrescence of any kind; that at
least was certain.
But it was not barrier against the poison of the Medusae, for, our sad task done, and looking down upon the
waters, I saw the pale forms of the Dweller's hordes dissolving, vanishing into the shifting glories of the
gigantic moons sailing down upon them from every quarter of the Sea of Crimson.
While the frogmen, those late levies from the farthest forests, were clearing bridge and ledge of cavern of
the litter of the dead, we listened to a leader of the _ladala_. They had risen, even as the messenger had
promised Rador. Fierce had been the struggle in the gardened city by the silver waters with those Lugur and
Yolara bad left behind to garrison it. Deadly had been the slaughter of the fairhaired, reaping the harvest of
hatred they had been sowing so long. Not without a pang of regret did I think of the beautiful, gaily malicious
elfin women destroyedevil though they may have been.
The ancient city of Lara was a charnel. Of all the rulers not twoscore had escaped, and these into regions of
peril which to describe as sanctuary would be mockery. Nor had the _ladala_ fared so well. Of all the men
and women, for women as well as men had taken their part in the swift war, not more than a tenth remained
alive.
And the dancing motes of light in the silver air were thick, thickthey whispered.
They told us of the Shining One rushing through the Veil, cometlike, its hosts streaming behind it, raging
with it, in ranks that seemed interminable!
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 170
Page No 173
Of the massacre of the priests and priestesses in the Cyclopean temple; of the flashing forth of the
summoning lights by unseen handsfollowed by the tearing of the rainbow curtain, by colossal shatterings
of the radiant cliffs; the vanishing behind their debris of all trace of entrance to the haunted place wherein the
hordes of the Shining One had slaved the sealing of the lair!
Then, when the tempest of hate had ended in seething Lara, how, thrilled with victory, armed with the
weapons of those they had slain, they had lifted the Shadow, passed through the Portal, met and slaughtered
the fleeing remnants of Yolara's menonly to find the tempest stilled here, too.
But of Marakinoff they had seen nothing! Had the Russian escaped, I wondered, or was he lying out there
among the dead?
But now the _ladala_ were calling upon Lakla to come with them, to govern them.
"I don't want to, Larry darlin'," she told him. "I want to go out with you to Ireland. But for a timeI think the
Three would have us remain and set that place in order."
The O'Keefe was bothered about something else than the government of Muria.
"If they've killed off all the priests, who's to marry us, heart of mine?" he worried. "None of those Siya and
Siyana rites, no matter what," he added hastily.
"Marry!" cried the handmaiden incredulously. "Marry us? Why, Larry dear, we ARE married!"
The O'Keefe's astonishment was complete; his jaw dropped; collapse seemed imminent.
"We are?" he gasped. "When?" he stammered fatuously.
"Why, when the Mother drew us together before her; when she put her hands on our heads after we had made
the promise! Didn't you understand that?" asked the handmaiden wonderingly.
He looked at her, into the purity of the clear golden eyes, into the purity of the soul that gazed out of them; all
his own great love transfiguring his keen face.
"An' is that enough for you, _mavourneen_?" he whispered humbly.
"Enough?" The handmaiden's puzzlement was complete, profound. "Enough? Larry darlin', what MORE
could we ask?"
He drew a deep breath, clasped her close.
"Kiss the bride, Doc!" cried the O'Keefe. And for the third and, soul's sorrow! the last time, Lakla dimpling
and blushing, I thrilled to the touch of her soft, sweet lips.
Quickly were our preparations for departure made. Rador, conscious, his immense vitality conquering fast his
wounds, was to be borne ahead of us. And when all was done, Lakla, Larry, and I made our way up to the
scarlet stone that was the doorway to the chamber of the Three. We knew, of course, that they had gone,
following, no doubt, those whose eyes I had seen in the curdled mists, and who, coming to the aid of the
Three at last from whatever mysterious place that was their home, had thrown their strength with them
against the Shining One. Nor were we wrong. When the great slab rolled away, no torrents of opalescence
came rushing out upon us. The vast dome was dim, tenantless; its curved walls that had cascaded Light shone
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 171
Page No 174
now but faintly; the dais was empty; its wall of moonflame radiance gone.
A little time we stood, heads bent, reverent, our hearts filled with gratitude and loveyes, and with pity for
that strange trinity so alien to us and yet so near; children even as we, though so unlike us, of our same
Mother Earth.
And what I wondered had been the secret of that promise they had wrung from their handmaiden and from
Larry. And whence, if what the Three had said had been all true whence had come their power to avert the
sacrifice at the very verge of its consummation?
"Love is stronger than all things!" had said Lakla.
Was it that they had needed, must have, the force which dwells within love, within willing sacrifice, to
strengthen their own power and to enable them to destroy the evil, glorious Thing so long shielded by their
own love? Did the thought of sacrifice, the will toward abnegation, have to be as strong as the eternals,
unshaken by faintest thrill of hope, before the Three could make of it their key to unlock the Dweller's guard
and strike through at its life?
Here was a mysterya mystery indeed! Lakla softly closed the crimson stone. The mystery of the red
dwarf's appearance was explained when we discovered a halfdozen of the water _coria_ moored in a small
cove not far from where the _Sekta_ flashed their heads of living bloom. The dwarfs had borne the shallops
with them, and from somewhere beyond the cavern ledge had launched them unperceived; stealing up to the
farther side of the island and risking all in one bold stroke. Well, Lugur, no matter what he held of
wickedness, held also high courage.
The cavern was paved with the deadalive, the _Akka_ carrying them out by the hundreds, casting them into
the waters. Through the lane down which the Dweller had passed we went as quickly as we could, coming at
last to the space where the _coria_ waited. And not long after we swung past where the shadow had hung and
hovered over the shining depths of the Midnight Pool.
Upon Lakla's insistence we passed on to the palace of Lugur, not to Yolara'sI do not know why, but go
there then she would not. And within one of its columned rooms, maidens of the blackhaired folks, the
wistfulness, the fear, all gone from their sparkling eyes, served us.
There came to me a huge desire to see the destruction they had told us of the Dweller's lair; to observe for
myself whether it was not possible to make a way of entrance and to study its mysteries.
I spoke of this, and to my surprise both the handmaiden and the O'Keefe showed an almost embarrassed haste
to acquiesce in my hesitant suggestion.
"Sure," cried Larry, "there's lots of time before night!"
He caught himself sheepishly; cast a glance at Lakla.
"I keep forgettin' there's no night here," he mumbled.
"What did you say, Larry?" asked she.
"I said I wish we were sitting in our home in Ireland, watching the sun go down," he whispered to her.
Vaguely I wondered why she blushed.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 172
Page No 175
But now I must hasten. We went to the temple, and here at least the ghastly litter of the dead had been
cleaned away. We passed through the bluecaverned space, crossed the narrow arch that spanned the rushing
sea stream, and, ascending, stood again upon the ivoried pave at the foot of the frowning, towering
amphitheatre of jet.
Across the Silver Waters there was sign of neither Web of Rainbows nor colossal pillars nor the templed lips
that I had seen curving out beneath the Veil when the Shining One had swirled out to greet its priestess and
its voice and to dance with the sacrifices. There was but a broken and rent mass of the radiant cliffs against
whose base the lake lapped.
Long I lookedand turned away saddened. Knowing even as I did what the irised curtain had hidden, still it
was as though some thing of supernal beauty and wonder had been swept away, never to be replaced; a
glamour gone for ever; a work of the high gods destroyed.
"Let's go back," said Larry abruptly.
I dropped a little behind them to examine a bit of carving and, after all, they did not want me. I watched
them pacing slowly ahead, his arm around her, black hair close to bronzegold ringlets. Then I followed. Half
were they over the bridge when through the roar of the imprisoned stream I heard my name called softly.
"Goodwin! Dr. Goodwin!"
Amazed, I turned. From behind the pedestal of a carved group slunkMarakinoff! My premonition had been
right. Some way he had escaped, slipped through to here. He held his hands high, came forward cautiously.
"I am finished," he whispered"Done! I don't care what THEY'LL do to me." He nodded toward the
handmaiden and Larry, now at the end of the bridge and passing on, oblivious of all save each other. He drew
closer. His eyes were sunken, burning, mad; his face etched with deep lines, as though a graver's tool had cut
down through it. I took a step backward.
A grin, like the grimace of a fiend, blasted the Russian's visage. He threw himself upon me, his hands
clenching at my throat!
"Larry!" I yelledand as I spun around under the shock of his onslaught, saw the two turn, stand paralyzed,
then race toward me.
"But YOU'LL carry nothing out of here!" shrieked Marakinoff. "No!"
My foot, darting out behind me, touched vacancy. The roaring of the racing stream deafened me. I felt its
mists about me; threw myself forward.
I was fallingfallingwith the Russian's hand strangling me. I struck water, sank; the hands that gripped
my throat relaxed for a moment their clutch. I strove to writhe loose; felt that I was being hurled with
dreadful speed onfull realization cameon the breast of that racing torrent dropping from some far ocean
cleft and rushingwhere? A little time, a few breathless instants, I struggled with the devil who clutched
meinflexibly, indomitably.
Then a shrieking as of all the pent winds of the universe in my earsblackness!
Consciousness returned slowly, agonizedly.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 173
Page No 176
"Larry!" I groaned. "Lakla!"
A brilliant light was glowing through my closed lids. It hurt. I opened my eyes, closed them with swords and
needles of dazzling pain shooting through them. Again I opened them cautiously. It was the sun!
I staggered to my feet. Behind me was a shattered wall of basalt monoliths, hewn and squared. Before me
was the Pacific, smooth and blue and smiling.
And not far away, cast up on the strand even as I had been, wasMarakinoff!
He lay there, broken and dead indeed. Yet all the waters through which we had passednot even the waters
of death themselvescould wash from his face the grin of triumph. With the last of my strength I dragged
the body from the strand and pushed it out into the waves. A little billow ran up, coiled about it, and carried it
away, ducking and bending. Another seized it, and another, playing with it. It floated from my sightthat
which had been Marakinoff, with all his schemes to turn our fair world into an undreamedofhell.
My strength began to come back to me. I found a thicket and slept; slept it must have been for many hours,
for when I again awakened the dawn was rosing the east. I will not tell my sufferings. Suffice it to say that I
found a spring and some fruit, and just before dusk had recovered enough to writhe up to the top of the wall
and discover where I was.
The place was one of the farther islets of the NanMatal. To the north I caught the shadows of the ruins of
NanTauach, where was the moon door, black against the sky. Where was the moon doorwhich, someway,
somehow, I must reach, and quickly.
At dawn of the next day I got together driftwood and bound it together in shape of a rough raft with fallen
creepers. Then, with a makeshift paddle, I set forth for NanTauach. Slowly, painfully, I crept up to it. It was
late afternoon before I grounded my shaky craft on the little beach between the ruined seagates and,
creeping up the giant steps, made my way to the inner enclosure.
And at its opening I stopped, and the tears ran streaming down my cheeks while I wept aloud with sorrow and
with disappointment and with weariness.
For the great wall in which had been set the pale slab whose threshold we had crossed to the land of the
Shining One lay shattered and broken. The monoliths were heaped about; the wall had fallen, and about them
shone a film of water, half covering them.
There was no moon door!
Dazed and weeping, I drew closer, climbed upon their outlying fragments. I looked out only upon the sea.
There had been a great subsidence, an earth shock, perhaps, tilting downward all that sidethe echo, little
doubt, of that cataclysm which had blasted the Dweller's lair!
The little squared islet called Tau, in which were hidden the seven globes, had entirely disappeared. Upon the
waters there was no trace of it.
The moon door was gone; the passage to the Moon Pool was closed to meits chamber covered by the sea!
There was no road to Larrynor to Lakla!
And there, for me, the world ended.
The Moon Pool
The Moon Pool 174
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. The Moon Pool, page = 4
3. A. Merritt, page = 4